All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The Biden Administration’s stupidity mandating that those in the military submit to this worthless experiment MRNA vaccine or be dishonorably discharged has resulted in not just a shortage of pilots.

Still, there has been a dramatic increase in heart problems among those who surrendered their human rights and took the vaccine. Heart problems have skyrocketed, and to add to this insanity, now this braindead government is offering up to $600,000 in bonuses to keep pilots.

You can’t make up this stuff. 

My own lawyer, who took the shot so he could travel, ended up with the blood clots and now cannot fly.

Pfizer should be shut down, and the head should be in prison for treason and manslaughter, but our wonderful “representatives” only represent themselves and will NEVER admit they passed such decrees on the order of Schwab’s WEF.

They have indeed fulfilled our model and its forecast for the collapse of “representative” forms of governments post-2032.

2023_12_10_09_27_17_Air_Force_again_dangles_600_000_in_bonuses_to_keep_pilots_in_uniform

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Pfc. Shaniah Edwards, Medical Detachment, prepares to administer the Moderna COVID-19 vaccine to soldiers and airmen at the Joint Force Headquarters, February 12, 2021. (U.S. Army National Guard photo by Sgt. Leona C. Hendrickson – Source.)


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Cranking Up the Ukraine Phony History Mill

December 12th, 2023 by Stephen Karganovic

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

What took the British so long? We learned from the Guardian recently that British “partners” have embarked on a long-overdue project to fabricate a history for Ukraine, “to wrest Ukraine’s past from the shadow of Russian and Soviet narratives.”

Projection is evident right from the start. A narrative, the definition of which is a self-serving false account, is being concocted in London to counter not another equally false narrative but to undermine the historically attested perception shared by inhabitants of both contemporary Russia and Ukraine that they are, indeed, “one people.” That is exactly what was pointed out in you know who’s famous essay ”On the Historical Unity of Russians and Ukrainians,“ published in the summer of 2021. Ever since, those essentially commonplace historical assertions, acknowledged for at least the last millennium as axiomatic by all the locals from Kiev to Moscow, have disconcerted quite a few nation-builders in the collective West.

And that precisely is the reason for the Ukraine history project which lately has obsessed British minds. The construction of a viable anti-Russia is glaringly incomplete unless endowed with a suitable “history” written to reflect not just Ukraine’s supposed distinctness but more importantly its antithetical nature in relation to Russia. The task of the London-based Ukrainian History Global Initiative is to fill the embarrassing gap in the scholarship by hiring a bevy of what in the narcissistic West passes for reputable academics for the job. The undertaking has been conceived by serious hybrid warfare operatives to supersede the inadequate and primitive rantings of native propaganda assets with a glossy, sophisticated version of exactly the same rantings, but skilfully packaged as respectable scholarship in order to impress the simpleminded.

The Ukrainian History Initiative is expected to complete its work in three years and has been entrusted to ninety largely non-Ukrainian, Western academics. It is chaired by Swedish politician Karl Bildt (whose credentials as a historian are not clear) and includes such luminaries as the stridently anti-Russian Yale historian Timothy Snyder, intelligence asset Anne Applebaum (who just happened to fall in love and marry Russian fifth-columnist Ilya Ponomarev), British lawyer and KC Philippe Sands, and Klaus Schwab associate Yuval Harari, among others.  

It may seem odd that the fabrication of Ukrainian history is being managed from London, not having been entrusted to the intellectual brain-power of the Kiev regime, the party which presumably should be interested the most in the success of this academic travesty. Western curators, however, prefer to keep such undertakings under tight control and to delegate execution to reliable staff. The identical approach – seemingly just as odd, but not really – was employedseveral years ago for the fabrication of the “Montenegrin language”. The new language was created by a committee composed entirely of foreigners, without a single Montenegrin. Just as NATO satrapy Ukraine would be incomplete without a history, for roughly similar reasons the new NATO satellite Montenegro would appear inauthentic without a separate language.

The front man for the Ukraine history operation is an individual by the name of Viktor Pinchuk, self-identified on the internet page of the Fund bearing his name as “a Ukrainian businessman and philanthropist.” Specific information about Pinchuk’s “philanthropic” activities, beyond the tritely stated goal of “empowering future generations to become the change makers of tomorrow,” is scarce. The fact, however, that Pinchuk’s business accomplishments date back to the early 1990s, an era not particularly remembered for its philanthropic spirit, suggests the origin and manner of acquisition of his considerable wealth. And to boot, Pinchuk is the son-in-law of Ukraine’s second President, the notoriously corrupt Leonid Kuchma, whose pointedly entitled book, “Ukraine is not Russia,” should probably prove enormously helpful to the scholars being assembled in Britain to give an academic articulation to precisely such an idea. A chip off the old block indeed.

The evident purpose of the sham history of Ukraine that is being prepared Britain is to turn it into a reference text supplanting everything previously written on the subject that might be in disaccord with its premises. The goal is both ambitious and brazen.

The probability that the synthetic history of Ukraine being forged in London will have a measurable impact on public perception is very slight. During the three-year time frame for its completion the situation in the Ukraine will hardly remain static. By the time the “history” is unveiled it may already be an anachronism given the military and political trends on the ground. Expecting it to be a psychological game-changer is just as unrealistic as expecting the tanks, fighter planes, and munitions scheduled for delivery sometime next year to make a significant difference on the battlefield.

Kiev regime ultra-nationalists should think twice before betting on the expected benefits of the Ukraine History Initiative for another reason as well. All policies and commitments initiated by the collective West are inherently mutable in relation to shifting momentary interests. The erstwhile political mantra of supporting the Kiev regime “as long as it takes” has evolved in response to changing conditions into an altogether different current narrative. In the near future tinkering with Ukrainian history may also be abandoned or drastically modified in recognition of evolving circumstances.

The brutal lesson taught to the West’s obedient puppets in Macedonia should not be lost on anyone in Kiev. For years delusional Macedonian nationalism was being whipped up to irrational lengths, actively buttressed by phony scholarship fully endorsed by the collective West, claiming that Macedonians were heirs to a glorious legacy going back to antiquity and even descendants of Alexander the Great. The buttering up of an impressionable people and its ignorant, bought and paid for, ruling class came to an abrupt end when it was time to finalise NATO membership. Greece objected vigorously to the perpetuation of historical phantasies at its expense and threatened to block Macedonia’s entry into NATO unless they were explicitly and humiliatingly dropped.

And so they were. Strong-armed by its NATO “partners” Macedonia renounced not just its historical pretensions but also changed its official name to accommodate the demands of Greece, which apparently was of greater strategic importance to the duplicitous West.

Let those who have eyes and ears in Kiev see and hear. The hired scholars in London will be well taken care of for their efforts. As Timothy Snyder averred, “I can think of few endeavours, in contemporary humanities at least, which are on this scale, keeping just under 100 scholars active for around three years: if you just do the math, it’s a fair amount of money.” They will all be on the gravy train, as it is called in America, and the helpings will be generous.

A few Ukrainian collaborators, selected for window dressing, will also receive some crumbs. For the unfortunate people of Ukraine there will be nothing but mayhem and abandoned rotting corpses.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Stephen Karganovic is president of “Srebrenica Historical Project,” an NGO registered in the Netherlands to investigate the factual matrix and background of events that took place in Srebrenica in July of 1995. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Whether it’s drone technology or the infamous Pegasus spy software, Israel has long developed and refined repressive technologies used by governments around the world by testing them on Palestinians. 

Antony Loewenstein, journalist and author of The Palestine Laboratory: How Israel Exports the Technology of Occupation Around the World, joins The Chris Hedges Report for a deep dive into the disturbing links between Israeli Apartheid, the arms industry, and global repression of civilian populations.

Transcript

Chris Hedges:  The Palestinians are human laboratory rats to the Israeli military intelligence services and arms and technology industries. Israel’s drones, surveillance technology including spyware, facial recognition software, and biometric gathering infrastructure, along with smart fences, experimental bombs, and AI-controlled machine guns are all tried out on the captive population in Gaza, often with lethal results. These weapons and technologies are then certified as “battle-tested” and sold around the world.

Israel is the tenth largest arms dealer on the planet and sells its technology and weapons to an estimated 130 nations, including military dictatorships in Asia and Latin America. Israeli weapons sales totaled $12.5 billion last year. Its close relationship with these military internal security surveillance, intelligence gathering, and law enforcement agencies explains the fulsome support Israel’s allies give to its genocidal campaign in Gaza.

When Colombian president, Gustavo Petro refused to condemn the October 7 attack by Palestinian resistance groups as a terrorist attack and said, “Terrorism is killing innocent children in Palestine,” Israel immediately halted all sales of defense and security equipment to Colombia. This global cabal dedicated to permanent war and keeping its populations monitored and controlled has hundreds of billions of dollars a year in sales.

These technologies are cementing into place a supernational, corporate totalitarianism: A world where populations are enslaved in ways that past totalitarian regimes could only imagine. It is not a far cry from Gaza to the camps and detention centers set up for migrants fleeing to Europe from Africa and the Middle East. It is not a far cry from the carpet bombing in Gaza to the endless wars in the Middle East and the global south. It is not a far cry from the anti-terrorism laws used to criminalize dissent in Israel to the anti-terrorism laws introduced in Europe and the US. Joining me to discuss this use of Palestinians as human guinea pigs for the Israeli weapons and technology industry is Antony Loewenstein, author of The Palestine Laboratory: How Israel Exports the Technology of Occupation Around the World.

The Palestine Laboratory: How Israel Exports the Technology of Occupation Around the World by Antony Loewenstein | Goodreads

So your book, which is a great read, lays out the rise of this arms industry, which originally was a state industry and then privatized. One of the points you made at the end of the book, which is very fascinating, is how much of the apparatus to keep the Palestinians under control is essentially now handed over to private firms. I want to quote Elliott Abrams, whom I’ve interviewed, “The role of Israel is to serve as a model, an example in military might, in innovation, in encouraging childbirth.” This is one of the themes of your book that much of Israel’s support and power derives from its connection to this global arms network. So let’s lay out some of the innovations that Israel has pioneered. We can begin with Pegasus and drones. They’re at the forefront of some of the most advanced technologies and weapon systems that are used to control subject populations.

Antony Loewenstein:  In some ways, the genesis of the book was partly due to some of the reporting around Pegasus a few years ago. Listeners or viewers will be aware that Pegasus is a spyware tool that is made by NSO Group, which is an Israeli company and it was started to be used about 15 or so years ago by a range of countries. The country that it was first mostly used in was Mexico as various governments there were desperate to fight a failed drug war, and it only made the violence worse. But what’s interesting back then and also now is Mexico remains, Chris, to this day, the world’s biggest and most obsessive user of Pegasus. Obsessed.

Whether it’s the right-wing government or nominally left-wing government, Pegasus is now in dozens of countries. I don’t even know how many, I think about 70, 80, or 90. In some ways, the reason I partly wrote the book was to say that the media was obsessed with Pegasus. Pegasus is an important investigation; It’s a tool that is put on the phones of activists and human rights workers in countless countries. And it breaches human rights. That’s terrible. But the problem was that it was too often framed as this rogue Israeli company doing terrible things. As I show in the book, it’s not that: It’s an arm of the state as Lockheed Martin and Raytheon are arms of the US government. Now, Lockheed Martin is a private company. It has a board, sure, and it makes profits or not. But essentially it’s an arm of the state. Right? It’s used by the government in various foreign policy agendas or goals.

Pegasus is the same. I started looking at that issue by saying that now probably, Israel is number one or two in the world for spyware, and Pegasus and NSO Group in some ways are a smokescreen. Because there are so many other companies that are doing the same thing. So if NSO Group goes bust tomorrow – And it’s in a bit of financial trouble at the moment – It’s not going to make any difference. There are so many other companies doing the same thing using that whole allure of being able to spy on pretty much anybody, which is why to this day no country wants to regulate this, no country. They’re all obsessed with it. That’s been the fundamental problem at the moment.

Chris Hedges:  Explain how Pegasus works. We should note that it was also used on Jamal Khashoggi’s fiance, Jamal, who I knew being a Saudi journalist who was dismembered in the Saudi embassy and a consulate in Turkey. But explain how it works.

Antony Loewenstein:  Pegasus is a silent tool. It can be installed on your iPhone or Android. It doesn’t matter what phone you have. Years ago, a lot of us used to get random text messages. You’d click on the link, you’d forget about it, and you’d move on. That was the way it used to work. So country X or intelligence agency Y would have this tool, let’s say, in India, in some other country. They would then send a message to the phone of an activist, human rights worker, or a lawyer, that person would click on a link, their phone would be infected, and they wouldn’t know.

There’s no way to know yourself without it being forensically checked. These days it doesn’t even require a text message. All it requires is someone knowing your number. That’s it. And it can access all your information. It can even access your phone and microphone when the phone is off. So it can be used as a weapon against you. As I show in the book, I interviewed huge amounts of people in Mexico, India, and elsewhere. These are people often lawyers who are challenging the state.

In Mexico, I interviewed a woman whose husband was murdered by, almost certainly, Narcos. Then after his death, her phone was being surveilled by the Mexican state. It’s never entirely clear even to this day why in her case it was surveilled. But it shows that there is this utter obsession with various intelligence services to get access to all this personal information. It’s important to note that one thing that was clear in researching this particular tool is that Pegasus and tools like this have become – And it was said to be in The New York Times a few years ago, and I questioned some of this in the book but two journalists wrote – The most powerful weapon in the world since the invention of the nuclear bomb.

Now, I would question that because nuclear bombs clearly can cause carnage, to put it mildly. Pegasus doesn’t directly kill anybody per se, but what it does is it means that privacy is close to dead. At the moment there is this massive proliferation of these tools. Israel of course – This is the key point – Uses Pegasus and other tools as a key foreign policy agenda. I show in the book Netanyahu and Mossad, over the last decade, would go to countries where Israel had no close relations: Rwanda and India when Modi came in, and others: Saudi, UAE. They hold Pegasus up as a diplomatic carrot saying, we will sell you this amazing tool which you can surveil your citizens, whatever you want. But in return, we would like you to vote in a certain way in the UN or buy certain weapons. That’s how it works. I show a timeline when Netanyahu goes to Hungary to visit Orban or Modi in India, and 6-12 months later, Pegasus is in use. This is not accidental. This is a key part of Israeli foreign policy now.

Chris Hedges:  Let’s talk about the drone program. They pioneered drones. As I remember from the book, India is maybe their largest drone customer. These drones are used against migrants fleeing towards Europe, particularly Greece as well as the US-Mexico border.

Antony Loewenstein:  I have some interesting declassified documents from the ’80s where Israel was using drones in its war in Lebanon. When Israel invaded Lebanon in 1982, it was before the digital era, but Israel was using drones. In this amazing document that I have in the book from the CIA, they’re shocked and amazed at how incredible – That’s their words – These drones are, how effective they are, and they wonder – Back in the ’80s – How Israel will be a global pioneer of drones. Fast forward to the last decade or so, and as I show in the book, I have spent a lot of time in Gaza as a reporter in the last 15 or so years there has been a proliferation of testing of drones, particularly around Gaza.

I’m putting aside what’s happened since October 7, although it’s happening since then too. But in the last 15 years huge amounts of drones are being tested above Gaza, some armed, some not, used in the various Israeli invasions, incursions, or whatever you want to call it in Gaza. Those drones are then called “battle-tested” and then they’re sold to huge amounts of nations around the world. The part that shocked me the most was the use by the EU. The EU is buying Israeli drones. They’re unarmed, yes. And viewers will be aware that in the last 10 or so years, there’s been a huge influx of migrants coming from Africa and the Middle East, after 2015 when the Europeans said they didn’t want to repeat that huge influx of people coming. Of course, if you’re Ukrainian and white, they’ll welcome you in. And I have no problem with Ukrainians being welcomed in. But clearly, if you’re Black or Brown it’s not going to be the same.

EU created this fortress, and European and Israeli drones are part of that. Frontex, which is the European border force, uses Israeli drones 24/7 in the Mediterranean, circling the Mediterranean, sending back real-time images to Frontex, which is based in Warsaw, Poland of what’s happening. The EU has made a clear decision to let people drown; That is obvious. They barely issue rescue boats and they criminalize people who are trying to rescue migrants. Israeli drones are a key part of that infrastructure and eye in the sky and Israeli drones have appeared in India and various other countries. In the last years, Israel remains one of the key drone makers of the world, and increasingly, so is Turkey. Turkey makes a cheaper version of what Israel has been developing and therefore Turkish drones are now also appearing in many nations around the world in many conflicts.

Chris Hedges:  Let’s talk about who Israel sells to. It’s easier to tick off the list of who they don’t sell to. I covered the conflicts in Guatemala and El Salvador in the 1980s. Israel was supplying weapons, including napalm, to the Salvadorans and the Guatemalans. They were one of the most fervent supporters of the apartheid regime in South Africa, they worked with Pinochet’s Chile, and the Rwandan genocide was perpetrated with Israeli weapons. They will provide military equipment to the most heinous regimes, including the latest ethnic cleansing in Nagorno-Karabakh. You mentioned three countries: Iran, North Korea, and I don’t know who the other one was.

Antony Loewenstein:  I think I say Syria.

Chris Hedges:  Maybe Syria

Antony Loewenstein:  As far as we’re aware.

Chris Hedges:  Right. As far as we’re aware.

Antony Loewenstein:  As far as we’re aware. It’s interesting to note though, that before 1979 and the Islamic Revolution, Israel and Iran were incredibly close. The fact that Iran was run by a dictator did not impede the selling of weapons. They were worried that the rise of the Islamic Revolution would impede their sales, which it did. On the one hand, I shouldn’t have been that surprised. It’s important to note America remains the world’s biggest arms dealer. 45% of the world’s arms come from America, so they are leaders by far. Israel is tenth. One of the things that shouldn’t have shocked me but did was Myanmar, in the last years, has been committing genocide against its Rohingya population – Many of them have been killed and many have been kicked out into Bangladesh – Even after the UN found that Myanmar was committing genocide, Israel was still selling surveillance and weapons to the Myanmar regime.

As you say, it’s hard to list. There are so many of them. It’s also worth saying that India – And India is a big focus of the book because India is now the world’s biggest country population-wise, the world’s biggest self-described democracy. Although I would very much question that. A key ally of the US and certainly my country, Australia, and most Western nations, because it’s not China – India is building a Hindu fundamental estate under Modi, a proudly chauvinist nation where Muslims are discriminated against openly. There are pogroms against Muslims. Now, India and Israel didn’t have a great relationship before Modi came in. There was a relationship in decades past. Modi comes in 2014 as Prime Minister and there’s a love affair between Netanyahu and Modi. There’s this image that some viewers may have seen of the two of them stepping onto the beach, getting their feet wet, talking about how much they love each other, who knows, no audio was recorded.

But this relationship is central to why I wrote the book. There is a growing global ethno-nationalist surge, India being the most obvious example, of nations that proudly discriminate against non-majority populations. In India, it’s against Hindus, against Muslims. In Israel, it’s Jews against anyone who’s not Jewish. And I say this as someone Jewish myself, that the whole alliance between Israel and India reminds me very much of Israel and South Africa: Nations that proudly discriminate against non-so-called acceptable populations and are therefore inspiring others. Israel has become the inspiration to so many countries and far-right and rightists around the world, putting aside liberal Zionists for a minute, who over the years have had a love for Israel. I’m talking about India, Hungary, and various other nations, not selling weapons but selling the idea of getting away with it.

That’s something I talk about a lot in the book, that the idea that Israel can get away with it, each being occupation, endless colonization, brutalizing Palestinians, selling weapons to God knows who and God knows where, goes to the heart of why Israel is, to me, a danger. Not only to Palestinians, which is bad enough, but a model. Finally, Chris, I say in the book that you often go to far-right rallies – And I go there for work, to be clear. For work purposes – In the US, Australia, and elsewhere, the Israeli flag is a constant presence. It’s not unusual and these are not groups that traditionally like Jews. They don’t. I quote in the book Richard Spencer, that hideous alt-right leader in America who said a few years ago, I’m a white Zionist. He doesn’t like Jewish people but he loves the idea of creating, for him and many like him, a Christian ethno-nationalist state.

You’ve written a lot of incredibly important work on Christian theocracy in the US and its potential growth and rise in domination. Israel is a touchpoint, as you would well know, for many of these groups. Not all, but many. And it’s not because lobbyist groups like Jews; Many of them do not. But they like what Israel is doing to Palestinians to unbelievably dominate and control them. And they’re proudly Jewish chauvinists. They’re Jewish supremacists. That’s what they want to create for Christians in America or Hindus in India. That to me is the danger.

Chris Hedges:  This is from your book according to Netanyahu, Jewish writer Peter Beinarr explained, “The future belonged not to liberalism as Obama defined it – Tolerance, equal rights, and the rule of law – But to authoritarian capitalism: governments that combined aggressive and often racist nationalism with economic and technological might. The future, Netanyahu implied, would produce leaders who resembled not Obama, but him.” It fits in with what you said. And unfortunately, I fear – I don’t know what you think – That he’s right.

Click here to read the full transcript.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Chris Hedges is a Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist who was a foreign correspondent for 15 years for The New York Times, where he served as the Middle East bureau chief and Balkan bureau chief for the paper. He previously worked overseas for The Dallas Morning News, The Christian Science Monitor, and NPR. He is the host of show The Chris Hedges Report.

Featured image: Israeli soldiers around Gaza Strip on Oct. 7. (IDF Spokesperson’s Unit, Wikimedia Commons, CC BY-SA 3.0)

Summer of Died Suddenly: Athletes and Retired Athletes

December 12th, 2023 by Dr. William Makis

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Nov. 28, 2023 – New Zealand Rugby player 29 year old Melita Williams died suddenly (Nov. 28, 2023).

Image

Nov. 25, 2023 – Scottish Rugby player and Coach Barry Hughes died suddenly (Nov. 25, 2023).

Image

Nov. 21, 2023 – 22 year old college football star at University of Minnesota Duluth Ryan Reed died after collapsing during a team workout. Death is being falsely blamed on a “genetic heart condition”.

Nov. 13, 2023 – NFL Football Star 35 year old Devon Wylie who played for the Kansas City Chiefs and Tennessee Titans died suddenly on Nov. 13, 2023 of “unknown causes.”

Image

Nov. 12, 2023 – 52 year old NHL player Roman Cechmanek, Czech professional ice hockey goaltender, died from unknown causes.

Nov. 11, 2023 – 33 year old Jon Trasamar, professional golfer died suddenly on Nov.11, 2023 after battling Stage 4 Melanoma diagnosed a year ago.

Image

Nov. 11, 2023 – 42 year old Kyle Leduc was a professional racing driver who died after a battle with cancer.

Nov. 8, 2023 – 41 year old NFL football player, Super Bowl champion and retired Indianapolis Colts offensive guard Matt Ulrich died on November 8, 2023. Cause of death not reported.

Image

Nov. 8, 2023 – Miami Kiteboarder Christophe Ribot died unexpectedly on Nov. 8, 2023.

Nov. 6, 2023 – 54 year old Kirby Lee, professor of Clinical Pharmacy and surfer was found unconscious in water before noon on Nov. 6, 2023. “Lee was pulseless & not breathing” – they ruled out injury.

Image

Nov. 1, 2023 – Tacoma, WA – 37 year old former Montana basketball star Anthony Johnson had a massive stroke during his daughter’s birthday party on Oct. 21, 2023 and he died suddenly on Nov. 1, 2023.

Image

Oct. 31, 2023 – Ecuadorian Olympic Surfer Israel Barona dead at age 34 after suffering seizures in his hotel room. Found dead in his hotel room on Oct. 31, 2023.

Image

Oct. 26, 2023 – Brazil, 44 year old Simone Lima, professional basketball player died after battle with cancer.

Oct. 23, 2023 – 41-year-old women’s basketball coach at Georgetown University, died on Oct. 23, 2023 two years after diagnosis of advanced stage breast cancer.

Image

Oct. 23, 2023 – Hong Kong – 20 year old Mark Groeneveld, a Dutch professional cyclist, collapsed after a race on Oct. 23, 2023 and died suddenly of presumed cardiac arrest.

Click here to read the full article.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from COVID Intel


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Censoring Israeli Violence: Western Media Outlets Capitulate

December 12th, 2023 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The cathedral of censorship is a vast, airy one. In its embrace, texts are abridged, images removed, ideas scrubbed. Historical inconveniences are filed and rendered inaccessible. The only sermons tolerated will be those satisfying and serving the dictates of power.

The power Israel disproportionately wields here, notably across a number of Western democratic states, is staggering. It is manifested in moves to not publish material critical of the country’s assault on Gaza, and, in some cases, directly target journalists who dare violate such injunctions.

Censorship is a manifold beast. The conventional approach is that of the blanking redaction: the “nothing to see here” school of regulation. Another is that of imposing what is akin to a counterfeit balancing act: to mention the slaughter of thousands of Palestinian children must be, for instance, softened by mention of a dozen Israeli children who were killed, mutilated or kidnapped by barbaric Hamas fighters. Each message, dispatch and broadcast must be accordingly laden with such qualifications.

In some cases, certain matters are simply not mentioned, indexed for being too unsavoury, too challenging, too inconvenient. To also run them would risk careers and put reputations at risk. Moral cowardice is guaranteed to do the rest.

Examples abound in the field. In October, the German media behemoth, Axel Springer, took a dim view of 20-year-old news apprentice Kasem Raad for taking issue with the outlet’s crawlingly pro-Israeli line. He had asked questions of the management line regarding Israel’s military operations while also posting a video disputing parts of the Israeli narrative regarding the Hamas attacks on October 7.

“It is one of my rights to ask questions. I wanted to stay at Axel Springer,” claimed Raad, who was fired for his alleged impertinence. “Unfortunately, I was taken in for questioning by senior management, who told me, ‘We are Germans and we need to do this’.”

In November, almost a dozen staffers at the Los Angeles Times signed an open letter condemning the Israeli operations in Gaza, arguing that such efforts alongside the media blockade “threatens news gathering in unprecedented fashion.” In addition to noting the runaway death toll of Palestinians, the letter was also cognisant of the growing number of slain journalists.

“As reporters, editors, photographers, producers, and other workers in newsrooms around the world, we are appalled at the slaughter of our colleagues and their families by the Israeli military and government.”

The letter also goes on to note the “dehumanizing rhetoric” being used by “Western newsrooms” that have “served to justify ethnic cleansing of Palestinians. Double-standards, inaccuracies and fallacies abound in American publications and these have been well-documented.”

On November 18, Semafor reported that “staffers who signed the letter have been told by the paper’s management that they will not be allowed to cover the conflict in any way for at least three months.” That’s certainly one way of enforcing balance.

A favourite of news management in such cases is also the non-renewal of contracts. Veteran cartoonist Steve Bell received such treatment from The Guardian in October, ending a four-decade association. It involved a submitted cartoon, featuring Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu performing surgery on his own stomach with two scalpels while wearing boxing gloves, revealing a flesh incision in the shape of the Gaza Strip. Internal complaints followed. The scolding line from management: “Jewish bloke; pound of flesh; anti-Semitic trope.” As Bell reflected,

“It is getting pretty nigh impossible to draw this subject for the Guardian now without being accused of deploying ‘antisemitic tropes’.”

Had the incurious dunderheads at the paper bothered to do their research, they would have realised that Bell was not even referencing the famous Shakespearian remark by Shylock in The Merchant of Venice. It was inspired by the satirical work of cartoonist David Levine, a frequent New York Review of Books contributor who thought it appropriate to, in 1966, mock US President Lyndon B. Johnson’s posing for cameras to sport a scar left by gallbladder surgery. Levine’s little touch-up gave the scar the shape of Vietnam, a country that would come to define his presidency.

The Spectator’s editor, Fraser Nelson, appropriately remarked that this whole chapter potentially imperilled the glorious savagery of British satire itself, menaced by such forces as the social media juggernaut and doltish editors. To have depicted Netanyahu as an echo of LBJ seemed a “fair analogy: Netanyahu will be defined by what happens next in Gaza just as LBJ was by Vietnam.”

Even in the more rarified climes of academic discussion, the devil of censorship was doing its work behind the thin veneer of bogus integrity. In a November 18 meeting of the Harvard Law Review, editors (they number 104) voted by a majority to block the publication of a piece commissioned from human Palestinian human rights attorney and doctoral candidate, Rabea Eghbariah. The article asserted that the unfolding calamity in Gaza would satisfy the demanding threshold of genocide and that the Nakba, which involved the expulsion of Palestinians from their territories in 1948, deserved to be recognised as a crime.

Despite reviewing and checking the article for its factual content, the online chairs, Sabrina A. Ochoa and Tascha Shahriari-Parsa, were taken to task for, among other things, sidestepping standard editorial processes at the Law Review. This stiff and snotty reasoning suggests something else at play. It certainly did not impress some 125 law professors who signed an open letter raising matters of “censorship” and over 25 editors who, in a November 22 statement, found the decision threatening to “academic freedom and perpetuates the suppression of Palestinian voices.”

In The Harvard Crimson, the more revealing concerns of some editors who favoured preventing publication were noted. To publish the item would have put them at risk of a “public backlash or doxing” and that “these consequences would likely disproportionately fall on people of color at the Law Review.” Like censorship, a lack of courage is also manifold.

Within Israel itself, publications such as Haaretz are squarely within the government’s sights.  Communications minister, Shlomo Karhi, drew up a proposal last month suggesting that official government notices would no longer be published in the paper. The proposal had not been vetted by the ministry’s legal advisor and would result in the halting of any payments to the paper from Israeli entities within his remit, including the cancellation of state employee subscriptions to the publication.

The reason was outlined in Karhi’s letter to Cabinet Secretary Yossi Fuchs:

“Since the beginning of the war, I have received many complaints that Haaretz has taken an offensive line which undermines the war’s goals and disparages the military effort and its social fortitude. It is possible that some of the paper’s publications even cross the criminal standard set in those far-flung sections of the penal code reserved for wartime only.”

The Israeli journalists’ union was unimpressed, pointing out that Karhi had spent much of his time in office trying to close the public broadcasting corporation. “His new proposal to end all government business with Haaretz is a populistic proposal devoid of any feasibility or logic, and its entire purpose is to garner likes among his political base at the expense of dedicated journalists who are working night and day right now to cover the war.” Despite possessing some momentum at this point, we can only hope that Karhi, and his ilk, will eventually stall before the blood-drenched realities of this conflict.  Some hard-headed, brave news coverage would also be welcome.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge. He currently lectures at RMIT University. He is a regular contributor to Global Research and Asia-Pacific Research. Email: [email protected]

Featured image is from The New Arab

Criticize Israel? You’re Fired.

December 12th, 2023 by The Intercept

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

A climate of fear is gripping U.S. newsrooms as a growing list of journalists have been fired, suspended, or otherwise sidelined after refusing to abide by the pro-Israel bias across the U.S. news media.

The New York Times, Associated Press, BBC, and Los Angeles Times are just a handful of the more prominent news outlets where journalists say they were sidelined after criticizing Israel or expressing sympathy for Palestinians.

Meanwhile, the death toll in the Gaza Strip now exceeds 18,000, and more than 80 percent of Palestinians there have been displaced by the war.

Since October 7, there have been numerous incidents reported in which journalists were fired, demoted, suspended, or otherwise silenced after voicing criticism of Israel, including:

  • The German media giant Axel Springer fired Kasem Raad, a 20-year-old apprentice at the company, after he questioned the company’s Israel policy through internal channels.
  • Thirty-eight Los Angeles Times journalists have been barred from covering Gaza for a minimum of three months after signing an open letter criticizing media coverage of the war and Israel’s targeting of journalists.
  • The BBC took six Arab journalists off the air after they allegedly showed “anti-Israel bias” by liking and publishing pro-Palestinian posts on social media.
  • Mona Chalabi, the data journalist and illustrator who won the Pulitzer Prize for the New York Times earlier this year, said she’s been unable to get commissioned for additional work from the paper since the war started.
  • Artforum editor-in-chief David Velasco was fired after wealthy art collectors objected to an open letter by artists expressing solidarity with Palestinians was posted on the magazine’s website.
  • The Harvard Law Review killed an article on the Gaza war and Nakba after it was commissioned, edited, fact-checked, and prepared for publication.
  • Two weeks ago, MSNBC canceled the Sunday night show hosted by Mehdi Hasan, one of the only cable news hosts willing to openly challenge Israel and a valued former Intercept colleague.

While the reasons for some of these moves against journalists have been disputed, there’s been an undeniable chilling effect across the U.S. media landscape as a result of incidents like these.

In the words of Pulitzer Prize-nominated journalist Abdallah Fayyad, a “culture of fear in many newsrooms” is leading many journalists “to take the easier route and continue the mainstream media’s pro-Israel slant.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Funeral for Palestine TV journalist Mohammad Abu Hattab. Credit: X/@MuhammadSmiry

Biden Fundraising Tour: “To Destroy Democracy”

December 12th, 2023 by Matt Orfalea

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Over the last month, the Democrats compared Trump to Hitler non-stop for his use of the word “vermin” to describe opponents but it appears to be another case of psychological projection—accusing others of what they are guilty of themselves.

Previously the media and Joe Biden used the term “vermin” to describe opponents. And of course, Biden has repeatedly demonized approximately half the country’s voters, MAGA Republicans, as “extremists” out to “destroy democracy”, even referring to “enemies from within” during the 2020 campaign trail.

BIDEN 7/11/19: We are facing entered enemies both without and from within, hoping to exploit the fissures and our society, undermine democracy, break up our alliances, return us to an international system that might determines right.

Now Biden is exploiting these fissures himself, raising money by demonizing the 74 million Americans who didn’t vote for him in 2020.

In private fundraisers this past month alone, Biden has referred to MAGA Republicans as enemies out “to destroy democracy” at least a dozen times.

Biden Quotes Warning MAGA Will “Destroy Democracy”

“But let’s be clear about what’s at stake in 2024. Donald Trump and his MAGA Republicans are determined to destroy American democracy.” -Joe Biden Addresses a Fundraising Event in Boston – December 5, 2023, 2:02 PM

“But let’s be clear about the side — what’s at stake in 2024: Donald Trump and his MAGA Republicans are determined to destroy American democracy. And that, again, is not hyperbole. That’s a fact. The former president makes no bones about it. Don’t take my word for it. Just listen to what he has to say….” -Remarks: Joe Biden Addresses a Fundraising Event in Weston Massachusetts – December 5, 2023 4:02 PM

“Folks, we can’t — we just can’t fall numb to Trump and the threats he poses. Donald Trump and the extreme MAGA Republicans are determined to destroy American democracy as we know it….” -Remarks: Joe Biden Addresses a Fundraising Event in Denver – November 28, 2023

“…Donald Trump and the extreme — extreme MAGA Republicans are determined to destroy American democracy. Folks, democracy is on the ballot again. We need you. Indeed, we need every American who loves our democracy.” -Joe Biden Addresses a Fundraising Event in San Francisco – November 14, 2023

“…And, by the way, this is not your father’s Republican Party. Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans are determined to destroy democracy as we know it….” -Remarks: Joe Biden Addresses a Fundraising Event in Chicago – November 9, 2023

“Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans are determined to destroy this democracy.” -Joe Biden Addresses a Fundraising Event in Minneapolis – November 1, 2023

“…And Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans are determined to destroy this democracy.” -Joe Biden Addresses a Fundraising Event in Washington – October 27, 2023

“…And let there be no question: Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans are determined to destroy American democracy because they want to break down the institutional structures that allow it to happen….” -Joe Biden Addresses a Fundraising Event in San Francisco, California – September 27, 2023

“And I know that sounds like hyperbole, but think about it. And, folks, Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans are determined to destroy this democracy. The democracy is based on institutional structures. When you undermine the institutions, it’s awful hard for democracy to function.” -Joe Biden Addresses a Fundraising Event in Atherton, California – September 26, 2023

“…And let there be no question: Donald Trump and his MAGA Republicans are determined to spread anger, hate, and division. They seek power at all costs. They’re determined to destroy this democracy….” -Joe Biden, Address the Black Caucus Phoenix Awards – September 23, 2023

“…And I really mean it. I know that sounds like hyperbole, but think about it. Donald Trump and his MAGA Republicans are determined to destroy American democracy, the institutional structures.” -Joe Biden Addresses a Fundraising Event in New York City – September 20, 2023, Intercontinental Barclay Hotel, 5:43 P.M. EDT

“I’m running because democracy is at stake and because, in 2024, democracy is going to be on the ballot again. And I think that my predecessor and the MAGA Republicans are literally determined to destroy the institutional structures of this democracy.” -Joe Biden Addresses a Fundraising Event in New York City – September 20, 2023, Private Residence, 4:09 P.M. EDT

“And let there be no question. Donald Trump and his MAGA Republicans are determined to destroy American democracy. And I will always defend, protect, and fight for our democracy.” -Joe Biden Addresses a Fundraising Event in New York City on Broadway – September 18, 2023, audio

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

Over the past year, the House Judiciary Subcommittee on the Weaponization of the Federal Government has released several reports detailing how the government is a) harassing and intimidating citizens to shut down undesirable viewpoints b) using misinformation and propaganda to drive false narratives and c) censoring protected speech using third parties

November 30, 2023, House Judiciary Committee held another hearing on the Weaponization of the Federal Government. Investigative journalist Michael Shellenberger testified and shared evidence about the existence of a group called the Cyber Threat Intelligence League (CTIL), which consists of military contractors that are censoring Americans and using sophisticated psychological operations against us

The CTIL was founded by a group of former Israeli and British intelligence agents who initially volunteered their cybersecurity services FOR FREE to multibillion-dollar hospital and health care organizations in the U.S.

CTIL also offers physical security and “cognitive” security, which are volunteered by U.S. and British military contractors

The CTIL’s plan to control the information landscape also includes using debanking as financial leverage, pressuring social media platforms to change their terms of service to facilitate censorship and deplatforming under the guise of “terms of service violations,” and more

*

The video above features the November 30, 2023, House Judiciary Committee hearing on the Weaponization of the Federal Government.1

Over the past year, the Subcommittee on the Weaponization of the Federal Government has released several reports detailing how the government is a) harassing and intimidating citizens to shut down undesirable viewpoints, b) using misinformation and propaganda to drive false narratives and c) censoring protected speech using third parties. Here’s a list of those reports that you can peruse at your convenience.

The Subcommittee also filed an amicus brief on Missouri v. Biden in early August 2023.

Around the one-hour mark in the featured video, Rep. Thomas Massie questions Olivia Troye — a former intelligence official at the Department of Homeland Security under President Obama and a national security and counterterrorism adviser to vice president Mike Pence — about the U.S. government’s use of third party organizations to censor protected speech.

The relevant clip is included above. In her opening statement, Troye accused the Committee of “indulging in fantasy detached from reality.” “Members of this committee and their witnesses make grand and vague accusations about government censorship,” she said. She also claimed the members were “spreading conspiracy theories about government censorship.”

Massie went on to point to a tweet he posted May 19, 2021, under his official congressional account, in which he had linked to a peer-reviewed study that found the effectiveness of natural immunity was identical to that of the Pfizer COVID shot.

“Here’s a comprehensive study that tracked reinfections and COVID complications for 187,549 people with prior SARS-CoV2 infection,” he wrote in his tweet. “Conclusion: Effectiveness of immunity due to prior infection is the same as for the Pfizer vaccine.”

This tweet was censored by Twitter after the Stanford Internet Observatory’s Virality Project flagged it as “misinformation.” As detailed in previous articles, the Virality Project is partnered with CISA and funded by the U.S. government to perform censorship activities the government cannot legally perform.

When asked if she thought there was a reason to flag Massey’s tweet, Troye answered, “Depends on whether you’re spreading inaccurate information.” But who determines its “accuracy”?

It was a peer-reviewed, published study, which means several scientists who were not part of the study reviewed it. Is the Virality Project qualified to judge the accuracy of published research? This is a very dangerous slippery slope. If we cannot share peer-reviewed science, which is the epitome of “reputable source,” then what, exactly, is acceptable to share?

“Are you going to sit here and maintain that it is a conspiracy theory that this occurred?”Massey asked Troye. “We have the documents … that showed this [censorship] occurred.”

“Well, then it [Massey’s tweet] must have been flagged for a reason,” Troye replied.

“What reason?” said Massey. “Is there ever a good reason to censor a member of Congress? … I bring this up, No. 1 to show that your testimony is false. But No. 2, if they can do this to a member of Congress’ official account, they can do it to anybody.”

Whistleblower Reveals Military Contractors’ Secret Plan for Censorship

Investigative journalist Michael Shellenberger testified at this meeting for the second time. Nine months ago, he testified and shared evidence with the Subcommittee about the existence of a “Censorship Industrial Complex, a network of government agencies, including the Department of Homeland Security, government contractors, and Big Tech media platforms that conspired to censor ordinary Americans and elected officials alike for holding disfavored views.”2

All of that was wild enough, but there’s more. At the November 30 hearing, Shellenberger exposed a group called the Cyber Threat Intelligence League (CTIL), which consists of military contractors that are not only censoring Americans, but also using sophisticated psychological operations against us.

According to Shellenberger, the CTIL was founded by a group of former Israeli and British intelligence agents who initially volunteered their cybersecurity services FOR FREE to multi-billion-dollar hospital and health care organizations in the U.S.

CTIL also offers physical security and “cognitive” security, i.e., protection against misinformation, and these services are volunteered by U.S. and British military contractors. According to a whistleblower who shared internal CTIL documents with Shellenberger, a number of CTIL “volunteers” are currently in government employ.

They also used formal government letter head (FBI, CISA, U.S. Navy and so on) when communicating with each other. As noted by Massey, that “makes it hard for folks to claim that these weren’t agents of the government or acting in coordination with the government …”

CTIL Files Show Censorship Plot Is Bigger Than Imagined

Now, the CTIL’s plan to control the information landscape goes further than those of CISA, the Virality Project and other government-led censorship activities. CTIL’s plan also includes using debanking as financial leverage to shut people up, and pressuring social media platforms to change their terms of service to facilitate censorship and deplatforming under the guise of “terms of service violations” — and more.

In a December 4, 2023, Substack article, Shellenberger’s colleague, Alex Gutentag wrote about this new cache of documents, referred to as the CTIL Files:3

“During last Thursday’s [November 30, 2023] Congressional hearing on the Weaponization of the Federal Government, Democratic members of Congress insisted4 that censorship efforts of groups like the Cyber Threat Intelligence League (CTIL),5 the Election Integrity Partnership (EIP),6 and the Virality Project (VP)7 were benign and not a violation of the First Amendment.

‘It’s not the First Amendment!’ said Rep. Dan Goldman, ‘It’s the [social media platforms’] Terms of Service … And they are flagging it for the social media companies to make their own decisions. That is not the First Amendment. That is the Terms of Service.’

But the CTIL Files, a trove of documents that a whistleblower provided to Public and Racket, reveal that US and UK military contractors developed and used advanced tactics — including demanding that social media platforms change their Terms of Service — to shape public opinion about Covid-19, and that getting content removed was just one strategy used by the Censorship Industrial Complex.”

Adversarial Misinformation and Influence Tactics and Techniques

As explained by Gutentag,8 the CTIL partnered with the Department of Homeland Security’s Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) to implement a framework called “AMITT,” which stands for “Adversarial Misinformation and Influence Tactics and Techniques.”

The predecessor to this program was the DISARM framework — described as an “open-source, community-led9 … master framework for fighting disinformation through sharing data and analysis, and coordinating effective action10” — created by the DISARM Foundation in 2017.

According to the DISARM Foundation, AMITT was launched with the financial support of the Craig Newmark Philanthropies in 2019.11,12 The AMITT framework includes a variety of “offensive actions,” including:13

  • Influencing government policy
  • Discrediting alternative media
  • Using bots and sock puppets to manipulate and direct public discussion
  • Pre-bunking
  • Counter-messaging

More specific AMITT strategies include but are not limited to:

  • Creating policy that forces social media to police mis- and disinformation
  • Creating “strong dialogue” between the federal government and private sector to improve reporting
  • Marginalizing and discrediting “extremists”
  • Naming and shaming “influencers” who share unsanctioned information
  • Simulating misinformation and disinformation campaigns, and responses to them, beforehand
  • Debanking offenders and cutting off their access to financial services14
  • “Inoculating” populations against “misinformation” using “media literacy training”

A Full-Fledged Military-Led Influence Operation

Gutentag continues:15

“Far from simply protecting the public from falsehoods, both government and non-profit actors within Censorship Industrial Complex have followed CTIL’s exact playbook and have waged a full-fledged influence operation against Americans.

This influence operation has deep ties to security and intelligence agencies, as is evidenced through many examples of collaboration. In one instance of such collaboration, supposedly independent “disinformation researchers” like Renée DiResta coordinated16 a 2020 election tabletop exercise with military officials.

Defense and intelligence funding supports much of the Censorship Industrial Complex. For instance, Graphika, which was involved in both EIP and VP, receives grants from the Department of Defense, DARPA, and the Navy.

Pentagon-affiliated entities are heavily involved in ‘anti-disinformation’ work. Mitre, a major defense contractor, received funding to tackle ‘disinformation’ about elections and COVID.

The US government paid Mitre, an organization staffed by former intelligence and military personnel, to monitor and report17 what Americans said about the virus online, and to develop vaccine confidence messaging.18

This government-backed military research group, Public discovered, was present in the EIP and VP misinformation reporting system, and in election disinformation report emails to CISA …

Why are agencies that are supposed to combat foreign threats using military-grade psychological tools to wage influence operations against the domestic population?”

Anti-Democratic Ideology Is Driving the Censorship

As noted by Gutentag, these efforts appear to be partly driven by the need to manufacture perceived threats to justify the existence of the counter-terror bureaucracy.” But there are also clear ideological factors at play. He writes:19

“Both [federal law enforcement and the intelligence community] now essentially treat Americans as an enemy population, with enormous support from the Democratic party and the legacy media.

The result has been large-scale information warfare against US citizens, with sophisticated tactics being employed to develop propaganda narratives about Trump, COVID, and the 2020 election in the name of combatting ‘disinformation.’ We are now uncovering the clear evidence that military contractors appear to have been at the forefront of this effort …

What was once considered a ‘conspiracy theory’ that military and intelligence forces were manipulating public opinion through inorganic interventions, has now been confirmed.

Our study of the Censorship Industrial Complex has exposed a far-reaching plan to subvert the democratic process and engage in activities that have a basis in military techniques and which are tantamount to attempts at thought or mind control.”

The Plan to Get Censorship Back on Twitter

The short clip above features Alex Stamos, head of the Stanford Internet Observatory, which runs the government’s censorship apparatus via its Virality Project.

In it, he’s taunting Elon Musk, saying he “bought himself into a hellish existence” by making moderating Twitter his personal responsibility. In so doing, Musk is placing his net worth, most of which is invested in Tesla, as well as all other Tesla shareholders, “in jeopardy.”

The reason? Four words: The Digital Services Act.20 This European Union law, which took effect August 25, 2023, requires online companies to actively police their platforms for “illegal” content or face huge fines — up to 6% of their global revenue. Repeated refusal to comply with rules or requests for action can result in suspension of the platform within the EU altogether.

What Stamos appears to be insinuating is that by Musk insisting on keeping X a free speech platform, he risks losing it all, and this kind of financial extortion leverage is precisely what the CTIL plan calls for.

Another Surveillance Program Revealed

In related news, Wired magazine recently reported21 on leaked documents that verify the existence of a “secretive government program” that allows law enforcement to access trillions of phone records of Americans without a warrant.

In a recent letter to the Department of Justice, U.S. Sen. Ron Wyden challenged the legality of the program, which has been up and running for more than a decade. According to Wired:22

“… a surveillance program now known as Data Analytical Services (DAS) has for more than a decade allowed federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies to mine the details of Americans’ calls, analyzing the phone records of countless people who are not suspected of any crime, including victims.

Using a technique known as chain analysis, the program targets not only those in direct phone contact with a criminal suspect but anyone with whom those individuals have been in contact as well.”

DAS started out as a program called Hemisphere, run by the White House in coordination with AT&T. It was renamed DAS in 2013. It captures phone calls made using the AT&T infrastructure on behalf of U.S. law enforcement agencies, including local police, sheriffs’ departments, U.S. customs and postal inspectors.

DAS is managed under an anti-drug trafficking program called HIDTA, which stands for “high-intensity drug trafficking area,” but leaked files from the Northern California Regional Intelligence Center (NCRIC) shows the system is also being used in cases that are unrelated to drug trafficking. According to Wired, the DAS data does not include recordings of conversations.

The data do, however, include identifying information such as the names of the caller and recipient, their phone numbers, dates and times of calls, spanning at least 10 years or more into the past. Together, these data can be used to determine the exact locations of people, “a practice deemed unconstitutional without a warrant in 2018,” Wired notes.

According to Wyden, “The scale of the data available to and routinely searched for the benefit of law enforcement under the Hemisphere Project is stunning in its scope.” Moreover, it’s not under congressional oversight, and because it’s run out of the White House, it’s exempt from privacy impact assessment rules and Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests.

Protections afforded by the Electronic Communications Privacy Act are also circumvented because AT&T’s call record collection occurs along a telecommunications “backbone.”

In early November 2023, Wyden and other lawmakers in the House and Senate introduced the Government Surveillance Reform Act of 2023,23 which aims to patch the loopholes DAS is currently exploiting.

If passed, the DAS program would become explicitly illegal and would likely be forced to shut down. So, I encourage you to contact your representatives and ask them to support this legislation.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

1 House Judiciary Committee on the Weaponization of the Federal Government

2 Public Substack November 30, 2023

3, 8, 13, 15, 19 Public Substack December 4, 2023

4 Public Substack December 1, 2023

5 Public Substack November 28, 2023

6 Public Substack November 7, 2023

7 Public Substack November 10, 2023

9 Disarm Foundation About Us

10, 11 Disarm Foundation DISARM Framework

12 Disarm Foundation Brief History

14 Disarm Framework C00129

16 Twitter NetworkAffects April 25, 2023

17 YouTube Mitre Squint

18 COVID-19 Health Communication Playbook (Archived)

20 Twitter Mike Benz December 4, 2023

21, 22 Wired November 28, 2023

23 Wired November 7, 2023

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Syrian Jewish Chanukah tradition

Chanukah tradition to light an extra candle on this holiday for the light of Syria who welcomed us in after our expulsion from Spain in 1492.

This year, I am taking this tradition & lighting an extra candle for Palestine & the Palestinian people in solidarity.

May our shared history become our shared future.

Click here to view the video.

 

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Milei y la hegemonía estadounidense

December 12th, 2023 by Andrés Pabón Lara

Israel and US Plan Complete Deportation from Gaza. Famine Is Looming. “A Child Is Killed Every Ten Minutes”

By Marc Vandepitte, December 11, 2023

Deporting all Gazans is the joint plan of the US and Israel. According to the plan, the Palestinians will be ‘relocated’ to Egypt, Iraq, Turkey, and Yemen. This large-scale ethnic cleansing is cynically presented as a “moral and humanitarian” aid plan. 

Israel’s “Final Solution” for the Palestinians Did Not Start in 2023. “The Terror to Eliminate Palestinians from Their Homeland” Started in the 1930s

By Peter Koenig, December 11, 2023

For starters, it may be telling to illustrate the characters of Palestine and Israel, by presenting the lyrics and songs of two contrasting school choirs, the one from The Ramallah Friends School Choir, hailing Peace and Harmony – see first video below; contrasted by “Annihilate Everyone”, Israeli’s Children’s Choir’s “Friendship Song”, promoting outright genocide in Gaza; see second video below.

Provoke a Second Nakba, Transform Gaza Into a Mass of Rubble, Outdoor Concentration Camp in Rafah, Confiscate Gaza’s Offshore Maritime Gas

By Germán Gorraiz López, December 11, 2023

The real objective of the military campaign in Gaza would be to provoke a second Nakba in which 1.5 million Palestinians would be forced to leave a Gaza turned into a mass of rubble and human remains that would make it impossible to return the displaced Gazan population.

The Gaza War Calls Into Question the Moral Rectitude of Western Democracies

By James M. Dorsey, December 11, 2023

While the need for a ceasefire to halt Gaza’s human carnage is self-evident, some drivers of the Biden administration’s debate about the timing of a ceasefire raise questions about the moral underpinnings of Western democracies.

Yuval Noah Harari Discusses the Creation of a Massive Class of “Useless People” and What Should be Done with Them

By Rhoda Wilson, December 11, 2023

In 2015 and 2017, Israeli historian and philosopher Yuval Noah Harari discussed how a massive class of useless people was being created. The artificial intelligence revolution is beginning to create “the useless class,” he said.

Babies Died After Pfizer or Moderna COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine, Flu Vaccine, or Died from SIDS

By Dr. William Makis, December 11, 2023

15 month old Melody Rain Palombi-Malmgren had Three Vaccines (Varicella, DTap, Flu) on Oct. 17, 2023. Two days later, she “stopped breathing and went into cardiac arrest”. She died in the Hospital (also had liver & kidney failure).

History and Geopolitics: The Controversial Haavara Transfer Agreement, Analysis by the Jewish Virtual Library

By Ben Bartee, December 11, 2023

The Haavara Agreement has long been a thorn in the side of Zionist historical canon because of the obvious narrative difficulties it presents. As a result, pro-Israeli media is forced to come up with rationales for how the Third Reich funneling money to fund the creation of Israel (the literal definition of Zionism) wasn’t actually a Zionist endeavor.

“No NATO” for Ukraine, Ukrainian Politician Says. “Western Abandonment and Betrayal”

By Uriel Araujo, December 11, 2023

US Secretary of State Antony Blinken is pressuring European diplomats to cease any talks about Ukraine joining NATO, according to a member of Rada (the Ukrainian parliament), Oleksiy Goncharenko. This is no minor politician. The son of a former Odessa mayor, he is a member of the Ukrainian Permanent Delegation to the Parliamentary Assembly of the Council of Europe (PACE).

Biden’s Support of the Genocide in Gaza May Prevent Reelection in 2024

By Steven Sahiounie, December 11, 2023

Guterres has been calling for a ceasefire since October 18, but the U.S. Ambassador Linda Thomas-Greenfield has been instructed by U.S. President Joe Biden to never agree to any ceasefire in Gaza, and instead allow Israel the green-light to kill civilians in Gaza as Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu continues with his revenge attack on Gaza, in response to the Hamas attack of October 7 which killed over 1,000 Israelis.

Hamas Plan: Israel Knew It for Over a Year

By Manlio Dinucci, December 11, 2023

Last July, just three months before the attack, a veteran analyst from Unit 8200 Israel’s intelligence agency warned that Hamas had conducted an intense exercise similar to the one described in the plan. But an intelligence agency colonel trashed her report.

Video: The Trials of Henry Kissinger

December 12th, 2023 by Global Research News

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Featuring previously unseen footage, de-classified documents, and revealing interviews with Kissinger supporters (Alexander Haig, Brent Scowcroft, and William Safire) as well as his detractors (Seymour Hersh, William Shawcross, and Christopher Hitchens),

The Trials of Henry Kissinger explores how a young boy who fled Nazi Germany grew up to become one of the most powerful and controversial figures in U.S. history. “Devastating!” – The New York Times

Video The Trials of Henry Kissinger

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Visit and follow us on InstagramTwitter and Facebook. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published by Global Research on September 23, 2023

***

If for some inexplicable reason, you couldn’t come up with a reason to be ashamed of the U.S., I’ve got one for you: Henry Kissinger has been a widely revered thinker and statesman for six decades, and is the recipient of awards like the Nobel Peace Prize (1973); Presidential Medal of Freedom (1977); and Medal of Liberty (1986).

I may soon write a long article to document at least some of Kissinger’s heinous catalog of criminality. For now, I’d simply like to clarify his ongoing role as a Godfather of sorts to all the other miscreants that make up the top 1%.

I mean, the esteemed Henry Kissinger has his own damn page on the World Economic Forum (WEF) website and has been mentoring the notorious Klaus Schwab for decades. In the photo up top, Kissinger and Schwab openly plot for us to “have nothing” and “be happy.”

Kissinger’s interests have heavily influenced the parasites-in-charge (regardless of political party).

As far back as 1974, he penned National Security Study Memorandum 200 on “Implications of Worldwide Population Growth For U.S. Security and Overseas Interests.” In that document, the Nobel Peace Prize Laureate muses about “technological innovations” that might reduce the globe’s human population.

Kissinger has also declared:

“Depopulation should be the highest priority of foreign policy towards the Third World, because the U.S. economy will require large and increasing amounts of minerals from abroad, especially from less developed countries.”

This brings us to Bill Gates — yet another psychopath who  contrives with Henry K and his WEF cronies.

Gates might see himself as up to the task of providing Kissinger with the “technological innovations” that might reduce the globe’s human population:

Click here to see and hear Gates saying these words, in case you think it’s a misquote.

 

Video


 

https://twitter.com/LandNoli/status/1340180992255008770

https://x.com/LandNoli/status/1340180992255008770?s=20

 

I’ve told you about deadly protocols imposed on U.S. hospitals that killed about one million people.

I’ve been telling you about all the vaccine adverse events that are being ignored while countless suffer and die.

The sociopaths-in-charge have left a clear, easy-to-find paper trail of their intentions.

What are you gonna do about all this?

P.S. I know I said I’d save all the Kissinger evidence for its own article but I can’t resist offering one example of the kind of man who is awarded a peace prize in today’s society:

With a total population of nearly 30 million, the Kurds are the largest ethnic group in the world without their own country and have often been used as geopolitical pawns. In 1975, in the midst of a border dispute between Iraq and the Shah of Iran (a U.S. ally), then-Secretary of State Henry Kissinger secretly channeled $16 million in military aid to Iraqi Kurds.

The Kurds, succumbing to the spin, believed Washington was finally supporting their right to self-determination. In reality, the United States was using the Kurdish rebels to sap the resources of the Iraqi regime and coerce them into a settlement.

That settlement came at the 1975 OPEC summit, at which time the United States promised Iraq that support for the Kurds would be immediately withdrawn. As Iraq wiped out the Kurdish rebels, Kurdish leader Mustafa Barzani sent a message to Kissinger. It read in part:

“Our movement and people are being destroyed in an unbelievable way, with silence from everyone. We feel, your excellency, that the United States has a moral and political responsibility towards our people, who have committed themselves to your country’s policy.”

One can easily imagine Kissinger getting off on being called “your excellency,” while cringing at the concept of “moral responsibility,” but he did not directly reply to Barzani. Instead, he instructed a staff member: “Promise them anything, give them what they get, and fuck them if they can’t take a joke.”

When asked to explain America’s duplicity towards the Kurds, Kissinger delivered a one-liner that effectively sums up his beliefs and U.S. foreign policy: “Covert action should not be confused with missionary work.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, Twitter and Facebook. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Henry Kissinger and Klaus Schwab in Davos. (Source: Post-Woke)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Even though this article is the writing of an anonymous author, it is so well detailed and supported by historic facts which Zionist-controlled historians and media have erased from public knowledge, that it should be made known to the world populations at large.

For starters, it may be telling to illustrate the characters of Palestine and Israel, by presenting the lyrics and songs of two contrasting school choirs, the one from The Ramallah Friends School Choir, hailing Peace and Harmony – see first video below; contrasted by “Annihilate Everyone”, Israeli’s Children’s Choir’s “Friendship Song”, promoting outright genocide in Gaza; see second video below.

In essence, the terror to eliminate Palestinians from their own territory started way before the creation of Israel, a colonialist idea by the Brits. This summarizes what Wikipedia has to say:

“The Israeli Declaration of Independence, formally the Declaration of the Establishment of the State of Israel, was proclaimed on 14 May 1948 by David Ben-Gurion, the Executive Head of the World Zionist Organization, Chairman of the Jewish Agency for Palestine, and soon to be first Prime Minister of Israel. It declared the establishment of a Jewish State in Eretz-Israel, to be known as the State of Israel, which would come into effect on termination of the British Mandate at midnight that day.”

The establishment of a Jewish homeland in Palestine had been the goal of Zionists since the lates 19th Century. In 1917 British Foreign Secretary, Arthur Balfour, wrote to British Jewish community leader, Lord Rothschild, that:

“His Majesty’s government views with favor the establishment in Palestine of a national home for the Jewish people, and will use their best endeavors to facilitate the achievement of this object, it being clearly understood that nothing shall be done which may prejudice the civil and religious rights of existing non-Jewish communities in Palestine, or the rights and political status enjoyed by Jews in any other country.”

This letter became known as the Balfour Decaration, upon which British government policy officially endorsed Zionism. After WWI, the UK was given the mandate for Palestine, conquered from the Ottomans during WWI.

This colonial spirit prevalent to this day, instead of conferring independence to Palestine after freeing it from the Turkish Ottoman Empire, is largely responsible for the mess and political instability in the Middle East, notably the apparent everlasting conflict between Israel and Palestine, now always fueled by Zionist Israel.

According to the Balfour Declaration, a Jewish national home was to be established in Palestine while civil and religious rights – but not political and national rights – of non-Jewish Palestinian communities may prevail.

Palestinians wanting their political rights and autonomy as a sovereign state, resented continued Jewish immigration into Palestine. They disapproved of the British mandate and by 1936 their dissatisfaction had grown into open rebellion.

The so-called Peel Commission, named after its head Lord Robert Peel, was established by the UK in 1936 to study the conflict situation. The Commission’s report of July 1937 admitted the mandate was unworkable because Jewish and Palestinian objectives were incompatible.

The Commission proposed the partitioning of Palestine into three zones, an Arab-Palestine state, a Jewish state, and a neutral territory containing the holy places like Jerusalem. This was the equivalent of a two-state solution.

The Peel Commission’s recommendation was eventually rejected by the British Government as “unworkable”.

The reason for the rejection was most likely the interpretation and possibly pressure by the Jewish-Zionist leader Lord Rothschild that the establishment of Israel in Palestine would give Zionist Israel unlimited rights over what he, Lord Rothschild, considered henceforth their land.

The British rejection of the Peel Commission’s “reasonable” two-state solution gave rise to the 1936 – 1939 Palestine revolt.  

File:UN Partition Plan For Palestine 1947.svg - Wikipedia

UN 1947 partition plan for Palestine (From the Public Domain)

Nevertheless, the partition of Palestine – 57% to 43% for Israel and Palestine respectively, rejected by Palestine, was presented to the newly established United Nations as Resolution 181 – and largely approved by 33 to 13 in favor and 10 abstentions. 

This background is necessary to understand the Holocaust-like long-term cruelties by Israel over Palestine; the Zionists devastating atrocities in the years before Israel was officially established. This report bears testimony to Zionist-Israeli oppression for almost 100 years.

The Zionist terror attacks, largely silenced by the media, were to intimidate and weaken Palestine, before the creation of Israel in 1948 – an Israel which way before she officially existed, had already plans for Greater Zionist-Israel for the “Chosen People”.

See Article on Nitter.net

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Following the asymmetric punishment inflicted by Israel, all basic infrastructure, schools, mosques, hospitals and 80 per cent of Gaza’s buildings were reportedly razed by systematic aerial bombardments resulting in more than 20,000 Palestinian civilian casualties, (7000 of them would be children) and several thousand more buried in the rubble.

The real objective of the military campaign in Gaza would be to provoke a second Nakba in which 1.5 million Palestinians would be forced to leave a Gaza turned into a mass of rubble and human remains that would make it impossible to return the displaced Gazan population.

To this end, Israel is attempting to confine the Palestinians to an outdoor concentration camp of 1.7 km2 located in Rafah, a situation described by the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights, Volker Türk as “apocalyptic”, while warning “of the growing risk of genocide”.

Such forcible confinement of the Gazan population would be a measure of pressure on Egypt to open its border and settle the Palestinians in the Sinai Peninsula, after which Israel would proceed to the unilateral declaration of sovereignty over Gaza and its maritime areas. Thus, Israel would assume control of the maritime routes and exploration of the Gazan gas reserves that would be integrated into Israel’s offshore facilities and proceed with the construction of the Ben Gurion Canal.

This project, named after the founding father of the Israeli regime, David Ben Gurion, was conceived in the late 1960s with a view to creating an alternative route to the Suez Canal, the main maritime route connecting Europe and Asia, which would thus come under American Jewish control.

Then, in the second phase of the ethnic cleansing undertaken by Israel, we will see the expulsion of the Arab population from East Jerusalem and the unstoppable expansion of Israeli settler settlements in the West Bank, Ramallah remained a Palestinian islet in an ocean of Israeli colonies where an Abbas would languish until his death as a mere servant of Israel.

Consequently, the two-State theory will remain an impossible utopia given the absence on both sides of valid interlocutors to negotiate a lasting peace involving the mutual recognition of the States of Israel and Palestine.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Germán Gorraiz Lopez is a political analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Deporting all Gazans is the joint plan of the US and Israel. According to the plan, the Palestinians will be ‘relocated’ to Egypt, Iraq, Turkey, and Yemen. This large-scale ethnic cleansing is cynically presented as a “moral and humanitarian” aid plan. 

*

Murderous

In recent war history, there has rarely been such an intensive and massive slaughter of civilians and children as in Gaza, one of the most densely populated places in the world. The destruction of northern Gaza in less than seven weeks approaches the devastation caused by the years of carpet bombing of German cities during World War II.

According to the World Health Organization, a child is killed every ten minutes.

More than half of Gaza City has now been destroyed, including schools and mosques. Hospitals can no longer function. Bakeries are closed and there is almost no drinking water left. Destruction and slaughter are happening on an industrial scale, with the help of Artificial Intelligence.

People were first driven out of the north, but now the south is attacked with heavy bombing and a ground offensive against the town of Khan Younis. According to a top official of the UN humanitarian aid agency, conditions there are now apocalyptic. 

No child still has unlimited access to care, food or water. Famine is looming. And because sewers no longer work, there will be mass outbreaks of disease.

Gazans are now being urged to leave for Rafah, the southernmost point of Gaza, where the border post with Egypt is also located.

Officially, Israel’s goal is to eliminate Hamas. But the intensity and ruthlessness with which the Israeli army is acting reveals that this is an excuse for another goal: the complete expulsion of the population from Palestine, starting with Gaza.

According to the Jewish philosopher Moshé Machover, this plan has been in existence for a long time: “We are actually waiting for a time when they can be permanently expelled to neighbouring countries. That will only be possible during a full-scale war and I fear that Israel is prepared to provoke it.” He said this in 2017.

New Deportation Plan

Israel wants to increase the level of inhumanity to such an extent that the residents of Gaza will ultimately have no choice but to leave. That seems to be the hidden plan, although that plan is getting clearer by the day.

A plan, from the Israeli Intelligence Ministry was already leaked in late October. That plan envisaged a final deportation of Gaza’s population to Egypt’s Sinai desert. That was met with a resounding refusal from Cairo.

But Israel is determined to continue this large-scale ethnic cleansing. In a recent op-ed in the Wall Street Journal, two Israeli members of the Knesset called on Western countries to accept Palestinian refugees. Gila Gamliel, intelligence minister wrote a similar op-ed in the Jerusalem Post, proposing the “voluntary resettlement” of Palestinians in Gaza to other countries around the world.

Minister of Agriculture Avi Dichter does not hesitate to call the current war a ‘Nakba 2023’, referring to the mass expulsion of Palestinians from Palestine  at the founding of the Jewish state in 1948. 

“We are now rolling out the Gaza Nakba. From an operational point of view, there is no way to wage a war – as the IDF seeks to do in Gaza – with masses between the tanks and the soldiers. (…) Gaza Nakba 2023. That’s how it’ll end.”

And it is not just words. A new joint US-Israeli plan has now surfaced in which they want to deport the population of Gaza to four countries: Turkey, Egypt, Iraq and Yemen. In this new plan, Egypt should no longer bear the burden alone.

The numbers per country are already known too: a million Palestinians would go to Egypt, half a million to Turkey, 250,000 to Iraq and another 250,000 to Yemen.

The four countries referred to are receiving generous aid from Washington. The plan states that this support will be linked to a willingness to receive Gazans. In other words, the four countries will be put under serious financial and perhaps diplomatic pressure to ‘harbour’ the Gazans.

The key country is Egypt, which must open its border. Joe Wilson, former Republican MP and one of the initiators of this plan, is very clear about this. According to him, “the only moral way [to solve the Gaza problem] is to ensure that Egypt opens its borders”.

“Israel is trying to keep civilian casualties in the Gaza Strip as low as possible, but Hamas is not allowing the refugees to leave and Egypt is unwilling to open its borders,” the authors of the plan write in the opening paragraph. Meanwhile, six children are being slaughtered every hour…

For its planned population move, the plan refers to other recent conflict hotspots. “It would not be the first time other countries have accepted refugees,” the plan says. Here, the authors refer to the six million Ukrainians who fled the country to Poland, Germany and the Czech Republic, among others. Nearly five million Syrians have also “moved” to Turkey, Lebanon and Jordan, while other Middle Eastern and European countries have taken in hundreds of thousands of Syrians.

The plan has been submitted to key figures in the US House of Representatives and Congress and has the support of both Democrats and Republicans. The planned large-scale ethnic cleansing is cynically presented as a “moral and humanitarian” aid plan:

“The neighbouring borders have been closed for too long, but it is now clear that in order to free the Gazan population from the tyrannical oppression of Hamas and to allow them to live free of war and bloodshed, Israel must encourage the international community to find the correct, moral and humane avenues for the relocation of the Gazan population.” 

Truly a fine piece of newspeak.

The plan also firmly lashes out at UNRWA, the UN refugee agency dedicated to aid and development for Palestinian refugees in the Middle East. US lawmakers blame the agency of “propagating the refugee narrative” and “inhibiting the rehabilitation of Palestinian refugees for over seventy years and has in fact deepened the refugee crisis”. That’s why they want the agency to be closed down.

*

We may be on the eve of a mass deportation of Palestinians, a second Nakba. If Western countries want to retain any shred of credibility, they must take action immediately.

They must immediately impose economic and diplomatic sanctions against Israel and also convene the Security Council to condemn and thwart the sinister plan of the US and Israel. If not, they are complicit in this declared humanitarian disaster.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Marc Vandepitte is a Belgian economist and philosopher. He writes on North-South relations, Latin America, Cuba, and China. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Sources

Senior US lawmakers review plan linking Gaza refugee resettlement to US aid to Arab countries

US lawmakers review plan linking Gaza refugee resettlement to American aid to Arab countries

US Congress is reviewing a plan to facilitate an ethnic cleansing of Palestinians in Gaza

Israel and America’s plan to move the people of Gaza to Iraq, Egypt, Turkey and Yemen

‘We’re Rolling Out Nakba 2023,’ Israeli Minister Says on Northern Gaza Strip Evacuation

Featured image: Girl holds improvised white flag, to tell Israel to respect Geneva Conventions and spare her fleeing family. Photo credit: Yasser Qudih 

What Were Romans Thinking as They Watched Rome Collapse?

December 11th, 2023 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

I have often wondered what Roman citizens thought as they watched the Roman Empire fall apart culturally, politically, morally, and militarily. Cicero, quaestor, praetor and Counsel of Rome, tried to save the Roman Republic. For his efforts he was chased down and murdered. As Cicero was, perhaps, the most famous Roman, his murder stopped efforts to prevent Rome’s descent into tyranny. 

The same thing is happening today to those who attempt to arouse us to our danger. Julian Assange, for example, has been imprisoned contrary to every known US and UK law for a decade without conviction for simply doing his duty as a journalist and reporting the crimes of our rulers, the crimes of the corrupt vermin we continue to return to office and power over us. No one has done anything about it, not even his fellow journalists.

When truth is punished, a country dies.

Rome survived for centuries after its essence had departed, because her enemies were weak in comparison. Rome destroyed itself. As many or more Romans died in civil wars fighting one another than died repelling barbarian invasions, Roman military might ended in self-destruction.  

The enemies Washington has created for America are not weak. Russia alone, China alone, perhaps even Iran alone, is a match or more for America. The three together constitute a vast over-match of US military capability. Yet Washington continues to increase hostilities with these countries. The mindlessness of my government is unbearable. Such utter stupidity.

Once the moronic Biden regime’s economic sanctions and the US loss of the reserve currency role finish off the US dollar, America is finished. We will be a third world country, and the rest of the world will punish us for the sins of our government.

Try to tell this to an American.  

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The question is no longer if but when the United States will support a ceasefire in the Gaza war.

While the need for a ceasefire to halt Gaza’s human carnage is self-evident, some drivers of the Biden administration’s debate about the timing of a ceasefire raise questions about the moral underpinnings of Western democracies.

The debate suggests decisions are driven as much by perceived strategic and national interests as by perceptions of political fortunes and electoral calculations, even if that is at the expense of thousands of innocent lives.

To be fair, the Biden administration’s balancing of support for Israel’s war goals – destruction of Hamas and release of hostages – with the electoral fallout of a confrontation with Israel over a ceasefire works in favour of an earlier rather than a later end to the Gaza war, at least on the administration’s timetable.

The United States last week vetoed a United Nations Security Council resolution calling for an immediate Gaza ceasefire. Senior Israeli officials worry the US could abstain, or even vote in favour, of a similar resolution if, and when, one is again tabled in the coming weeks.

Already, the United States has reportedly given Israel a three-week deadline for ending the Gaza fighting. The White House denied giving Israel a “firm deadline.”

This weekend, the United States fired a shot across Israel’s bow by not stopping the adoption by the World Health Organisation’s Executive Board of a resolution calling for the “immediate, sustained and unimpeded passage of humanitarian relief” into Gaza.

In addition to signalling Israel that it cannot continue to count on unconditional support, the United States, a member of the WHO’s 34-nation board, likely did not want to be seen opposing badly needed humanitarian aid.

Even so, the fact that limiting the sacrifice of innocent lives doesn’t figure, at least not prominently, in US political calculations, particularly given the military and political alternatives available to Israel in responding to Hamas’ brutal October 7 attack, calls into question the moral and ethical underpinnings of politics in Western democracies.

It also calls into question the integrity of democratic checks and balances that fail to distinguish between what is right and what is a political rather than a national interest.

The prioritization of political fortune is no truer than for Israeli Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu who prides himself on governing a Western democracy.

To be fair, Israeli democracy is likely to ensure that Mr. Netanyahu’s political days are numbered once the guns fall silent.

Lack of moral rectitude is equally true for Hamas leaders, although they make no pretence to adhere to democratic and humanitarian norms.

Hamas, even if it survives the war with a political victory of kinds, wantonly sacrificed innocent Gazan lives and made no provisions for a modicum of security for the civilian population in times of war.

Like Israel, Hamas discarded alternatives at its disposal in the way it fights its battles.

To be sure, failure to distinguish between national and domestic political interests pervades national security discussions far beyond the Gaza war.

There may be no immediate or obvious formula for introducing a mechanism capable of making the distinction without taking domestic political interests into account.

Moreover, in a world of extreme polarization, fear, and rage, the survival of a leader, even if he or she lacks the moral rectitude to make preservation of life an imperative, may be perceived as a national interest.

Leaving aside whether President Joe Biden’s support for Israel enhances or damages his election prospects, the choice between Mr. Biden and Donald J. Trump, who many perceive as authoritarian or a potentate, is a case in point in the run-up to next year’s US presidential election.

Even so, the question remains whether Gaza’s population that does not vote in the United States should be required to pay the price of US domestic politics.

The Israeli-Palestinian conflict’s role in undermining the moral backbone and pillars of democracy goes far beyond Western support for Israel in Gaza.

The war has magnified the successful, years-long Israeli campaign to prevent unfettered debate about the conflict by equating criticism of Israel with anti-Semitism.

To put the campaign in perspective, one equivalent would be to assert that criticism of sub-Saharan nations amounts to anti-Black racism.

To be sure, the lines separating anti-Israel and anti-Zionist attitudes and anti-Semitism are often blurred. Critics of Israel and anti-Zionists have frequently failed to distance themselves from anti-Semitic expressions that, for example,  surface at times on the margins of pro-Palestinian protests.

Nevertheless, Israel’s successful effort, aided by Western politicians, to impose its narrative on public debate has undermined freedom of expression in democracies and elevated support of Israel to the status of loyalty to one’s own country.

It turns on its head the anti-Semitic allegation that Jews cannot be trusted because they have double loyalties to their country of origin and Israel.

A recent survey of 963 scholars, two thirds of whom are based in the United States, illustrated the impact of the Israeli effort.

Eighty-two per cent of all US-based respondents said they self-censor when they speak about the Israeli-Palestinian issue. That figure rose to 98 percent among more junior assistant professors.

Just over 81 per cent of those self-censoring said they primarily refrained from criticising Israel, while 11 percent said they held back from criticizing Palestinians.

Moreover, Israel has managed to enshrine the limiting or banning of criticism of the Jewish state and anti-Israeli activism in the laws and regulations of Western democracies.

Twenty-seven US states have adopted laws or policies that penalize businesses, organizations, or individuals that engage in or call for boycotts against Israel.

The German parliament condemned as anti-Semitic the Boycott, Divestment, and Sanctions (BDS) movement that calls for economic pressure on Israel to end the occupation of Palestinian land, grant Arab citizens equal rights, and recognize  Palestinian refugees’ right of return.

Israel views the call for the right of return as a veiled quest for the destruction of Israel as a Jewish state because Jews would no longer be a majority.

While having merit in the past, the argument increasingly rings hollow with Israeli settlements on occupied Palestinian territory threatening the viability of an independent Palestinian state alongside Israel.

Doubts about the feasibility of a two-state solution have revived debate about one state in which Jews and Palestinians would have equal rights.

Responding to the Israeli concern, the German state of Saxony-Anhalt decided by ministerial decree that applicants for German citizenship must declare their support for Israel’s right to exist. The Bundestag, the German parliament is considering making the requirement mandatory nationwide.

Although the German measures may be explained in part by what The New Yorker describes as the “politics of memory” of the Holocaust, they, like the steps taken by US states, amount to an undefendable restriction on freedom of expression.

Moreover, criticism of anti-BDS moves does not by definition constitute support for a boycott of Israel. It is, first and foremost, a defense of freedom of choice, including the freedom to choose whose products one buys, with whom one does business, and what one invests in.

It is also a defence of democracy.

“The unprecedented carnage in Israel and Palestine is having repercussions in the United States, testing pillars of democracy including the fundamental human rights to free speech and assembly,” warned Human Rights Watch’s US program director Tanya Greene.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. James M. Dorsey is an Adjunct Senior Fellow at Nanyang Technological University’s S. Rajaratnam School of International Studies, and the author of the syndicated column and podcast, The Turbulent World with James M. Dorsey. 

Featured image is from the author

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

In 2015 and 2017, Israeli historian and philosopher Yuval Noah Harari discussed how a massive class of useless people was being created. The artificial intelligence revolution is beginning to create “the useless class,” he said.

When asked if his 2015 book provided any solutions, he responded:

“At present, the best guess we have is to keep them [the useless class] happy with drugs and computer games.”

In 2015, Yuval Noah Harari published two books: ‘Sapiens: A Brief History of Human Kind’ and ‘Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow’.

Dr. John Lennox, a renowned Oxford Mathematician and author of ‘2084: Artificial Intelligence and the Future of Humanity, said Harari concerned him because of his widespread influence. 

“He really is an influencer … What he actually has to say concerns me more because of its inaccuracy and his reading of history seems, to me, to be very strange,”  Dr. Lennox said.

In Homo Deus, Dr. Lennox said, Harari says that there are two major agenda items for the 21st century. 

“The first is to solve the technological problem of human death. He regards it as a technical problem and a technical problem with technical solutions. And then secondly, to enhance human happiness … [On] enhancing human happiness his target is, and this is more or less a quote, ‘is to turn Homo sapiens into Homo Deus’. In other words, turn humans into gods.”

Shortly after he released Homo Deus, Harari gave a speech based on his other book Sapiens at TED Talks. After his speech, Harai was asked to elaborate on a statement he made in his book Sapiens: “… new classes and new class struggles, just as the industrial revolution did.”

Harari answered:

“In the industrial revolution, we saw the creation of a new class of the urban proletariat. And much of the political and social history of the last 200 years involved what to do with this class and the new problems and opportunities.”

“Now, we see the creation of a new massive class of useless people,” he said.

“As computers become better and better in more and more fields, there is a distinct possibility that computers will out-perform us in most tasks and will make humans redundant. And then the big political and economic question of the 21st century will be, ‘What do we need humans for?’, or at least, ‘What do we need so many humans for?’”

Harari was then asked whether there were answers to those questions in his book. He responded:

“At present, the best guess we have is to keep them happy with drugs and computer games.”

He clarified he was not predicting the future but rather laying out possibilities. 

“It’s not a prophecy; it’s seeing all kinds of possibilities before us,” he said.

As he saw it, there were only two possibilities; both would result in a massive number of useless people. He said:

“One possibility is this creation of a new massive class of useless people. Another possibility is the division of humankind into different biological castes, with the rich being upgraded into virtual gods, and the poor being degraded to this level of useless people.”

TED: Why humans run the world, 24 July 2015 (17 mins)

Just over two years later he joined Turkish broadcaster TRT’s The Newsmakers. TRT asks in the video caption: Thanks to new technology and artificial intelligence, will we achieve near immortality, or is the future for the human race a bleak one?

“The three biggest problems of humankind in the 21st century is the danger of nuclear war, it’s the danger of climate change and it’s the dangers inherent in disruptive technologies especially bioengineering and artificial intelligence,” Harari said.

“We are now gaining really divine powers of creation and destruction just as according to ancient religions God had the power to create animals and plants and humans according to his wishes. Now humankind in the 21st century with bioengineering and artificial intelligence gains this divine power to engineer and manufacture life.”

According to Harari, the main products of the 21st century economy will not be things like textiles, vehicles and weapons.

“The main products will be bodies and brains and minds. We are learning to design life … we are really upgrading ourselves into gods.”

It’s not absolutely certain technology, it’s not deterministic and we can still do something about it, he said.  

“But, if we are not careful then, within the next century – let’s say within a hundred years – we may see humankind splitting into biological casts … With the rise of bioengineering, it might be possible to translate economic inequality into biological inequality and then … we will see humankind splitting into castes.”

He again referred to the creation of “the useless class.”

“The artificial intelligence revolution is beginning to create the useless class. As computers outperform humans in more and more tasks, they are likely to push them out of more and more jobs. And then the danger is that you will have millions of people even billions of people who don’t have any economic value and therefore they also don’t have any political power.”

The Newsmakers: Humanity on the brink? 5 October 2017 (13 mins)

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is the The Expose

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Our thanks to Al Jazeera for this article.

***

United States President Joe Biden’s son, Hunter Biden, was indicted for multiple counts of tax evasion late on Thursday. Here’s what there is to know:

What Are the Recent Charges Against Hunter Biden?

The US Justice Department filed three felony and six misdemeanour tax offences against Biden, 53, on Thursday, according to an indictment filed in the US District Court, Central District of California. He is accused of failing to file and pay taxes, evading tax assessment and making a false or fraudulent tax return, according to court documents presented in Los Angeles.

Biden “engaged in a four-year scheme to not pay at least $1.4 million in self-assessed federal taxes he owed for tax years 2016 through 2019,” the indictment filed in a US district court in central California read.

It further added that Biden instead spent this money on personal expenditures including luxury hotels, cars, clothing and more than $70,000 on drug rehabilitation.

Prosecutors said that between 2016 and October 2020, he received more than $7m in total gross income.

Republican lawmakers have continually slammed the younger Biden for leveraging his family name to make money overseas such as with Burisma, one of the largest gas companies in Ukraine, where he made $2.3m from 2016 to 2019. He has also worked at a Chinese private equity fund. Joe Biden was US vice president from 2009 to 2017.

Has Hunter Biden Been Indicted Before?

Biden is being charged this year for a second time by a special counsel investigating his personal and business dealings.

Previous charges accuse him of illegally owning a handgun alongside two counts of lying about his drug use on a federal application when he purchased the gun.

In July, a plea bargain between Hunter Biden and special counsel David Weiss – which would have erased the gun charges while Biden pleaded guilty to two tax charges and avoided prison – fell apart.

In October, he pleaded not guilty to these charges in Delaware, in the first criminal prosecution of a sitting US president’s child.

Can He Face Trial and Go to Jail?

The new charges mean that Hunter Biden could in theory go on trial twice next year. It was not clear when he would appear in court.

If convicted, Biden can face up to 17 years in prison. The Justice Department said its investigation into Biden is continuing.

What Are the Reactions to Biden’s Indictment?

While the White House declined to comment, President Biden has previously insisted he stands by his son despite his past troubled behaviour.

Hunter Biden’s lawyer, Abbe Lowell, said in a statement that his client had repaid his taxes in full, accusing Weiss of renouncing a previous agreement, according to US media. He accused Weiss of “bowing to Republican pressure”.

“If Hunter’s last name was anything other than Biden, the charges in Delaware, and now California, would not have been brought,” Lowell was quoted as saying.

What Does this Mean for Joe Biden’s 2024 Presidential Campaign?

This indictment comes as Joe Biden likely faces former US President Donald Trump in the 2024 race for the presidency.

It also comes as congressional Republicans pursue an impeachment inquiry into President Biden, claiming he was engaged in an influence-peddling scheme with his son.

The House is expected to vote next week on formally authorising the inquiry. No evidence has emerged so far to prove that Joe Biden, in his current or previous office, abused his role or accepted bribes, though questions have arisen about the ethics surrounding the Biden family’s international business.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. 

Featured image: This caricature of Hunter Biden was adapted from in the public domain from the US Congress (PDF). The body was adapted from in the public domain from The White House’s Flickr photostream.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Oct. 17, 2023 – Greenwood Lake, NY – 15 month old Melody Rain Palombi-Malmgren had Three Vaccines (Varicella, DTap, Flu) on Oct. 17, 2023. Two days later, she “stopped breathing and went into cardiac arrest”. She died in the Hospital (also had liver & kidney failure).

Image

Click here to view the video.

There are 25 Babies ages 0 to 2 years old in this article.

Dec. 5, 2023 – Toronto, ON – Josh Azan and Ali Rioux Azan posted: “Our son passed away suddenly and unexpectedly without warning on our flight to Jamaica.”

Nov. 22, 2023 – UK – 2 year old previously healthy Noah-Blake Eddy died on Nov. 22, 2023. “He was taken into hospital 6 weeks ago with a mystery illness, his lungs just weren’t getting any better.” Mother Natasha Eddy was COVID-19 Vaccinated.

Nov. 10, 2023 – Louisiana – Mercedes White, a prominent TikTok star posted news that her 2 year old son, Wesley, inexplicably died of cardiac arrest on Nov. 10, 2023. The previously healthy baby had a cardiac arrest and died on the way to the hospital.

July 20, 2023 – New York Influencer Christine Tran Ferguson’s 15 month old son Asher died after a 2 week health battle. His death was unexpected and unexplained.

July 13, 2023 – Savannah, GA – 2 year old Josephine Boswell died suddenly in her crib on night of July 13, 2023. Her mother Kassandra Pelky Boswell wrote when she was born: “I just simply can’t take the risk of unvaccinated people being around my infant.”

Dec. 29, 2022 – Kelowna, BC, Canada – 23 month old Addilyn Emelia Radomske Booth was an energetic little girl with no health issues. On Dec. 28, 2022 she went for a sleepover at grandmother’s house. She was found not breathing the morning of Dec. 29 and died.

Dec. 16, 2022 – Manchester, NH – 2 year old Elizabeth Rose Ragonese died suddenly on Dec. 16, 2022. She received both Moderna COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine and Influenza (Flulaval Quadrivalent by GlaxosmithKline) on Dec. 15 and died the next day on Dec. 16! She is recorded as VAERS ID 2536846 and VAERS ID 2573802.

Click here to read the full article.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

No thoughtful self-respecting human being can deny that within the political institutions responsible for administrating human affairs today, there are only a tiny fraction of individuals who put responsibility for caring for fellow humans and our planet, at the top of their agenda – if at all.

‘Democracy’ is what many still believe to be the best solution for citizen governance, these same people also hold that the politicians elected via national voting systems are ‘servants of the people’, since constitutionally that is what is indicated. Members of parliament entrusted with responsibility for accounting to those who elect them.

However, is spite of the fact that the general mass of the populace cling to the dream of a world in which democracy means a form of governance being ‘of the people, by the people, for the people’, upon inspection the reality is precisely the opposite.

Those beguiling men and women who portray themselves as saviours and saints of their communities prior to their election, shape shift into self serving parasites to the program of the globalist shadow government as soon as they become elected into office.

And what does the electorate do about this?

Some allow themselves to think that such a state of affairs is somehow inevitable ‘in this corrupted world’.

Others express dismay and loudly proclaim that they will vote for the opposition party at the next election (..and get precisely the same result).  Yet others try to ignore the reality altogether, muttering cynically about ‘not voting at all in the future’.

A very small minority hold their elected representatives to account, demanding that they stand by the policies they promised to support before the election. Not that such determination necessarily produces the desired result; but it is at least honourable.

The net result of all this is that parliamentarians, senators and congressman, each of whom is primarily concerned with making a successful political career, fall instantly in line with the ‘party program’. A top-down fixed agenda, based upon the wishes of the corporate billionaire donors whose fulsome funding comes with an assurance that their support will be properly reciprocated.

Democracy in action, you understand.

The man or woman you thought was going to fight for the electorate’s interests at the local and regional level, turns out to simply be a puppet to those higher up the political pyramid. The new parliamentarians, if they didn’t know already, soon find out that the only way to keep their political prospects alive, is to follow the party agenda and never step out of line.

In the UK, any intention to deviate from the party line is greeted with the threat of being ‘whipped’, meaning being forced to comply with the will of the leaders – or face being expelled from the party.

Now that we grasp the essentially tunnel vision fixation of our party political systems, we can turn our attention to the agenda of the global shadow power nucleus around which everything is actually turning.

For those not fully aware of the motivation of this small but all powerful cabal – which prefers to remain in the shadows – it is a profound shock to be faced with the realisation that everything being visibly played-out under the predominant influence of globalisation, is an ulterior motive and charade for something considerably more sinister hatched out of sight and therefore ‘out of mind’ – of the great majority of world citizens, including most of the politicians they elect.

We don’t need to go into the details of what mainstream media calls ‘fake news’ and ‘conspiracy theories’. Those reading this article will already be more than familiar with the increasingly desperate attempt of the shadow government cabal – and therefore also the national governments they control, to discredit – or in severe cases to dispose of – those armed with truth and the determination to make it known.

Anyone not shaken to the core by events in Gaza since October 7, will also be unlikely to recognise the significance of the abject failure of nation states and their government representatives to step outside their political straightjackets and come to the rescue of a country whose essentially defenceless citizens are being systematically and brutally murdered in their thousands, in full view of everyone with a screen on their living room wall or office desk.

For the cabal, ‘non intervention’ is what it’s all about, because this shadowy sect is the motivating force behind the horror and takes a darkly parasitic interest in benefiting from the consequences.

The inability, or refusal of nations and key spokespeople to take a coordinated, international humanitarian stand in the face of this holocaust, reveals an unbroken chain reaction whose inception can be traced back to the parliamentarian I mentioned earlier, who failed to stand his ground thus capitulating to the will of senior figureheads in order not to jeopardise an overriding ambition to further his all important career.

Here is where the slide into slavery begins and the true expression of human liberty ends; the innate responsibility of the sentient, moral human, to act in the cause of truth and justice – superseded instead by the narcissistic desire to feed the demands of an insatiable ego.

Now juxtapose this with the top of the pyramid cult ambition to live-out the fantasy ‘God-King’ bloodline dream of  attaining ‘absolute power’ through ‘absolute possession’ – and the links in the chain slot into place.

Klaus Schwab’s proclamation “You will own nothing and you will be happy” simply exposes the program whereby our homes and related assets are to be confiscated in the interests of a totalitarian regime declaring itself to be the only authority able to align the whole planet with the ‘sustainable development’ goals of the Great Reset and Green New Deal.

Ironic indeed is the choice of the term ‘sustainable development’ to describe the take-over of the world by a small clique of psychopathic megalomaniacs, using the great global warming deception ‘Net Zero by 2050’ to authenticate the enforcement of its global power grab.

But it was known well in advance that this ploy would be sure to work, because less grandiose versions have already been practised successfully for decades – if not centuries – under the ‘problem, reaction, solution’ formula. Invent a crisis, provoke a reaction and come up with a solution to the problem you created. 

How many cabal initiated false flags have been used to catalyse a preplanned outcome over the past twenty five years alone?

The likes of Schwab, Gates, Soros, Rockefeller and Rothschild are the visible end of this control agenda. So are the global institutions like the United Nations, World Economic Forum, World Health Organisation and European Union. Then there are the bankers like Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan and Layman Brothers that team-up with semi secret societies like the Bilderberg Club, Trilateral Commission, Club of Rome and Chatham House.

Also visible and boasting crushing financial powers are asset management firms like BlackRock, Vanguard and UBS. Not to mention behemoths like the Military Industrial Project and Silicon Valley. 

All these, and many more of course, are the outward material expression of an inner compulsion to dominate, and in the process crush the natural order expressed in ecology, family, community, creativity, diversity and spirituality. 

Answering to this vast conglomerate of aggressive globalisation parasites, are the parliaments of Nation states, playing out their subterfuge of democratic governance and ‘proper management’ of national resources.

Do they have an agenda in any way separate from the globalist cabal?

Are they standing-up for their professed ‘democratic’ belief in justice, honour and fundamental human rights?

Are they fighting to protect the sanctity of ownership, privacy and human dignity?

Are they defending the rights of their constituents to have direct access to affordable non-denatured foods free from toxins and laboratory engineered genetic distortions?

Are those who sit in these parliaments setting a worthy example by the way they conduct their own lives?

Apart from those few individuals who determinedly stand their ground and fulfill their duties of office, there is really nothing to distinguish the behaviour and attitude of those in government to those at the forefront of the globalist rape of humanity’s planetary resource base and all life forms that depend on it.

In the end, they too are agents of destruction, apologetically and passively complicit in their failure to take a stand against the crushing of all who resist a life of slavery.

So what really are governments these days?

They are institutions that offer the cowardly pretence of deliberating on the merits or demerits of adopting what is, in reality, a top down fixed and secretive agenda serving the cause of a ‘Great Reset’ and a ‘New World Order’ to be administered by a centralised AI form of robotic technocracy.

Working hand in hand with communication industry masters of mass hypnosis, they spin slavery to the cabal as ‘the proper workings of society’.

Across the world, governments handling of Covid, with very few exceptions, was a collective agreement to engage in genocide. 

Is it any wonder then, that these same governments cower behind a veil of collusion in refusing to take action to prevent the mass genocide being perpetrated in Gaza?

‘We the people’ have an extraordinary challenge ahead of us in order to take back control of our destinies and ultimately our planet.

No longer should we hold any illusions about the role of our political institutions. They are a dangerous sham; a dark hypocritical playhouse whose vanity laden games with democracy are rapidly leading to self inflicted collapse.

It is most certainly not our duty to try and save them, but to adopt instead a bold, fresh and inspiring approach that brings out the best qualities of the human race, so as to break through the dystopian matrix and set in motion a true sense of direction and purpose. One able to rise above and eventually vanquish the demonic forces unashamedly intent on our complete impoverishment.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Julian Rose is an organic farmer, writer, broadcaster and international activist. He is author of four books of which the latest ‘Overcoming the Robotic Mind’ is a clarion call to resist the despotic New World Order takeover of our lives. Do visit his website for further information www.julianrose.info 

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is by Birch Gold Group

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Today in “historical context you won’t get from the Race Lady at MSNBC or former AIPAC intern Wolf Blitzer at CNN” – the provision of which is the value of independent outlets like Armageddon Prose – via Jewish Virtual Library:

Haavara [was] a company for the transfer of Jewish property from Nazi Germany to Palestine. The Trust and Transfer Office Haavara Ltd., was established in Tel Aviv, following an agreement with the German government in August 1933, to facilitate the emigration of Jews to Palestine by allowing the transfer of their capital in the form of German export goods.

The Haavara Agreement is an instance where the question of Jewish rights, Zionist needs and individual rescue were in deep tension. Jewish organizations outside of Germany had declared a boycott against German goods and hoped to delegitimate the Nazi regime. The Zionists saw this agreement as a way of attracting Jews to Palestine and thus rescuing them from the Nazi universe even if that meant cooperation with Hitler. For a time the Nazi program of making Germany Judenrein and the Zionist policy of seeking olim coincided. The amounts to be transferred were paid by prospective emigrants into the account of a Jewish trust company (PALTREU – Palestina Treuhandstelle zur Beratung deutscher Juden) in Germany and used for the purchase of goods, which the Haavara then sold in Palestine. The proceeds, in Palestine currency, were paid to the emigrants living in Palestine. The rate of exchange was adjusted from time to time by the Haavara according to the disagio, necessitated by the subsidy which the Haavara granted the Palestinian importers, to make up for the steadily deteriorating value of the Reich mark, so the German goods could compete with other imports.

The ensuing disagio, borne by the emigrants, accordingly increased from 6% in 1934 to 50% in 1938. The major part of the transfer proceeds provided the 1,000 Palestine Pounds (then $4,990) necessary for a “capitalist” immigration certificate of the Mandatory administration, but also for other categories of immigration, such as Youth Aliyah, students, and artisans as well as for the transfer of public funds. The transfer weakened the boycott of German goods declared by many Jewish organizations around the world, and thus met with considerable opposition. The controversy was settled at the Zionist Congress in Lucerne (1935) which decided by a vast majority in favor of the transfer and placed the Haavara under the supervision of the Jewish Agency.

The Zionists sought to attract immigrants to Palestine, most especially the affluent German Jewish immigrants and the Germans sought to get rid of their Jews, increase their exports and a propaganda victory by dividing the Jews regarding the boycott. The Haavara continued to function until World War II, in spite of vigorous attempts by the Nazi Party to stop or curtail its activities. The total transfer amounted to LP 8,100,000 (Palestine Pounds; then $40,419,000) including LP 2,600,000 (then $13,774,000) provided by the German Reichsbank in coordination with Haavara. The Haavara transfer was a major factor in making possible the immigration of approximately 60,000 German Jews to Palestine in the years 1933–1939, and together with the money invested by the immigrants themselves, in providing an incentive for the expansion of agricultural settlement and for general economic development. It also served as a model for a similar arrangement with the Czech government and the immigration of several thousand Jews on the eve of World War II.”

The Haavara Agreement has long been a thorn in the side of Zionist historical canon because of the obvious narrative difficulties it presents. As a result, pro-Israeli media is forced to come up with rationales for how the Third Reich funneling money to fund the creation of Israel (the literal definition of Zionism) wasn’t actually a Zionist endeavor.

Via The Independent:

“Claims that Hitler was a Zionist, or supported Zionism, before his anti-Jewish policies turned into murder and extermination flare up at regular intervals. They usually cite the controversial Haavara Agreement (Transfer Agreement) of August 1933 as the most potent evidence of a wilful cooperation between Hitler and the Zionist movement. When viewed in a certain way, this deal does superficially seem to show that Hitler’s government endorsed Zionism – but just because it was a mechanism to help German Jews relocate to Palestine it does not imply it was ‘Zionist’.”

The salient point here is not to conflate Zionism and Nazism — which are obviously divergent ideologies — or the Israeli state and the Third Reich, or whatever simple-minded reactionary smear one would expect from the American mainstream media for shining light on such unsavory historical facts as above.

Obviously, Nazi Germany and the Zionists of the day in the early-to-mid-20th century had only briefly intersecting political agendas — the tenuousness of which were evidenced by the agreement’s controversial nature among the constituencies of the relevant factions.

Rather, the relevant revelation is one I have previously tried to make: Zionism is a political project that ultimately has only a superficial relationship to Judaism. The purported relationship between the ancient Abrahamic religion called Judaism and the political project called Zionism is drummed up by many parties, both hostile and friendly to the state of Israel, for practical and ideological purposes.

The Israeli propaganda machine is very adept at conflating criticism of Israel with antisemitism, a tactic it has employed with greater force — but, thankfully, receding effectiveness — recently than ever before in a veritable PR blitzkrieg as it scrambles to drum up international political support for its campaign in the Gaza Strip.

Israel is, and always has been since it was first imagined several hundred years ago in Europe, an explicitly political project.

In general, the purview of Armageddon Prose is geopolitics, not ancient theological beefs. No volume or intensity of accusations of “antisemitism” or censorship at the behest of the Israel lobby is going to budge me off of the acknowledgment of reality.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Armageddon Prose.

Ben Bartee, author of Broken English Teacher: Notes From Exile, is an independent Bangkok-based American journalist with opposable thumbs. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image:Jews on selection ramp at Auschwitz, May 1944 (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0 de)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

I wasn’t really planning to do another article on the events of October 7 but I’ve come across two additional pieces of information which I thought warrant getting out there.

The first one has seen little to no coverage in English (although a fair bit in Hebrew) and the second one has been covered a fair bit but I thought it would be useful to go straight to the original source in Hebrew.

To close off this article, I will also tie it all together for you (in case you still need it) and finish off with a call to action which I cannot possibly make clearer!

Let’s dive in.

The Mysterious Case of the Men with the Light Blue Shirts 

I was sent this video just over a week ago. It’s in Hebrew with no subtitles and has also been designated as “age restricted” by YouTube (despite not having anything overly visually distressing in it) which means you’ll need to log into your YouTube account if you want to watch it…which you should only do if you can understand Hebrew obviously.

That video is almost 29 minutes long and I’ve taken the most pertinent parts from it and added English subtitles to them, taking extra care to ensure they are completely accurate.

The video was uploaded on October 25 by an Israeli named Matan Gorodish and features a recording of a presentation he gave six days earlier on October 19.

The title of the presentation is “where were the IDF forces for 6-8 hours on October 7?”

Mr. Gorodish is a former deputy commander of an IDF tank battalion and also happens to be the nephew of Shmuel Gorodish, a famous IDF general who was the head of the IDF southern command during the Yom Kippur war of 1973.

A look through Matan’s YouTube channel quickly reveals that he is also what’s commonly known as a ‘flat earther’.

I just wanted to get this out of the way to pre-empt any comments on the matter and say that this ‘inclination’ of Mr. Gorodish has absolutely nothing to do with:

  • The topic of his presentation; and
  • The validity of the irrefutable factual claims he makes (and provides photographic proof thereof).

With regards to the “flat earth” bit, I encourage you to check the following if that’s of interest and have a think about it for yourself.

The two topics covered in the 11 minute video above are:

  1. (The first 6:36 minutes): The appearance of several men wearing light blue shirts, who are clearly not Palestinians and were embedded with Hamas on the day of the October 7 attacks. They also appear to have been in-command of their forces; and
  2. (The remainder of the video): How the events of October 7 tie in to the bigger picture.

Mr. Gorodish also covered another topic in the video (which I’ve cut out) which discusses the conspiracy plan (not theory) between the top political and military leadership in Israel and one Henry Kissinger, who was the US secretary of state at the time, to allow the ‘surprise’ attack in 1973 by Egypt and Syria to take place on purpose in order to achieve various political objectives of the two parties.

I discuss this plan, and how a highly decorated Colonel in the Israeli Air Force was eliminated by his own people for ‘knowing too much’, a mere few months before that war, in this section of my post to commemorate the 22nd anniversary of 9/11.

If you haven’t done so yet, please go now and watch the first 6:36 minutes of the video above (or all of it) as it speaks for itself and I don’t really have much further to add.

“Wall of Jericho” 

This topic has been covered by a few legacy media outlets, as well as by several independent journalists (like Dan Dicks of Press For Truth) but I thought it will be worthwhile to go straight to the source and provide the original footage.

This footage was first aired on November 29 as an exclusive story on Kan (“Here” in Hebrew) which is Israel’s public broadcaster.

The ‘journalist’ who first broke this exclusive story is Ayala Hasson, a long time veteran of the Israeli legacy media scene and one of its most awarded investigative journalists.

There are two reasons why I am putting ‘journalist’ in brackets when referring to Mrs. Hasson:

  1. She made some HORRIFIC statements during the days of the injection mandates and the “green pass” in Israel which can never (and should never!) be looked past as well as willingly becoming a propaganda agent for the government; and
  2. While her piece starts well with unbiased and factual reporting, she seamlessly transitions to being a propaganda agent again in the last 20 seconds or so of her report, as you will clearly see for yourself.

The full original report, as aired on Kan on November 29, can be found below and other than cutting out the in-studio introduction by Hasson (which doesn’t provide any additional information beyond what is found in the report itself) and adding English subtitles, I have not modified the footage in any way.

How the Current Head of the IDF Military Intelligence Ended Up in His Role 

The current head of the IDF Military Intelligence Directorate, Maj. Gen. Aharon Haliva, was appointed to the role in February 2021 when he was head of the IDF Operations Directorate and officially commenced it on October 5, 2021.

As this excellent article mentions:

In an irregular move, Kohavi (the IDF chief of staff at the time) decided to move the current head of the Central Command, Maj. Gen. Tamir Yadai, to the IDF Ground Forces after less than a year in that position.

Yadai, who previously led the IDF Home Front Command during the initial outbreak of the coronavirus pandemic, was named the head of the Central Command last summer, some seven months ago.

Generals typically remain in a given role for at least two to three years, with the exception of the heads of the Air Force and Navy, who generally stay in their positions for closer to five years.

The article also gives the ‘official reasoning’ the IDF provided at the time for shuffling all these Generals around ahead of schedule which you can read for yourself.

The article also mentions that Haliva’s appointment was:

One of six announced on Thursday, based on recommendations by IDF Chief of Staff Aviv Kohavi that were approved by Defense Minister Benny Gantz, the military said.

Kohavi, who was the IDF Chief of Staff when Haliva was recommended by him to become head of military intelligence, was a subordinate in the IDF of Benny Gantz who was the defence minister at the time of Haliva’s appointment.

Specifically:

Kohavi was also head of military intelligence himself when Benny Gantz was IDF Chief of Staff.

From right to left: Chief of Staff Benny Gantz, Commander of the Southern Command Tal Russo, and Chief of the Israeli Military Intelligence Directorate Aviv Kohavi. By Israel Defense Forces – IDF Chief of Staff Visits Southern Command, Licensed under CC BY-SA 2.0

Kohavi finished his role as IDF Chief of Staff in January this year and was replaced by his deputy at the time Herzi Halevi, who was nominated to the role by, you guessed it, Defense Minister Benny Gantz.

Prior to being Kohavi’s deputy, Halevi was the commander of the IDF Southern Command, overseeing the IDF activity around the Gaza Strip. He was in that role since June 2018.

But wait, there’s more!

Prior to being the commander of the IDF Southern Command, the currentIDF Chief of Staff Halevi was Head of the Military Intelligence Directorate for four years (2014-2018) in his first role as Major general (or ‘Aluf’ as the rank is called in the IDF).

Do you see where I’m going with this?

If not, hopefully this thread makes it clearer.

Nothing to see here, move along now…

If you want to find out even more revelations about what actually happened on October 7 and since then, you can check this but I must warn you that it gets really dark and really disturbing.

The Bigger Picture 

In the last 5 minutes of the video at the top of this article, Mr. Gorodish delves into the bigger picture and how the events of October 7 tie into it.

He does it brilliantly so I encourage to go and watch it, if you haven’t already.

I don’t have much to add to what he shows and says there except to say that what he said about the Iranian Parliament Building is definitely true.

The new (and current) Parliament Building of the Islamic Republic of Iran (a.k.a Baharestan) was opened in 2004 and looks like this:

 (1 of 3)

 (2 of 3)

 (3 of 3)

Credit to Wikimapia

If you find that ‘interesting’, take a look at the current building of the Supreme Court of the state of Israel which was opened in 1992:

The building was designed by the sibling Israeli Architects Ram Karmi and his sister Ada Karmi-Melamede after they won in 1986 an international competition to design the new Supreme Court building.

Funding for the project was provided predominantly by the Rothschilds (who else?)!

The quote from this article says it all:

Money for construction of the Supreme Court was donated very discreetly by the Rothschild Foundation.

In the best of Jewish charitable traditions, the Rothschilds are not mentioned by name on the sign located at the entrance to the courthouse.

In case you didn’t know this, Israel is one of the major (and most important) Freemasonry centres on the planet as this video discusses. It’s in Hebrew but English subtitles are provided.

Then there’s also this obviously.

Moving beyond just the Freemasons and into the really big picture, this detailed and extensively researched and referenced article by Matthew Ehret covers it much better than I ever could:

And here’s my humble attempt at explaining how the global power structure actually works.

Israel has been conducting well organised and highly sophisticated ‘information operations’ (a.k.a PsyOps) since October 7. 

This could easily be an article all to itself but I will give you just a few resources below to get yourself up-to-speed on this topic.

To start with, this is an excellent overview prepared by Jack Poulson & Lee Fang.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

US Secretary of State Antony Blinken is pressuring European diplomats to cease any talks about Ukraine joining NATO, according to a member of Rada (the Ukrainian parliament), Oleksiy Goncharenko. This is no minor politician. The son of a former Odessa mayor, he is a member of the Ukrainian Permanent Delegation to the Parliamentary Assembly of the Council of Europe (PACE). The allegations were publicly made in a series of texts posted in his Telegram channel (in Ukrainian). He wrote:

“Unfortunately, there will be no NATO [for Ukraine]. Forget about it – it won’t happen.”

Goncharenko claims that “several sources” in Washington told him the topic of Ukraine’s accession to the Atlantic Alliance “annoys the US elite” and even “after war” the country should not expect it.

The politician also commented on the ongoing friction between the Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky and  Commander-in-Chief of the Armed Forces of Ukraine, General Valery Zaluzhny. According to Goncharenko, Washington is “not happy” about it. In addition, he says, one should expect the next aid package to Ukraine to be the last one:

“In a year, at the end of 2024, we will not be given any more money… Most likely, we will switch to a credit form of cooperation. They’ll give a loan. Not a grant that won’t need to be repaid.”

Could such allegations be a fabrication created for propaganda purposes? There is no reason to think so and the logic of it in this case would be far from clear. In fact, Goncharenko’s claims make perfect sense in light of what we already know by now.

We know the US has been pressuring its ally to hold elections. Moreover, the US Mission to NATO last month posted on X (formerly Twitter) a vague message about Washington being “focused on setting the conditions for a just, durable, and sustainable peace” in Ukraine. We also know that European Union (EU) member states are divided over the bloc’s common budget, including additional funding for Kyiv in 2024.

In addition, Pulitzer winner journalist Seymour Hersh has written that, according to his American diplomacy and intelligence sources, the aforementioned General Valery Zaluzhny has been directly negotiating a peace deal with Russian general Valery Gerasimov, independently of Zelensky, who is described as a “wild card”. According to the journalist: “The two generals may continue to talk and Putin may indeed be interested in a settlement that gives him permanent control of Crimea and the four provinces he has claimed, but Zelensky remains the wild card. The American official said that Zelensky has been told that “this is a military-to-military problem to solve and the talks will go on with or without you.” If necessary, the American official told me, “We can finance his voyage to the Caribbean’.”

We know that the unprecedented sanctions against the Russian Federation have been backfiring since the beginning, with the Eurasian great power reaching record trade surplus as early as May 2022. That has sparked division within the European continent, and how de-industralizedpost-Nord Stream Europe has been hurt by the ongoing conflict and by American subsidy war.

As early as April 2023, as I wrote, former US ambassador to Finland, Earle Mack wrote that the US-led West had been “propping up Ukraine to fight a proxy war” but he could only see “a decade of death and chaos” for the country.

In May Zelensky was planning a number of bold actions against Russia, including bombing the Druzhba pipeline that provides Russian oil to Hungary (a NATO member), and even occupying Russian villages plus targeting the Russian Federation with long-range missiles. Such plans crossed some red lines and were a huge problem from the point of view of both the US and that of Ukraine’s neighbors.

That same month, aforementioned Serymour Hersh also reported that countries such as Hungary, Lithuania, Estonia, Latvia, and the Czech Republic, led by Poland (with Germany playing some role in it too) had been pressuring the Ukrainian leader “to find a way to end the war, even by resigning himself if necessary, and to allow the process of rebuilding his nation to get under way.” According to Hersh’s CIA source at the time, these European leaders had “made it clear that ‘Zelensky can keep what he’s got – a villa in Italy and interests in offshore bank accounts – ‘if he works up a peace deal even if he’s got to be paid off, if it’s the only way to get a deal’.” Few months later, in September, Poland stopped sending Ukraine weapons, allegedly over a trade dispute, as bilateral relations deteriorated.

All of this points to a clear picture emerging, one that had been haunting Ukraine for a while: Western abandonment and betrayal – something of which Washington has a solid record. From an European perspective, the picture is even more dramatic: it is about the bloc’s own interests. As I wrote, in December 2021, American and European energy interests are far from converging and in fact the energy crisis in that part of the Old World is something that has benefited Washington, while hurting its European allies – and the same can be said about the American proxy attrition war in Eastern Europe. It is about time to admit NATO’s expansion has been a recipe for disaster and about time to admit Ukraine has a far-right problem and a problem with the way it deals with the Russian minority – and not just in Donbass. And all of that is a problem for Europe, too.

It remains to be seen how European leaders will conduct their policy pertaining to Ukraine and also to the strategic energy interests of the continent. One may expect many European voices urging the bloc to reconsider sanctions against Russia, for instance, as has been the case already. For a start, it could reconsider its stance on the issue of the rights of ethnic minorities.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Uriel Araujo is a researcher with a focus on international and ethnic conflicts. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

“The Security Council was again prevented from rising to this moment to uphold its clear responsibilities in the face of this grave crisis threatening human lives and threatening regional and international peace and security,” said the Palestinian envoy to the United Nations.

*

As the United Nations humanitarian chief warned that aid workers in Gaza are “hanging on by our fingertips” as they try to mitigate an “untenable” disaster, and with Americans’ support for Israel’s U.S-backed bombardment of the enclave eroding, the United States on Friday vetoed a resolution demanding an immediate humanitarian cease-fire at the U.N. Security Council.

U.S. Envoy to the U.N. Robert Wood told members of the council that a cease-fire would “only plant the seeds for the next war.”

Thirteen member-countries voted in favor of the cease-fire resolution, which was introduced after U.N. Secretary-General António Guterres took the rare step of invoking Article 99 of the U.N. Charter, warning that Israel’s slaughter of at least 17,487 Palestinians in just two months “may threaten the maintenance of international peace and security.”

The U.K. abstained from voting on the resolution, saying it did not take into account that Hamas committed acts of terrorism when it attacked Israel on October 7.

Riyad Mansour, the Palestinian U.N. envoy, called the veto “disastrous.”

“The Security Council was again prevented from rising to this moment to uphold its clear responsibilities in the face of this grave crisis threatening human lives and threatening regional and international peace and security,” said Mansour. “Instead of allowing this council to uphold its mandate by finally making a clear call after two months of massacres that the atrocities must end, the war criminals are given more time to perpetuate them. How can this be justified?”

Nicolas de Rivière, France’s permanent representative to the Security Council, who voted in favor of the cease-fire, argued that there is no “contradiction in the fight against terrorism and the protection of civilians, in strict respect of international humanitarian law.”

“Unfortunately once again, this council has failed. With a lack of unity and by refusing to genuinely commit to negotiations in doing this, the crisis in Gaza is getting worse and it runs the risk of extending,” said de Rivière.

The U.S. has now vetoed U.N. resolutions to hold Israel accountable for its policies in Palestine 45 times, human rights lawyer Noura Erakat said.

Former U.N. human rights official Craig Mokhiber—who resigned in October over the U.N.’s response to the war in Gaza—noted that U.S. blocked the resolution on the eve of the 75th anniversary of the U.N. Genocide Convention.

“Thousands have died since [the United States’] last veto and more will die now,” said Mokhiber.

[From Common Dreams: Our work is licensed under Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0). Feel free to republish and share widely.]

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Julia Conley is a staff writer for Common Dreams.

War on Gaza Will Last a Year at the Very Least

December 11th, 2023 by Marc Vandepitte

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

On Friday 1 December, a seven-day ceasefire ended, allowing the exchange of captured women and children by both sides. Many hoped that this break in fighting would be extended and possibly even lead to a permanent ceasefire.

But Israel firmly intends to continue the war until Hamas is “eliminated”. To achieve that goal, it plans a military campaign that will last a year or more, with the most intensive phase of the ground offensive continuing until early 2024. Several people familiar with its preparation told Financial Times.

Israel says it wants to kill the three main leaders of Hamas in Gaza: Yahya Sinwar, Mohammed Deif and Marwan Issa. In addition, it says it wants to secure a “decisive” military victory against the group’s fighting battalions and underground tunnel network.

“This will be a very long war. … We’re currently not near halfway to achieving our objectives,” said a person familiar with the Israeli war plans. 

The duration of the war will depend on operational progress on the ground, international pressure and opportunities to free Israeli hostages.

The renewed intensive ground operation focusing on northern Gaza is estimated to last until early 2024. According to one insider,

“Gaza City isn’t finished yet, nor fully conquered. It’s probably 40 per cent done”.

At the same time, the Israeli army will launch a ground offensive in southern Gaza, which has so far only been hit by sporadic air strikes. According to Israeli officials, that is where the majority of Hamas fighters and leadership are now located, as well as most of the remaining Israeli hostages.

The southern ground offensive would be less intensive, at least that is what insiders claim. They probably say this to get world public opinion on their side as much as possible and to appease Washington. The White House wants Israel to have “a smaller military footprint” in the south of Gaza than in the north, i.e. fewer civilian casualties.

According to these insiders, the southern ground offensive, which has now begun, will mainly focus on Khan Younis, an urban centre in the south, and Rafah, the southernmost point of the strip where the border crossing with Egypt is located.

Here, the Israeli army wants to tackle the underground smuggling tunnels that are “the main oxygen channel for Hamas rebuilding its military capabilities”, one of the Financial Times sources said.

The Israeli war strategy seems clear, but there is no sign of an exit strategy or a plan for how to proceed in Gaza after the siege. Israeli officials indicate that they want to permanently eliminate Hamas as a threat at all costs, regardless of how long that takes and what comes next.

One of the people familiar with the war plans puts it this way:

“The main difference [now] is that Hamas doesn’t understand — we have patience. Everything changed on October 7”.

It cannot be ruled out that the ultimate goal of the operation is the deportation of the entire population of Gaza. The elimination of Hamas would then be the excuse and the events of 7 October the ideal trigger.

After two months of intensive bombing and siege, more than 17,000 Gazans have died, including 6,600 children and 4,300 women. Another 3,500 children are missing. They are believed to have been crushed under the rubble of collapsed buildings. It is not without reason that UN Secretary General Guterres says that “Gaza is becoming a graveyard for children”.

On the Israeli side, 94 soldiers were killed in the past two months. 

Since the end of the ceasefire, more than 2,000 Palestinians have already been killed and a multiple injured.

*

Israel is in the grip of an unbridled war fever for revenge that is producing apocalyptic scenes. The ruthless lust for destruction tries to heal the wound and violated honour of October 7, in vain. It is an illusion, and even a dangerous illusion, that this decades-long conflict can be settled with arms.

Or as 18 former French ambassadors put it,

“Hamas, which has already been targeted by five deadly military campaigns, will inevitably rise again. The army will not be able to defeat a movement supported by a large part of the Palestinian population, in Gaza as well as in the West Bank.”

Sustainable security for the country can only come if all residents of the territory are recognized as equal citizens, deported Palestinians can return to their country and the colonial occupation comes to an end.

After two months of fighting, more than 16,000 people have now been killed. In the event of a prolonged conflict, the death toll could possibly rise to many tens of thousands. That is why pressure on Israel, both diplomatically and economically, must be started as soon as possible. This is the only way we can stop this madness. It was only in this way that the other apartheid state, South Africa, came to an end.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Marc Vandepitte is a Belgian economist and philosopher. He writes on North-South relations, Latin America, Cuba, and China. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Read Part I and II:

The War on Gaza: Might vs. Right, and the Insanity of Western Power

By Amir Nour, December 01, 2023

The War on Gaza: How the West Is Losing. Accelerating the Transition to a Multipolar Global Order?

By Amir Nour, December 04, 2023


Truth, Justice and the Unwinnable “Forever War”

In an article[1] I wrote in 2018, I said the following: 

“Winston Churchill once famously said: “Truth is the first casualty of war [and] history is written by the victors”. Dan Brown, author of “The Da Vinci Code”, didn’t think otherwise when he wrote “History is always written by the winners. When two cultures clash, the loser is obliterated, and the winner writes the history books – books which glorify their own cause and disparage the conquered foe”.

Napoleon Bonaparte also said: “What is history, but a fable agreed upon?”. Going a step further, Malek Bennabi[2] – arguably one of the greatest Muslim thinkers of the 20th century – observed that “The real history of the modern world has yet to be written, because only its apparent history has been reported [and] it takes a certain sense of esotericism to actually penetrate the secrets and arcane of history (…) and to leave to the generation to come sound and reliable information about the heredity of its own world.”

In another piece[3] I mentioned that until recently, historians have looked at the past essentially through Eurocentric or Western-centric lens. Their worldview has therefore been heavily centred on and biased towards Western civilization, chiefly in the form of apologetic stances and narratives with regard to colonialism and imperialism.

However, globalization has considerably altered scholars’ approach to history, and it’s no longer possible to study nations in isolation or to understand global history as emanating exclusively from the West.

That’s why a new discipline called “Global history” emerged in the 1980’s as a dynamic, innovative and productive field of scholarly inquiry, one that takes the connectedness of the world as its point of departure and the world’s past as an integrated whole. Obviously, such an evolution poses a fundamental challenge to the premises and methods of the henceforth outmoded and often truncated or insular Western-centric perspective.

More recently, another Muslim scholar[4] pointed out that:

“History is written by the Victors. That’s what they say. That means that whatever history you have been reading, that’s by the West or by Westerners, Western historians. The entire Western narrative of history is a rough draft of history that will not proceed to publication in the end (…) The narrative of the West will not survive the test of time; it will be thrown out by later historians as a distortion and as a propagandistic misrepresentation of reality”.

A case in point in this respect is the story of 9/11 in relation to the so-called “Islamist” or even “Islamic” terrorism. In the words of Mark LeVine[5], on September 11, 2001, a clash of civilizations that had been brewing for decades finally erupted, splitting the world in two. On one side, the forces of Good, a coalition of the willing committed to promoting liberty and combating terror wherever it appears.

On the other, the Axis of Evil, an unholy alliance of religious extremists who hate freedom and are prepared to go to any lengths to suppress it. United only by their mutual hatred and incomprehension, the West and the Muslim world can never be reconciled with one another. The end of history has come, and it is time to choose sides. You’re either with us, or you’re against us. This is, LeVine explains, at least what “they want us to think”.

These words resonate loudly with today’s ubiquitous and unremitting pro-Zionist discourse on the so-called Palestinian terrorist aims and means, and are a stark reminder of an infamous utterance that fundamentally changed the course of world politics and public perceptions throughout the globe in the 21st century. No wonder then that the October 7 Palestinian military operation is often being likened to the Al-Qaida’s September 11 attacks. 

Palestinian members of the Ezz Al-din Al Qassam Brigades, the military wing of Hamas burn military armored vehicle belonging to Israeli forces near Gaza Strip, Gaza on October 07, 2023. Photo by STR APA Images

Let’s remember. On 20 September 2001, nine-days after the deadliest terrorist attacks in U.S. history, President George W. Bush stood before a joint session of the U.S. Congress and vowed to use every resource available to defeat “global terrorism” in an historic speech[6]. He said:

“Our grief has turned to anger, and anger to resolution. Whether we bring our enemies to justice, or bring justice to our enemies, justice will be done (…) The Taleban must act and act immediately. They will hand over the terrorists, or they will share in their fate (…) Every nation, in every region, now has a decision to make. Either you are with us, or you are with the terrorists.” 

According to recent research, a reasonable and conservative estimate suggests that at least 4.5 million people have died in the major post-9/11 war zones in Afghanistan, Iraq, Pakistan, Syria, Yemen, Libya and Somalia. These countries have experienced the most violent wars in which the U.S. government has been involved in the name of counterterrorism since 2001.[7]

Lastly, in his excellent article[8], Nick Turse notes that during its 20-year-long “Global War on Terror”, the U.S. has seen its share of stalemates, disasters, and outright defeats from Iraq in 2014 to Afghanistan in 2021. The greatest failure of its “Forever Wars” however, he writes, may not be in the Middle East, but in Africa. In this respect, he reminded that in the immediate wake of the 9/11 attacks President George W. Bush told the American people that

“Our war on terror begins with al-Qaeda, but it does not end there. It will not end until every terrorist group of global reach has been found, stopped, and defeated”, noting specifically that such militants had designs on “vast regions” of Africa.

And so, whereas in 2002 and 2003, the State Department counted a total of just nine terrorist attacks in Africa, today militant Islamist groups on that continent have, according to the Pentagon, already conducted 6,756 attacks. In other words, “since the United States ramped up its counterterrorism operations in Africa, terrorism has spiked 75,000%”!

In concluding his analysis, the author indicates that

“In country after country on that continent, the U.S. has, indeed, faltered and its failures have been paid for by ordinary Africans killed, wounded, and displaced by the terror groups that Bush pledged to ‘defeat’. Earlier this year, General Michael Langley, the current AFRICOM commander, offered what may be the ultimate verdict on America’s Forever Wars on that continent. ‘Africa’, he declared, ‘is now the epicentre of international terrorism”.

For my part, in my aforementioned 2018 article, I drew the following conclusion whose main points are – to this very day – unfortunately entirely valid: 

“This war, like all other unjust wars – to borrow from George Orwell – was not meant to be won; it was meant to be continuous, in order to profit those who pull the strings of conflicts of this kind. And the flames of its fire, ignited in October 2001 with the invasion of Afghanistan, are still fanning. They are even spreading fiercely. Thus, between October 2015 and October 2017, the US “fought terror” in 76 countries, or 39% of the total number of countries in the world, according to data contained in Brown University’s latest “Costs of War” Project. It is already the longest war in American history. And it’s not going to end until the American people stops believing its false narrative and the lies that have given birth to it.

It’s high time for such a salutary paradigm shift. One that – to paraphrase Mark LeVine again – radically challenges the assumptions and prejudices that have long been taken for granted by both liberals and conservatives in the United States; one that would help prevent Western and Muslim fundamentalists alike from exerting a noxious influence on their respective societies; one that calls into question the familiar “Why do Muslims hate US?” and replaces it with the unfamiliar “What if THEY don’t?”, or even “Why do Westerners hate Muslims?”.

In the meantime, this horrendous, unending, and, most importantly, unwinnable war has cost the United States dearly. Not only in terms of needless sacrifice of blood and treasure, as documented by scores of recent reports and studies, but also in geopolitical and moral terms. For the U.S. has lost its primacy in the “New American Century” according to the Pentagon itself, and few in the world continue to give credit to a feckless moralising by an “indispensable nation” whose successive governments preach peace while waging wars to end all peace.”

The Fall of Israeli Hasbara

First and foremost, and contrary to what the mainstream media in general and pro-Israel propaganda in particular has been stressing unremittingly, the “Al-Aqsa Flood” military operation of October 7 targeting the Gaza envelope was neither a “surprise” nor an “unprovoked” attack. Quite the contrary, what was astounding regarding those influential voices is the denial of the simple idea that the ultraviolent repression meted out to the Palestinians for so long, under a Zionist regime founded on occupation and apartheid, would backfire sooner or later. 

Every and each lucid observer, whether in Israel or elsewhere, would have seen all this coming. As was put by Zehava Galon in Haaretz newspaper not long before the October 7 attack,

“Israelis have learned to exact a price for every news report about the occupation, every hint that Palestinian blood is as red as theirs. We’re not an occupying country, we’re an occupation with a country. The occupation is our major national project, and it has gone on for so long that we can’t imagine ourselves without it”.

Such an admission objectively describing a despicable everyday reality cannot bode well for the Israelis themselves, let alone for the Palestinians.[9]

Indeed, there have been clear signs of gathering clouds, and surely the writing was on the wall for those monitoring the tense situation engendered both by the Israeli Government’s repressive policies and the settlers’ provocations – mainly around the Muslim holy sites – during the preceding days, weeks and months in the West Bank and Al-Qods (Arabic name for Jerusalem, hence the operation’s name “Al-Aqsa Flood” or “Deluge”).

On 27 April, Human Rights Watch (HRW) released a 213-page meticulously researched report[10] concluding that Israeli authorities are committing the crimes against humanity of apartheid and persecution. The finding is based on an overarching Israeli government policy to maintain the domination by Jewish Israelis over Palestinians and grave abuses committed against Palestinians living in the occupied territory, including East Jerusalem. This unprecedented report by HRW further stated that

“The international community has for too long explained away and turned a blind eye to the increasingly transparent reality on the ground. Every day a person is born in Gaza into an open-air prison, in the West Bank without civil rights, in Israel with an inferior status by law, and in neighbouring countries effectively condemned to lifelong refugee status, like their parents and grandparents before them, solely because they are Palestinian and not Jewish. A future rooted in the freedom, equality, and dignity of all people living in Israel and the OPT will remain elusive so long as Israel’s abusive practices against Palestinians persist”.

As for the situation in the Gaza strip, it could not be worse in the aftermath of the May 2023 brutal five-day-long Israeli offensive on the besieged enclave. On June 13, Amnesty International published its investigation on that offensive, stating: “The root cause of this unspeakable violence is Israel’s system of apartheid. This system must be dismantled, the blockade of the Gaza Strip immediately lifted, and those responsible for the crime of apartheid, war crimes and other crimes under international law must be held to account” and called on the international community to address the source of those repeated cycles of violence and to intervene to protect civilians and prevent further suffering as a matter of high urgency. This, the organisation insisted: “requires upholding international law and ending Israel’s 16-year-long illegal blockade on Gaza, and all other aspects of Israel’s system of apartheid imposed on all Palestinians”[11]. Once again unfortunately, that cry of alarm was not heeded and the call for an urgent action fell on deaf ears.

Image: Heritage Minister Amichai Eliyahu said nuking Palestinians was an option (Screengrab/X)

On August 2, far-right minister Amitai Eliyahu – the same warmonger who contemplated the option of dropping a nuclear bomb on Gaza – urged the government to annex the West Bank, calling the Green Line that separates Israel from the occupied territories “fictitious”, saying:

“I don’t really think there is a Green Line. It’s a fictitious line. This is our homeland. This is where the Jewish people arose. The attitude of the State of Israel that there are two states here is a mistake. We should impose sovereignty on Judea and Samaria (…) We should advance this as quickly as possible, as smartly as possible. We should begin to say this everywhere, to create international recognition that this place is ours. In Judea and Samaria, everyone understands that our roots and history are there, and therefore, I think that the entire Green Line is just an abnormality. There is a distorted reality that we need to erase”[12].

On August 25, Abdel Bari Atwan, a Palestinian-born British journalist and editor-in-chief of Arab world digital news and opinion website “Rai al-Youm”, wrote a prescient piece[13] which he concluded by saying:

“Finally, we reveal that the escalation of Israeli threats to launch an attack on the Gaza Strip, despite the state of calm it is currently in, comes because the occupation generals know that the Operations Management Office for the West Bank is based in the Gaza Strip. Israel is experiencing its most difficult and most dangerous predicaments these days, because the military and security threat comes from both inside and outside, and its leaders are well aware that the next, and perhaps imminent war will be of a regional nature and will be conducted on several fronts. It seems that the end of the occupying state is much closer than ever before due to the presence of men wishing for martyrdom and praying to obtain it…and time will tell”.

On August 31, Yigal Carmon, a former adviser on counter-terrorism to prime ministers Yitzhak Shamir and Yitzhak Rabin, published a report titled “Signs of Possible War in September–October”. The forecast, published by the Middle East Media Research Institute, a watchdog better known by the acronym MEMRI that Carmon heads focused mainly on the possibility of an escalation from the West Bank or Lebanon. Gaza was mentioned only in the context of Palestinians in the West Bank adopting Gazan fighting methods.[14]

On September 6, Tamir Pardo, a former Mossad chief appointed by Netanyahu (2011-2016) told the Associated Press that “There is an apartheid state here. In a territory where two peoples are judged under two legal systems, that is an apartheid state”. He also said that as Mossad chief, he repeatedly warned Netanyahu that he needed to decide what Israel’s borders were, or risk the destruction of a state for the Jews. In reaction, Netanyahu’s Likud party issued a statement, saying:

“We firmly condemn the shameful and false remark by Tamir Pardo (…) Instead of defending Israel and the IDF, Pardo is slandering Israel. Pardo, shame on you”.[15]

But perhaps the most dangerous looming storm was the one coming from New York, just two weeks later. In effect, on September 22, addressing the delegates of all member states of the United Nations Organisation during the 78th session of the General assembly, Netanyahu brandished a map of the “New Middle East” that showed the Gaza strip, the West Bank and East Jerusalem as part of Israel. In his speech[16] he declared:

“A few years ago I stood here with a red marker to show the curse, a great curse, the curse of a nuclear Iran. But today, I bring this marker to show a great blessing. The blessing of a new Middle East, between Israel, Saudi Arabia and our other neighbours. We will not only bring down barriers between Israel and our neighbours. We’ll build a new corridor of peace and prosperity that connects Asia through the UAE, Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Israel, to Europe[17]”. But, he added, “there’s a caveat. It has to be said here forcefully. Peace can only be achieved if it is based on truth. It cannot be based on lies. It cannot be based on endless vilification of the Jewish people”. And, more significantly, he stated that for that peace to prevail “the Palestinians must stop spewing Jew-hatred and finally reconcile themselves to the Jewish state. By that I mean not only to the existence of the Jewish state but to the right of the Jewish people to have a state of their own in their historic homeland, the Land of Israel.”

What that means was explained by Palestinian Ambassador to Germany Laith Arafeh in a tweet:

“No greater insult to every foundational principle of the United Nations than seeing Netanyahu display before the UNGA a ‘map of Israel’ that straddles the entire land from the river to the sea, negating Palestine and its people, then attempting to spin the audience with rhetoric about ‘peace’ in the region, all the while entrenching the longest ongoing belligerent occupation in today’s world”.  

What that means was also expressed, albeit more bluntly, by Israel’s UN ambassador to the United Nations Danny Danon in a New York Times op-ed on 24 June 2019, in which he essentially urged the Palestinians to surrender their struggle for a homeland in exchange for economic benefits, as the United States prepared to roll out part of a peace plan promising $50 billion in investment for Palestinians and their Arab neighbours. He wrote:

“I ask: What’s wrong with Palestinian surrender? Surrender is the recognition that in a contest, staying the course will prove costlier than submission. The Palestinians have little to lose and everything to gain by putting down the sword and accepting the olive branch.”[18] In a later tweet he explained that Israel “awaits the emergence of a Palestinian Anwar Sadat, a leader who is willing to do what is best for his people – a leader who recognizes that building a bright future requires surrendering a dark past”.

To correctly put in perspective what Netanyahu and Danon said – in particular with regard to their understanding of Israel’s frontiers – one has to keep in mind that according to the ruling Likud party’s original “platform”: a) The right of the Jewish people to the land of Israel is eternal and indisputable and is linked with the right to security and peace; therefore, Judea and Samaria will not be handed to any foreign administration; between the Sea and the Jordan there will only be Israeli sovereignty: and b) A plan which relinquishes parts of western Eretz Israel (Greater Israel), undermines our right to the country, unavoidably leads to the establishment of a “Palestinian State”, jeopardizes the security of the Jewish population, endangers the existence of the State of Israel, and frustrates any prospect of peace.[19]

The clear message conveyed through such statements is the total denial of the legitimate rights of the Palestinian people and the definitive liquidation of their cause. It is nothing less than the completion of the “Nakba” (catastrophe) initiated in 1948, as was to be confirmed in a later Israeli Intelligence Ministry document recommending the forcible and permanent transfer of Gaza Strip’s 2.3 million Palestinian residents to Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula.[20]

All the while, Israel’s sprawling array of the 40-mile-long state-of-the-art chain of walls and fences at the Gaza border – which cost more than a billion dollars and was completed in 2021– were supposed to have left the country nearly invulnerable to anything Hamas or any other Palestinian faction for that matter was capable of throwing at them. Teemed with sensors and automated weapons, this defence system is supported by an electronic intelligence network that monitors every phone call, text message and email in the territory, in addition to a large, well-trained military standing ready with ultra-modern weaponry to respond rapidly to incoming threats.[20] And yet, when the Palestinian combatants attacked what presumed to be a vast technological advantage suddenly seemed deeply flawed. This shocking predicament prompted Yossi Kuperwasser, director of research IDSF – an Israeli defence think tank with close ties to the military – to observe that “No technology can replace the soldier on the battlefield”.[22]

Also, in the wake of this monumental “technological collapse”, another no less unexpected crumbling is taking place. Indeed, with each passing day of the ongoing genocidal war on Gaza – already the longest and bloodiest of all – the once powerful Israeli propaganda machine commonly known as “hasbara” seems to be steadily washed away by the flood of the Al-Aqsa military operation. This time around, Dr Frank Luntz’s manual[23] that guides Israel’s supporters on how best to speak to the media seems to be of little assistance. 

Patrick Cockburn called the manual

“The secret report that helps Israel hide facts” and said that “On every occasion, the presentation of events by Israeli spokesmen is geared to giving Americans and Europeans the impression that Israel wants peace with the Palestinians and is prepared to compromise to achieve this, when all the evidence is that it does not”[24].   

As senior political analyst Marwan Bishara rightfully observed:

“Fortunately, the lies have finally caught up with the liars, as more and more Western journalists, pundits and officials started to doubt the spin and question the Israeli spinners, even ridicule them, for their poor performances, doctored evidence, and vulgar lies. Soon, they will start to question the spinners’ overall deception about the war, its conduct and root causes.”[25]

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Amir Nour is an Algerian researcher in international relations, author of the books “L’Orient et l’Occident à l’heure d’un nouveau Sykes-Picot” (The Orient and the Occident in Time of a New Sykes-Picot) Editions Alem El Afkar, Algiers, 2014 and “L’Islam et l’ordre du monde” (Islam and the Order of the World),  Editions Alem El Afkar, Algiers, 2021. 

Notes

[1] Amir NOUR,“Islam and the West: What Went Wrong and Why”, The Saker Blog, 1 March, 2018:     https://thesaker.is/islam-and-the-west-what-went-wrong-and-why/

[2] Malek Bennabi (1905-1973) was an Algerian writer and philosopher who devoted most of his life to observe and analyse history to understand the general laws behind the rise and fall of civilizations. He is mostly known for having coined the concepts of “colonisability” (the inner aptitude to be colonised) and “Globalism”.

[3]  Amir Nour, “9/11 and the Green Scare: It’s High Time for a Paradigm Shift”, The Saker Blog, 12 March 2018: https://thesaker.is/9-11-and-the-green-scare-its-high-time-for-a-paradigm-shift/

[4] Shahid King Bolsen, “Unveiling the Victorious Narrative”, The Middle Nation, 16 November 2023.

[5] Mark LeVine, “Why They Don’t Hate Us: Lifting the Veil on the Axis of Evil”, Oneworld, Oxford, 2005.

[6] Read full text as published by the U.S. Department of State: https://2001-2009.state.gov/coalition/cr/rm/2001/5025.htm

[7] Brown University’s Watson Institute for International & Public Affairs, The Costs of War project, “How Death Outlives War: The Reverberating Impact of The Post-9/11 Wars on Human Health”, 15 May 2023.

[8] Nick Turse, “The Pentagon Proclaims Failure in its War on Terror in Africa”, Counterpunch, 16 November, 2023

[9] Zehava Galon, “Israel Is an Occupation with a Country Attached to It”, Haaretz newspaper, Jun 12, 2023.

[10] Human Rights Watch, “A Threshold Crossed: Israeli Authorities and the Crimes of Apartheid and Persecution”.

[11] Amnesty International, “Israel/OPT: Civilians on both sides paying the price of unprecedented escalation in hostilities between Israel and Gaza as death toll mounts”, 7 October 2023.

[12] TOI Staff, “Far-right minister says Green Line ‘fictitious’, urges annexation of West Bank”, The Time of Israel newspaper, 2 August 2023.

[13] Abdelbari Atwan, Rai al-Youm, 25 August 2023.

[14] Gianlucca Pacchiani, “The writing was on the wall,’ says counterterror expert who saw war looming”, The Times of Israel, 9 October 2023

[15] AP and TOI Staff, “Former Mossad chief Pardo says Israel enforcing ‘apartheid’ system in West Bank”, The Times of Israel, 6 September 2023.

[16] To read the full speech: https://www.timesofisrael.com/full-text-of-netanyahus-un-address-on-the-cusp-of-historic-saudi-israel-peace/

[17] Officially called “The India-Middle-East-Europe Economic Corridor” (IMEC), this new project was agreed upon during the G20 meeting in New Delhi on 10 September 2023. It is a part of the Partnership for Global Infrastructure and Investment (PGII), a G7-led initiative for funding infrastructure projects across the world. It is commonly seen as a counter to China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). The Corridor will include a shipping route connecting Mumbai and Mundra (Gujarat), with the UAE. and a rail network connecting the UAE, Saudi Arabia and Jordan with the Israeli port of Haifa to reach the shores of the Mediterranean Sea. Haifa will then be connected by sea to the port of Piraeus in Greece to eventually be connected to Europe. 

[18] AFP, “Israel’s UN envoy: What’s wrong with Palestinian surrender?”, 24 June 2019.  

[19] Jewish Virtual Library, “Israel Political Parties: Likud Party”.

[20] Yuval Abraham, “Expel all Palestinians from Gaza, recommends Israeli gov’t ministry”, 30 October 2023. 

[21] David H. Freedman, “Disaster at the Border”, Newsweek Magazine, 24 November 2023.

[22] Newsweek Magazine, idem.

[23] Dr. Frank Luntz, “The Israel Project’s 2009 Global Language Dictionary”, April 2009. To read the document:   https://www.transcend.org/tms/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/sf-israel-projects-2009-global-language-dictionary.pdf

[24] Patrick Cockburn, “The secret report that helps Israel hide facts”, The Independent, 29 July 2014. According to Cockburn, the report was written in the aftermath of Operation Cast Lead in December 2008 and January 2009, when 1,387 Palestinians and nine Israelis were killed. Every one of the 112 pages in the booklet was marked “not for distribution or publication”, but it was leaked almost immediately to Newsweek Online. It should be required reading for everybody, especially journalists, interested in any aspect of Israeli policy because of its “dos and don’ts” for Israeli spokesmen.

[25] Marwan Bishara, “Israel, Gaza, and the mass production of myths for mass media”, 20 November 2023.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

 

 

Oct. 14, 2023 – Spokane, WA 29 year old Quindrey Trevon Davis-Murphy, Spokane Jazz Orchestra, was diagnosed with leukemia & died of a brain bleed 4 days later (Diagnosis to death: 4 days).

Nov. 12, 2023 – Cambridge, MH – Jenny Mortensen was diagnosed with leukemia on Oct. 14, 2023 but died less than a month later due to internal bleeding and blood clots which caused strokes.

Sep. 23, 2023 – Brazil – 43 year old journalist Wallescka de Andrade Lyra was diagnosed with Leukemia in the morning, intubated & died the same day on Sep. 23, 2023 (Diagnosis to death: hours) (Credit: Tulloch1978).

Aug. 21, 2023 – Halifax, NS, Canada – 8 year old Abigail Elizabeth May Parker was diagnosed with Acute Myeloid Leukemia on July 21, 2023 and died suddenly one month later on Aug. 21, 2023 (suspected case – unusually rapid course). 

June 13, 2023 – Remsenburg, NY – 40 year old Lauren Jill (LJ) Delman Hanechak died suddenly on June 13, 2023. “Passed away unexpectedly from Acute Myeloid Leukemia (AML) only 4 days after she had been diagnosed.”

May 3, 2023 – Solon, OH – 11 year old Cole Zelwin was diagnosed with Acute Myeloid Leukemia and 48 hours later died on May 3, 2023.

April 13, 2023 – Philadelphia, PA – 16 year old Kyle Limper died within 24 hours of leukemia diagnosis on April 13, 2023. “Before April 13th, he was a completely healthy and happy young man with no sign of illness,” his obituary states. “It just came and took him in the same day.”

His father, Ken Limper, initially brought his son to urgent care for back pain after Kyle played basketball before taking him to Jefferson Hospital.

“They told me in a couple of days, if he doesn’t get better, to bring him back. Well, in a couple of days he couldn’t even stand up,” the grieving dad said. “He couldn’t even get out of bed and I had to help him up and stand him up, then he fell right back down on the bed.”

Limper was eventually rushed to St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children, where doctors said the multi-sport athlete’s organs were shutting down from leukemia. Within 24 hours after he arrived at the hospital, he died. (click here)

Feb. 16, 2023 – Omaha, NE – Kavieriona White, 11 year old girl died two days after leukemia diagnosis.

11 year old Kavieriona died suddenly after being diagnosed with Leukemia just a few days prior (click here).

It started when she was sent home from school with a fever. A few days later she was found unresponsive, rushed to hospital where she was diagnosed with leukemia and she died two days later.

“The blood disease was leukemia. The doctor informed me it was treatable and curable but the main problem was the brain bleeds.”

Feb. 13, 2023 – Augusta, GA – Julia Chavez, 13 year old girl from Harlem Middle School in Georgia died hours after leukemia diagnosis on Feb. 13, 2023. She went to the ER with a headache and ear infection. “She had bleeding in her brain, lungs, stomach and throughout her body. We never knew she had it.

Feb. 10, 2023 – Vallejo, CA – Evan Fishel, age 21, died 4 days after leukemia diagnosis, on Feb. 10, 2023 (he was mandated COVID-19 Vaccines at Cal Maritine Academy).

Aug. 25, 2022 – Agoura Hills, CA – 15 year old Carter Stone, football player at Agoura High School went into cardiac arrest during routine shoulder surgery after doctors found tumor on his heart which was an undiagnosed T-cell leukemia (Diagnosis to death: minutes).

Click here to read the full article.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from COVID Intel


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Derek Chauvin was convicted on the basis of false evidence. His conviction rested on a video taken at an angle that produced a misleading view. As I reported at the time, up close police videos showed Chauvin’s knee was on Floyd’s shoulder, an approved restraint illustrated in the approved police practices handbook. This information was buried under constantly repeated showings by the irresponsible and witch-hunting American media of the video which from the angle it was taken made Chauvin’s knee on Floyd’s shoulder look like it was on Floyd’s neck.

The three officers, Alexander Kueng, Thomas Lane, and Tou Thao (a black, a white, and an Asian) convicted along with Chauvin were simply convicted for being present on the scene. 

As I pointed out at the time, Chauvin was indicted and convicted by the irresponsible American media with endless repetition of “Derek Chauvin had his knee on Floyd’s neck for 9 minutes despite Floyd’s plea ‘I can’t breathe.’” This was a lie. Chauvin was convicted by a lie.

I remember when it was a cause for moving a trial to a neutral or objective location or even for dismissal of the charges if media or public officials said a defendant was guilty prior to conviction by a jury. The reason was the media would have polluted the jury pool with the idea that the defendant was guilty. In Chauvin’s case the Minneapolis city government further polluted the jury pool by awarding Floyd’s family $27 million dollars in damages prior to the trial. I do not know whether the ban against conviction in the media has been repealed or become a dead letter requirement or whether it was just suspended in Chauvin’s case. 

Intimidation also played a role in the wrongful conviction of Chauvin. The Black Lives Matter riots, which the Democrats permitted, encouraged and justified, convinced prosecutors, judges, and jurors that a guilty verdict was required whatever the facts of the case or there would be more looting and burning. It is clear that Judge Cahill withheld exculpatory evidence from being presented to the jury. He was an asset to the prosecution and enabled Chauvin’s wrongful conviction.

I also reported at the time that the coroner’s report stated that Floyd’s blood contained a higher dose of fentanyl than is normally required to kill a person. This evidence played no role in the trial of Chauvin. I also reported the autopsy report’s conclusions that there were no injuries to Floyd’s neck and that Floyd had heart problems that would make his death likely under the influence of drugs.

Chauvin’s frame up was a product of the intimidating violence Democrats and media encouraged and justified and of the prosecution and judge’s  withholding of exculpatory evidence. It was also a product of years of media reports emphasizing gratuitous police violence against blacks. The same police violence was used against whites, but the media only reported the instances where blacks were the victims. Some experts attributed the police violence to the Israeli firms that were hired to train US police, pointing out that in Israel police are trained to deal with terrorists, not with ordinary crimes. The years of media emphasis left a negative image of police.

The misrepresentation of George Floyd’s death has even intimidated the US Supreme Court which refused to hear Chauvin’s evidence-based appeal.  

One consequence of Chauvin’s wrongful conviction is that media, Democrats, and Black Lives Matter have learned that they can use violence and intimidation to convict the accused, thereby decreasing the importance of evidence.  Another consequence is that policing in Minneapolis is dead. Forty-four percent of the force resigned. With fentanyl use at a peak, and with  fentanyl deaths  exploding, especially among blacks, police avoid situations in which the suspected black criminal could be on fentanyl, resulting in an overdose death and murder conviction for the police officers. The result is the explosion of crime in America as blacks understand that they are now less likely to be arrested for criminal acts.

Anastasia Katz, who covered the trial of Chauvin, published an article on December 8 about “The Fall of Minneapolis,”a documentary about the trial and its consequences, produced by investigative reporter Liz Collin. The documentary is based on Collin’s book, They’re Lying: The Media, The Left and the Death of George Floyd.  Here are the links to the article and to the documentary. This is a very important presentation of evidence that shows you that conviction, not justice, is the goal of the system. Watch the documentary before the thought control police take it down. No, Liz Collin is not leftwing. The leftwing delighted in Chauvin’s wrongful conviction.

You will learn, based on fact, not opinion, that the American print and TV media repeatedly lied and made no investigation of the facts.  The facts show that Chauvin did everything according to the approved procedures in which he was trained. You will learn that the prosecutors knew about the fentanyl and lack of neck injuries and decided to downplay the exculpatory evidence and prosecute regardless of the facts. You will learn that chief prosecutor Keith Ellison, a black, is on record saying that “black people don’t have an obligation to obey government.”  You will learn that the Minneapolis black police chief lied under oath for the prosecution.  You will learn that Minneapolis mayor Jacob Frey and Minnesota governor Tim Walz are despicable beings who led the campaign against Chauvin in advance of the facts.  You will learn that the FBI intervened and might have intimidated Dr. Baker.  You will learn that in blue cities, mob violence controls the justice system.  You will learn that Democrats covered up their responsibility for the massive destruction in the Minneapolis fire, which they caused by standing down the police, by blaming it on Derek Chauvin.

George Floyd killed himself by overdosing on fentanyl, by leaving a serious heart problem unattended, and by lying to police that he was drug free.  If Floyd had answered truthfully, police would have realized Floyd’s condition sooner and called medics earlier.  George Floyd and no one else was responsible for his death.

For black activists, who have been taught to hate “racist white people,” George Floyd is the equivalent of the Zionist’s Holocaust.  Just as any criticism of Zionist Israel’s mass murder of Palestinians is dismissed as anti-semitism, the arrest of black criminals is considered racism. Just as nothing can be done about Israel’s war crimes, nothing can be done about black crime. Indeed, blue cities and states continue to legalize black crime as this allows Democrats to pretend that black crime doesn’t exist.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The United Nations Secretary-General Antonio Guterres has invoked Article 99 of the UN Charter in an effort to push for a ceasefire in Gaza on December 6. Guterres has been calling for a ceasefire since October 18, but the U.S. Ambassador Linda Thomas-Greenfield has been instructed by U.S. President Joe Biden to never agree to any ceasefire in Gaza, and instead allow Israel the green-light to kill civilians in Gaza as Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu continues with his revenge attack on Gaza, in response to the Hamas attack of October 7 which killed over 1,000 Israelis.

The death toll in Gaza now stands at more than 17,000 Palestinians dead, the majority of whom are children.

In his letter to the 15-member security council’s president, Guterres invoked this responsibility, saying he believed the situation in Israel and the occupied Palestinian territories, “may aggravate existing threats to the maintenance of international peace and security”.

Guterres has described “appalling human suffering, physical destruction and collective trauma across Israel and the occupied Palestinian territories”, and has said the Gaza is a graveyard for children.

The ‘international community’ has failed to stop a genocide in Gaza. The UN and humanitarian organizations have called the relentless Israeli attacks on 2 million civilians in Gaza a genocide unfolding before our eyes.

In the late 1930’s and early 1940’s, the Nazi regime led by Adolph Hitler in Germany committed a genocide against the Jews in Germany and across Europe. Great Britain and the United States were well aware of the genocide, but stood by and did nothing initially. It wasn’t until Hitler began occupying European lands that the U.S. and its allies made a plan to stop Hitler. The genocide was not the impetus for action, but losing territory was something more serious in the eyes of the ‘international community’ of that era.

Today’s ‘international community’ is viewed as the U.S. and its allies, and are the European Union member states, and NATO members. But, there are some nations who are not part of that arrogant elite; countries like Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa. South Africa has been particularly vocal about the apartheid state of Israel, as South Africa had a history of decades as an apartheid state, where White European settlers colonized the Black African people.

Israel and their colonization and subjugation of the Palestinian people is a mirror image of the crimes against humanity endured in South Africa prior to their fight for freedom carried out by an armed struggle of the ANC and led by Nelson Mandela. It was a bloody fight for freedom, but they achieved victory, in part because of the support given them by the ‘international community’ which carried out boycotts of South African goods.

For decades, the American voter has been conditioned to believe that Israel shares the same values as the U.S. Americans have been spoon-fed a media mantra which says Israel is the only democracy in the Middle East and is the most important U.S. ally in the region.

Americans value freedom, democracy and human rights. Americans traditionally take the side of the under-dog, the oppressed and those who ‘yearn to be free’. But, Israel stands opposed to all those cherished American values. Israel, in their brutal treatment of Palestinians for the last 70 years, have demonstrated their national values are closer to the Third Reich in WW2 era Germany. Israel values only Jews; human rights, property rights and international law are reserved for the 6 million Jewish citizens, while the 6 million Palestinians are deprived of all rights and dignity.

In the American system of government, the people are the taxpayers and voters, but many feel they have no voice in Washington, DC. The U.S. Congress is supposed to represent the people, but they have perpetuated the culture of acquiescing to any and all demands by Israel. This is facilitated through AIPAC, which many experts acknowledge holds sway over the U.S. Congress.

Biden is facing re-election in less than one year. According to a new poll from Data for Progress, 70% of young voters of all ethnicities disapprove of Biden’s handling of the Gaza war.

Over 70% of Democrats support a permanent ceasefire in Gaza, and a total of 61% of Americans polled said they were in favor of a ceasefire.

Biden’s position is the direct opposite of the Democratic caucus in the House, where roughly half have called for an end to the war.

The #AbandonBiden movement was launched by Arab American and Muslim leaders who are mobilizing supporters to not vote for Biden in 2024, because of his support for the genocide against the Palestinians in Gaza. The movement focuses on swing states, like Michigan, with significant Arab or Muslim populations, and could make the difference between victory, or defeat for Biden.

A CNN poll found that just 27 % of 18 to 34-year-old voters believe Israel’s military response to Hamas’ attacks is fully justified.  81 % of voters 65 or older support the Israeli aggression, and this is the older-aged group which Biden belongs to.

According to some political analysts of Biden’s 2020 victory, it was the young voters who were the decisive factor that secured the White House for him.

Biden is ignoring the youth vote, and even the Democrats in the House. It is the Republicans and older voters who share Biden’s blind support of war crimes and genocide in Gaza.

Can Biden win without the young voters, the Arabs, and Muslims? Is he gambling on American voters being uninformed about the war in Gaza, and not interested in foreign wars? In the past, there was no social media and Israel could hide the atrocities it committed against the Palestinians, but today people get their news and information on the internet. Nothing is hidden anymore. In November 2024, Biden will be judged by the voters in part on his policy of blind-support of Israel which goes against the moral fabric of the American soul.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from MD

Hamas Plan: Israel Knew It for Over a Year

December 11th, 2023 by Manlio Dinucci

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

“Israel has known Hamas’ attack plan for over a year,” reveals the New York Times. A 40-page document code-named by Israeli intelligence as “Walls of Jericho” proves it. Without specifying the date, it outlines point by point exactly the attack carried out by Hamas on October 7, 2023. The plan has circulated widely for over a year before October 7, 2023, among Israeli military and intelligence leaders. Still, they concluded that “an attack of this magnitude is beyond the capabilities of Hamas.”

Last July, just three months before the attack, a veteran analyst from Unit 8200 Israel’s intelligence agency warned that Hamas had conducted an intense exercise similar to the one described in the plan. But an intelligence agency colonel trashed her report. On October 7, 2023, Hamas executed the attack plan with “astonishing precision”: a barrage of rockets, drones to disable security cameras and automatic machine guns along the barrier surrounding Gaza, armed men entering Israeli territory from gaps opened with bulldozers in the barrier. Exactly as it was written in the plan called the “Walls of Jericho” by Israeli intelligence.

This exceptional documentation – the political-media mainstream has essentially passed over it in silence – confirms what we have demonstrated based on facts and not opinions since episode 113 of Grandangolo entitled “September 11th in the Middle East”: the leaders of Israel were not taken by surprise by the Hamas attack, but contributed to its execution to have the pretext of implementing their strategic plan. It consists of exterminating the population of Gaza: the dead and seriously injured people, mostly women and children, have so far amounted to around 60 thousand, equivalent to around 2 million dead and seriously injured in Italy (if we were in a similar situation). At the same time, the plan consists of making Gaza uninhabitable by pounding it with thousands of bombs supplied by the USA: in less than seven weeks Israeli bombings have destroyed almost 70% of the buildings in the North, and they are now doing the same in the South, while in throughout the Second World War, Allied bombing of Germany destroyed 60% of the buildings in Dresden and other cities.

In the plan of Israeli leaders, the final solution involves the deportation of the Gaza population to the Sinai desert and the cancellation of Gaza as  Palestinian territory, then they will do the same thing with the West Bank. The leaders of Israel are thus committing not only crimes of war but a real crime of genocide. This international crime consists of the methodical destruction of an ethnic, racial, or religious group as such, carried out through the extermination of individuals, the dissociation and dispersion of family groups, and the dismantling of all social, political, religious, and cultural institutions.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published in Italian on Il Manifesto.

Manlio Dinucci, award winning author, geopolitical analyst and geographer, Pisa, Italy. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

 

 

Below is a screenshot of the summary of the 1947 CIA document that was partly declassified in 2013, entitled “The Consequences of the Partition of Palestine.”

 

Click here to read the full document.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Video: “The design of the so called COVID-19 vaccines was intentionally to harm people.” Dr. Mike Yeadon

By Patricia Harrity and Dr. Mike Yeadon, December 11, 2023

I’m going to tell you that the design of the so called vaccines was intentionally to harm people, and I’m going to give you several examples of that based on my extensive industry experience of rational drug design. Not a single atom or molecule in a synthetic drug is in there.

The View from Washington: Let the Killing in Gaza Continue

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, December 11, 2023

Bloodletting as form; murder as fashion. The ongoing campaign in Gaza by Israel’s Defence Forces continues without stalling and restriction. But the burgeoning number of corpses is starting to become a challenge for the propaganda outlets: How to justify it? Fortunately for Israel, the United States, its unqualified defender, is happy to provide cover for murder covered in the sheath of self-defence.

Gaza: “Genocide Joe,” 66% of Americans Want a Ceasefire!

By Barry Kissin, December 11, 2023

A Data for Progress poll conducted between October 18 and 19 found that 66% of Americans want a U.S. call for a ceasefire. As reflected in the votes on U.N. resolutions demanding a cease fire, there is a larger majority of the rest of humanity demanding same.

Activating the Genocide Convention

By Craig Murray, December 10, 2023

There are 149 states party to the Genocide Convention. Every one of them has the right to call out the genocide in progress in Gaza and report it to the United Nations. In the event that another state party disputes the claim of genocide – and Israel, the United States and the United Kingdom are all states party – then the International Court of Justice is required to adjudicate on “the responsibility of a State for genocide”.

A Fateful Nobel Prize in Medicine to Convince “Reluctant People” to Get Vaccinated. For Making Possible the “Genetic Lobotomy” of a Large Part of the World’s Population

By Dr. Michael Nehls, December 09, 2023

The German newspaper “Handelsblatt” reported on October 2nd that the mRNA COVID “vaccine” was awarded the Nobel Prize in Medicine in order to convince reluctant people to undergo this experimental gene therapy treatment, which I call “spiking” for short.

“Is the Virus Fictitious”? Laboratories in US Can’t Find COVID-19 in One of 1,500 Positive Tests

By Xander Nieuws, December 10, 2023

A clinical scientist and immunologist-virologist at a southern California laboratory says he and colleagues from 7 universities are suing the CDC for massive fraud. The reason: not one of 1500 samples of people tested “positive” could find Covid-19. ALL people were simply found to have Influenza A, and to a lesser extent Influenza B.

Seventeen COVID Pandemic Lies We’ve Been Told

By Richard Gale and Dr. Gary Null, December 10, 2023

Aside from the “infodemic versus plandemic” debate, what is now certain is that much of what our federal health officials and their mainstream media mouthpieces told us during these three-plus years was patently false and untrue. 

Israel-Palestine War: The Big Picture. Peter Koenig

By Peter Koenig and Mike Adams, December 09, 2023

Some “experts” say with full conviction Hamas is winning this war. They base it on Hamas having achieved a ceasefire which they consider is already a “win”. And then they said getting Israel to accept a 2-day extension is a further sign of Hamas upper-hand. That is just wishful thinking. An illusion at best. It would be desirable.

11 Children Ages 9-19 Had a Cardiac Arrest at US Schools in the Past Month. Some Schools Are Now Starting to Conduct “Sudden Cardiac Arrest Screening”

By Dr. William Makis, December 09, 2023

14 year old Knox MacEwen is a Western High School Air Force Junior ROTC (Junior Reserve Officers’ Training Corps) student. On Nov. 4 he was running at a Army Junior ROTC exercise when he suffered a cardiac arrest during a 5K run and died in the hospital. His mother is recovering from a hard fought battle with cancer this past year.

The Genocidal State of Israel. Let It Happen or Make It Happen?

By Prof. Anthony J. Hall, December 09, 2023

There are many facets of the obfuscation and uncertainty surrounding the events of October 7 that are quite similar to those permeating the events of 9/11. As with 9/11, the uncertainties involving the real story of October 7 provided no hindrance to immediately setting in motion a ruthless campaign of lethal military attacks on an entrapped and mostly defenceless civilian population.

Cuba bloqueada, no embargada, por Estados Unidos

December 11th, 2023 by Víctor Arrogante

The View from Washington: Let the Killing in Gaza Continue

December 11th, 2023 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Bloodletting as form; murder as fashion. The ongoing campaign in Gaza by Israel’s Defence Forces continues without stalling and restriction. But the burgeoning number of corpses is starting to become a challenge for the propaganda outlets: How to justify it? Fortunately for Israel, the United States, its unqualified defender, is happy to provide cover for murder covered in the sheath of self-defence.

Such cover also takes the form of false fairness and forced balance.

“We don’t have to choose between defending Israel and aiding Palestinian civilians,” Secretary of State Antony Blinken wrote inanely in the Washington Post on October 31. “We can and must do both.  That is the only way to stand firmly by one of our closest allies, protecting innocent lives, uphold the international rules of the road that ultimately benefit the American people, and preserve the sole viable path to lasting peace and security for Israelis and Palestinians: two states for two peoples.”

Given that innocent lives are being taken with mechanistic ruthlessness, international laws broken with impunity, and any remnant of a Palestinian state being liquidated, Blinken seemingly inhabits a parallel universe of mind-bending cynicism.

The latest attempt to halt hostilities came in the form of an intervention by UN Secretary-General António Guterres under the auspices of Article 99 of the UN Charter.  The article grants the secretary-general the liberty to “bring to the attention of the Security Council any matter which in his opinion, may threaten the maintenance of international peace and security.”

In his December 6 letter to the members of the Security Council, Guterres gives a brief account of the conflict, commencing on October 7. After noting the death of 1,200 Israelis and 250 abductions (130 are still being held in captivity in Gaza), the focus shifts to the death of over 15,000 individuals in the strip itself, “more than 40 per cent of whom were children.” Somewhere in the order of 80 per cent of the population of 2.2 million residents in Gaza had been displaced, with 1.1 million seeking refuge in UNRWA facilities across the strip “creating overcrowded, undignified, and unhygienic conditions.” The provision of viable health care had all but ceased, with 14 hospitals of 36 facilities “partially functional.” Overall, Gaza was facing “a severe risk of collapse of the humanitarian system.”

The secretary-general concludes his note by urging the Security Council members “to press to avert a humanitarian catastrophe” and seek a “humanitarian ceasefire”. But on December 8, Washington predictably sabotaged the passage of the follow up resolution, which had been proposed by the United Arab Emirates. (Thirteen countries voted for the measure; with the United Kingdom abstaining.) The resolution demanded an immediate humanitarian ceasefire in Gaza and the immediate and unconditional release of all hostages and ensuring humanitarian access.

The US deputy ambassador to the UN Robert A. Wood, claimed that he and the delegation had “engaged in good faith on the text.” But “nearly all” of Washington’s recommendations had been ignored, resulting in “an unbalanced resolution divorced from reality on the ground.” Again, a sticking point was the omission in the draft of any reference to Hamas’s attack on October 7, Israel’s right to self-defence, and reference to any permission for the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) to access and provide medical treatment to the hostages still being held by Hamas.

With the gloves off, Wood made it clear that, in solidarity with Israel, the US will not countenance the continued existence of Hamas. “The resolution retains a call for an unconditional ceasefire – this is not only unrealistic but dangerous; it will simply leave Hamas in place, able to regroup and repeat what it did on 7 October.”

While Israel’s UN ambassador, Gilad Erdan, was not present to address the Security Council, he subsequently affirmed the blood curdling, unending mission his country has embarked upon. 

“A ceasefire will only be possible only with the return of all the hostages and the destruction of Hamas.”

As this farcical theatre of constipated morality unfolded, the Biden administration was happy to beef up the Israeli war machine by asking Congress to urgently approve the sale of 45,000 shells for the IDF’s Merkava tanks to aid its offensive in Gaza.  The sale, worth around $500 million, does not form part of Biden’s $110.5 billion supplemental request that covers funding for both Ukraine and Israel.

In pursuing such a course of action, be it defending Israel’s policies in the Security Council, or via armaments, the US is effectively colluding in the perpetration of crimes against humanity.  This was certainly the view of Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas, who said in a statement released by his office that

“the American position is aggressive and immoral, a flagrant violation of all humanitarian principles and values, and holds the United States responsible for the bloodshed of Palestinian children, women and elderly people in the Gaza Strip”.

Amnesty International’s Secretary General, Agnès Callamard also expressed the view that the US, in vetoing the resolution, had “displayed a callous disregard for civilian suffering in the face of a staggering death toll, extensive destruction and an unprecedented humanitarian catastrophe happening in the occupied Gaza Strip.” Washington had “brazenly wielded and weaponized its veto to strongarm the UN Security Council, further undermining its credibility and ability to live up to its mandate to maintain international peace and security.”  Not that it had much credibility to begin with.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a regular contributor to Global Research and Asia-Pacific Research. Email: [email protected] 

Featured image: US Secretary of State Antony Blinken meets with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu in Tel Aviv, Oct. 12, 2023. – Secretary Antony Blinken on X

Accidents of Eccentricity: Israel’s Pacific Hold

December 11th, 2023 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

How much longer are Americans going to put up with this? On Dec. 7, the Washington Post (ordinarily extremely pro-Israel and pro-Biden administration) reported as follows:  

“‘Through our inspection of refugee camps, we noticed a large spread of hepatitis, which is spreading due to crowding of people, lack of usable drinking water and contaminated food,’ Imad Al-Hams, an emergency physician in Rafah, told The Post. ‘This is a serious disease that leads to death.’

“He said it was hard to issue official figures on the volume of infections, due to the large number of people and a lack of access for medical teams, but noted that many diseases were spreading because of poor hygiene conditions, and children were particularly at risk.”

In a piece published in the Israeli daily Yedioth Ahronoth on November 22, Giora Eiland, a decorated former head of the Israeli military’s Operations and Planning Division and former head of the National Security Council, proposed disease as an effective method of killing the Palestinian people in Gaza. He wrote:

“After all, severe epidemics in the southern Strip will bring victory closer and reduce fatalities among IDF soldiers.” 

A Data for Progress poll conducted between October 18 and 19 found that 66% of Americans want a U.S. call for a ceasefire. As reflected in the votes on U.N. resolutions demanding a cease fire, there is a larger majority of the rest of humanity demanding same.

But “Genocide Joe,” his new and widespread nickname, along with most of Congress, remain in favor of billions more in aid to Israel without conditions as well as the ongoing supply of American weapons being used to obliterate Gaza. The U.S. has also deployed an armada to the Mediterranean daring anyone to interfere in the onslaught.  

On Oct. 30, the Guardian published an article titled “Hamas has created additional demand: Wall Street eyes big profits from war” and subtitled “Morgan Stanley and TD Bank hope for aerospace and weapons boon after a 7% value increase from start of Israel-Hamas conflict.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Barry Kissin is a retired attorney, dedicated peace activist and columnist who resides in Frederick, Maryland, home of Fort Detrick, headquarters of the American biodefense/bioweapons program. He is regularly published in his local newspaper, The Frederick News-Post, as well as in alternative media, including Global Research, Consortium News, Op-ed News and Unz Review.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Dr Michael Yeadon had prepared a video recording for the event hosted by Andrew Bridgen in Parliament yesterday. However, there was said to be a technical error, but according to Dr Yeadon, there must have been two errors because they had received his recording several days before and confirmed that “it was working” and “Peter McCullough was intending to present by video link, eg Zoom” but a technical error prevented it from being seen.

“It’s not believable that both link & local playback failed.” “Why didn’t they want me to speak?” he asks.

Why indeed?

***

“This is my censored speech for us in Andrew Bridgen’s event.”

Hello. My name is Dr. Mike Yeadon.

Probably know by now that I’m a career research scientist and biologist. I’ve worked in the biopharmaceutical industry for over 30 years. Famously, a former vice president at Pfizer, left in 2011 as vice president and worldwide head of Respiratory research.

I was responsible for everything from idea to clinical proof of concept. In the ten years after leaving Pfizer, I’ve worked as an independent. I consulted to 30 biotech companies.

I also founded Led and sold my own biotech Ziarco. And we were written up in a 2017 article in Forbes magazine. I think it was Converting Pfizer Discards into Gold, and it was written by a former Pfizer board member. So three years before this alleged event started, I was very well regarded in the industry.

I’m going to tell you that the design of the so called vaccines was intentionally to harm people, and I’m going to give you several examples of that based on my extensive industry experience of rational drug design. Not a single atom or molecule in a synthetic drug is in there. By luck, it’s in there because people chose it to be in there and they intended certain things to flow from their choices.

But just very briefly, you should know, I hope there has not been a pandemic.

Denis Rancourt’s data shows that the all cause mortality evidence data did not increase at all in the run up to the Declaration. Fraudulently by who? Of a pandemic. There is no public health emergency except that created by our governments.

An inappropriate fraudulent PCR test was used to give people the impression that they had a particular disease where they didn’t. There were all normal diseases. And then what happened was in three different ways. People were treated badly through changed medical procedures that were imposed above the level of nation.

Briefly, mass ventilation of people inappropriately in hospitals that led to lots of deaths. In care homes, many people were given sedatives and respiratory depressants which led to their deaths.

My PhD was specifically in that area of opiates and respiratory depression. And in the community, people were denied life saving antibiotics and died of bacterial pneumonia. There’s your pandemic. There is no other pandemic. And based on this lie, we were told that vaccines were coming our way and would be our savior.

Two things, as I say. First, there’s no pandemic, so you certainly don’t need an experimental, rushed medical intervention. But secondly, even if you did, as someone who’s worked in the industry for over 30 years, I am telling you it’s absolutely impossible to invent, test, clinically, evaluate and manufacture and then launch on global scale a complex biomedical product. It’s absolutely impossible. It’s not as close, it’s years wrong.

The fastest record price of this was six years. And friends of mine who’ve worked all their lives in manufacturing of complex biological products tell me the methods development alone for the development of a reproducible manufacturing process itself takes a number of years.

So whatever it is you think was done, I am telling you, there was not the development of a proper medical product. What I think happened was the advancement of materials that are intentionally toxic.

And then they were sketchily, advanced and jammed into people’s arms, often coerced, sometimes even mandated, with the unsurprising effect that millions of people have died. I don’t have time today to explain what I think they’re going to do in the future, but suffice to say, more injections are coming if we don’t stop this.

So, like I said, I’m skilled in the arts of rational drug discovery. So why am I saying these materials are intentionally toxic? Well, let me give you the first example. How do you think your body plays nice with itself, but when it’s infected or detects a cancer, it goes to war.

And the answer is, it distinguishes self things that are meant to be inside you from non self, from foreign things that are not meant to be inside you. And it is trained exquisitely to detect and attack non self foreign things. If you inject a person with a gene that encodes a foreign piece of protein, like a spike protein from a foreign organism, your body will detect that.

And every single cell that takes up that material and expresses foreign protein will be attacked and killed by your immune system. Now, if you think that’s advanced immunology, let me put you right. It’s in the first chapter. Distinguishing self from non self is one of the foremost lessons of immunology.

And every single person involved in the train of delivery of these materials to doctor’s hands knew what I’ve just told you, they will inevitably cause injury. Then on top of that, it’s not just bad enough that you’re making a foreign protein, you’re making a specific material called spike protein. Those materials are biologically active. That is, if you add them to human blood, for example, they start to coagulate, it clots.

Those materials are biological toxins. So now you’ve got a genetic sequence that forms foreign proteins. That means your body attacks and kills every cell that does it. And if you should release any of that protein in your blood, it will form blood clots. If it releases it near nerves, for example, you will get one or other of several neurological defects.

And of course, it’s not just nerves or blood. There’s a third major factor, and there are many others. But let me give you the third one. These materials are formulated it’s normal to formulate drugs. These are formulated in fatty globules called lipid nanoparticles.

What they do is disguise the foreign genetic information so your body doesn’t see it initially until it gets inside your cells and it goes all around your body. It will glide through the cell wall as if it wasn’t there. And that was the entire point of it. So that means these materials don’t just go to your lymph nodes.

And they certainly don’t stay in your arm where they’re injected. They go all around the body, including into your brain and your blood and every organ in your body. But here’s the thing. Ten years ago, there were papers published, and it was well established and well known in the industry that lipid nanoparticles, lipid nanocarriers deposit their cargo, preferentially in the ovaries, and that was confirmed with the pfizer products in an animal experiment performed for the Japanese regulators.

So, by design, these agents cause an autoimmune attack on every tissue. They make your body form a well understood biological toxin that can damage multiple organs in your body. And they deposited their cargoes, preferentially in the reproductive tissues of women and girls. So if you think that’s by luck, then you’re mistaken.

There is no doubt in my mind, anyone of my caliber, and this is my peers that worked on this, absolutely understood what they were designing and manufacturing. So I think, having heard what I’ve just said, that there was no pandemic and the lie was maintained in order to inject people en masse, I think five and a half billion people with an intentionally dangerous substance, 17 million of whom have died so far.

What do you think is happening and what do you think your role as an individual is in stopping this crime? On. Thank you for listening.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from The Expose

Activating the Genocide Convention

December 10th, 2023 by Craig Murray

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

There are 149 states party to the Genocide Convention. Every one of them has the right to call out the genocide in progress in Gaza and report it to the United Nations. In the event that another state party disputes the claim of genocide – and Israel, the United States and the United Kingdom are all states party – then the International Court of Justice is required to adjudicate on “the responsibility of a State for genocide”.

These are the relevant articles of the genocide convention:

Article VIII
Any Contracting Party may call upon the competent organs of the United Nations to take such action under the Charter of the United Nations as they consider appropriate for the prevention and suppression of acts of genocide or any of the other acts enumerated in article III.

Article IX
Disputes between the Contracting Parties relating to the interpretation, application or fulfilment of the present Convention, including those relating to the responsibility of a State for genocide or for any of the other acts enumerated in article III, shall be submitted to the International Court of Justice at the request of any of the parties to the dispute.

Note that here “parties to the dispute” means the states disputing the facts of genocide, not the parties to the genocide/conflict. Any single state party is able to invoke the Convention.

There is no doubt that Israel’s actions amount to genocide. Numerous international law experts have said so and genocidal intent has been directly expressed by numerous Israeli ministers, generals and public officials.

This is the definition of genocide in international law, from the Genocide Convention:

Article II
In the present Convention, genocide means any of the following acts committed with intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnical, racial or religious group, as such:
(a) Killing members of the group;
(b) Causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of the group;
(c) Deliberately inflicting on the group conditions of life calculated to bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part;
(d) Imposing measures intended to prevent births within the group;
(e) Forcibly transferring children of the group to another group

I can see no room to doubt whatsoever that Israel’s current campaign of bombing of civilians and of the deprivation of food, water and other necessities of life to Palestinians amounts to genocide under articles II a), b) and c).

It is also worth considering Articles III and IV:

Article III
The following acts shall be punishable:
(a) Genocide;
(b) Conspiracy to commit genocide;
(c) Direct and public incitement to commit genocide;
(d) Attempt to commit genocide;
(e) Complicity in genocide.

Article IV
Persons committing genocide or any of the other acts enumerated in article III shall be punished, whether they are constitutionally responsible rulers, public officials or private individuals.

There is, at the very least, a strong prima facie case that the actions of the United States and United Kingdom and others, in openly providing direct military support to be used in genocide, are complicity in genocide. The point of Article IV is that individuals are responsible, not just states. So Netanyahu, Biden and Sunak bear individual responsibility. So, indeed, do all those who have been calling for the destruction of the Palestinians.

It is very definitely worth activating the Genocide Convention. A judgement of the International Court of Justice that Israel is guilty of genocide would have an extraordinary diplomatic effect and would cause domestic difficulties in the UK and even in the US in continuing to subsidise and arm Israel. The International Court of Justice is the most respected of international institutions; while the United States has repudiated its compulsory jurisdiction, the United Kingdom has not and the EU positively accepts it.

If the International Court of Justice makes a determination of genocide, then the International Criminal Court does not have to determine that genocide has happened. This is important because unlike the august and independent ICJ, the ICC is very much a western government puppet institution which will wiggle out of action if it can. But a determination of the ICJ of genocide and of complicity in genocide would reduce the ICC’s task to determining which individuals bear the responsibility. That is a prospect which can indeed alter the calculations of politicians.

It is also the fact that a reference for genocide would force the western media to address the issue and use the term, rather than just pump out propaganda about Hamas fighting bases in hospitals. Furthermore a judgement from the ICJ would automatically trigger a reference to the United Nations General Assembly – crucially not to the western-vetoed Security Council.

All this begs the question of why no state has yet invoked the Genocide Convention. This is especially remarkable as Palestine is one of the 149 states party to the Genocide Convention, and for this purpose would have standing before both the UN and the ICJ.

I am afraid the question of why Palestine has not invoked the Genocide Convention takes us somewhere very dark. Anyone who, like George Galloway and myself, cut their political teeth in left-wing politics of Dundee of the 1970s has (long story) their experience and contacts with Fatah, and my sympathies have always very much lain with Fatah rather than Hamas. They still do, with the aspiration for a democratic, secular Palestine. It is Fatah who occupy the Palestinian seat at the United Nations, and the decision for Palestine to call into play the Genocide Convention lies with Mahmoud Abbas.

It is more and more difficult daily to support Abbas. He seems extraordinarily passive, and the suspicion that he is more concerned with refighting the Palestinian civil war than with resisting the genocide is impossible to shake. By invoking the Genocide Convention he could put himself and Fatah back at the centre of the narrative. But he does nothing. I do not want to believe that corruption and a Blinken promise of inheriting Gaza are Mahmoud’s motivators. But at the moment, I cannot grab on to any other explanation to believe in.

Any one of the 139 states party could invoke the Genocide Convention against Israel and its co-conspirators. Those states include Iran, Russia, Libya, Malaysia, Bolivia, Venezuela, Brazil, Afghanistan, Cuba, Ireland, Iceland, Jordan, South Africa, Turkey and Qatar. But not one of these states has called out the genocide. Why?

It is not because the Genocide Convention is a dead letter. It is not. It was invoked against Serbia by Bosnia and Herzegovina and the ICJ ruled against Serbia with regard to the massacre at Srebrenica. This fed directly through to ICC prosecutions.

Some states may simply not have thought of it. For Arab states in particular, the fact that Palestine itself has not invoked the Genocide Convention may provide an excuse. EU states can hide behind bloc unanimity.

But I am afraid that the truth is that no state cares sufficiently about the thousands of Palestinian children already killed and thousands more who will shortly be killed, to introduce another factor of hostility in their relationship with the United States. Just as at this weekend’s summit in Saudi Arabia, where Islamic countries could not agree an oil and gas boycott of Israel, the truth is that those in power really do not care about a genocide in Gaza. They care about their own interests.

It just needs one state to invoke the Genocide Convention and change the narrative and the international dynamic. That will only happen through the power of the people in pressing the idea on their governments. This is where everybody can do a little something to add to the pressure. Please do what you can.

Hat tip to the indefatigable Sam Husseini who has been pressing the Genocide Convention on the White House.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Piano di Hamas: Noto a Israele da Oltre un Anno

December 10th, 2023 by Manlio Dinucci

Israele conosceva il piano d’attacco di Hamas da oltre un anno”, rivela il New York Times.

Lo prova un documento di 40 pagine denominato in codice dall’intelligence israeliana “Mura di Gerico”: esso delinea punto per punto, senza specificare la data, esattamente l’attacco effettuato da Hamas il 7 Ottobre 2023.

Il piano è circolato ampiamente, per oltre un anno prima del 7 Ottobre 2023, tra i leader militari e dell’intelligence israeliana, ma essi hanno concluso che “un attacco di tale portata è al di là delle capacità di Hamas”.

Lo scorso luglio, solo tre mesi prima all’attacco, una analista veterana dell’Unità 8200, l’agenzia di intelligence israeliana, ha avvertito che Hamas aveva condotto un’intensa esercitazione simile a quella descritta nel piano. Ma un colonnello dell’agenzia di intelligence ha cestinato il suo rapporto.

Il 7 Ottobre 2023 Hamas ha eseguito il piano di attacco con “stupefacente precisione”: una raffica di razzi, droni per mettere fuori uso le telecamere di sicurezza e le mitragliatrici automatiche lungo la barriera che circonda Gaza, uomini armati che entrano in territorio israeliano dai varchi aperti con bulldozer nella barriera. Esattamente come era scritto nel piano denominato dall’intelligence israeliana “Mura di Gerico”.

Questa eccezionale documentazione – che il mainstream politico-mediatico ha passato sostanzialmente sotto silenzio – conferma quanto abbiamo dimostrato, in base ai fatti e non alle opinioni, fin dalla puntata 113 di Grandangolo intitolata “L’11 Settembre del Medioriente”: i capi di Israele non sono stati colti di sorpresa dall’attacco di Hamas, ma hanno contribuito alla sua esecuzione per avere il pretesto di attuare il loro piano strategico.

Esso consiste nello sterminare la popolazione di Gaza: i morti e i feriti gravi, per la maggior parte donne e bambini, ammontano finora a circa 60 mila, equivalenti (se ci trovassimo noi in una situazione simile) a circa 2 milioni di morti e feriti gravi in Italia.

Allo stesso tempo il piano consiste nel rendere Gaza inabitabile, martellandola con migliaia di bombe fornite dagli USA: in meno di sette settimane i bombardamenti israeliani hanno distrutto quasi il 70% degli edifici nel Nord, e lo stesso stanno facendo ora nel Sud, mentre nel corso di tutta la Seconda guerra mondiale i bombardamenti degli Alleati sulla Germaniadistrussero il 60% degli edifici di Dresda e altre città.

La soluzione finale, nel piano dei capi di Israele, prevede la deportazione della popolazione di Gaza nel deserto del Sinai e la cancellazione di Gaza quale territorio palestinese, facendo poi la stessa cosa con la Cisgiordania, I capi di Israele stanno così commettendo non solo crimini di guerra, ma un vero e proprio crimine di genocidio.

Questo crimine internazionale consiste nella metodica distruzione di un gruppo etnico, razziale o religioso in quanto tale, compiuta attraverso lo sterminio degli individui, la dissociazione e dispersione dei gruppi familiari, lo scardinamento di tutte le istituzioni sociali, politiche, religiose, culturali.

Manlio Dinucci

 

Video : 

https://www.byoblu.com/2023/12/08/piano-di-hamas-noto-a-israele-da-oltre-un-anno-pangea-la-rassegna-stampa-internazionale/

YOUTUBE :

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

According to America’s top three newspapers, as measured by circulation, Henry Kissinger was a figure who both excelled in international diplomacy and generated rivals and critics. [2][3][4]

This “loved by some” mentality is certainly reflected in prominent politicians in the U.S. U.S. Republican Senator John McCain during a Senate Armed Services Committee in which Kissinger made a statement mentioned the protest against Kissinger by the group Code Pink was “disgraceful,” “outrageous,” and “despicable.” And he apologized profusely to Kissinger for “allowing such disgraceful behaviour towards a man who served this country with the greatest distinction.”[5]

In the Democratic Party, Hillary Clinton, wrote a 2014 review of Kissinger’s book, World Order. In the article she praised Kissinger calling him a “friend” and stating:

“Even when there are tensions between our values and other objectives, America, he reminds us, succeeds by standing up for our values, not shirking them, and leads by engaging peoples and societies, the sources of legitimacy, not governments alone.”[6]

To those not in positions of elite power and privilege, it would be difficult to ignore the multitudes of deaths, torture which flourished from the seeds planted by Kissinger in countries around the globe. His underhanded and covert diplomacy as he pursued his own version of foreign policy realism resulted in massacres across Cambodia, Chile, Argentina, East Timor, and Bangladesh. To name just a few.[7]

And then there are the concerns of the elite class. Consider this quote from Kissinger’s  National Security Study Memorandum 200 entitled “Implications of Worldwide Population Growth For U.S. Security and Overseas Interests.”

It reads:

“The study should take into account the President’s concern that population policy is a human concern intimately related to the dignity of the individual and the objective of the United States is to work closely with others, rather than seek to impose our views on others.” (Emphasis added.)

Kissinger finally passed away at the end of November., aged 100. Given the profound impact his policies had on the world stage, and its perception of America, a show like the Global Research News Hour had to put on a show reflecting an appraisal of his monstrous crimes. We do so during this week with the assistance of four guests. They include an emeritus Professor of Law at Princeton University, a scholar from RMIT university, an activist from the U.S. and Canadian journalist and researcher.

Richard Falk is a member of the TRANSCEND Network, Albert G. Milbank Professor Emeritus of International Law at Princeton University, Chair of Global Law, Faculty of Law, at Queen Mary University London,  Research Associate the Orfalea Center of Global Studies at the University of California, Santa Barbara, and Fellow of the Tellus Institute. He is also a member of the Council on Foreign Relations.

Binoy Kampmark teaches core legal courses within the Legal and Dispute Studies program for the Bachelor of Social Science at RMIT University, Melbourne. He has research interests in the institution of war, diplomacy, international relations, 20th Century History and law.

Jodie Evans is co-founder of the anti-war group Code Pink.

Matt J L Ehret is a journalist, historical analyst, lecturer and founder of the Canadian Patriot review.

(Global Research News Hour episode 412)

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM out of the University of Winnipeg. The programme is also podcast at globalresearch.ca .

Other stations airing the show:

CIXX 106.9 FM, broadcasting from Fanshawe College in London, Ontario. It airs Sundays at 6am.

WZBC 90.3 FM in Newton Massachusetts is Boston College Radio and broadcasts to the greater Boston area. The Global Research News Hour airs during Truth and Justice Radio which starts Sunday at 6am.

Campus and community radio CFMH 107.3fm in  Saint John, N.B. airs the Global Research News Hour Fridays at 7pm.

CJMP 90.1 FM, Powell River Community Radio, airs the Global Research News Hour every Saturday at 8am. 

Caper Radio CJBU 107.3FM in Sydney, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia airs the Global Research News Hour starting Wednesday afternoon from 3-4pm.

Cowichan Valley Community Radio CICV 98.7 FM serving the Cowichan Lake area of Vancouver Island, BC airs the program Thursdays at 9am pacific time.

Notes:

  1. Anthony Bourdain (2002), ‘A Cook’s Tour: In Search of the Perfect Meal’, published by Bloomsbury; https://www.instagram.com/p/C0QmCbUv0GU/?utm_source=ig_embed&ig_rid=3d702eae-f68f-478f-a2c2-8d1a042a95f3
  2. Allan Cullison (November 30, 2023), ‘Henry Kissinger, Who Helped Forge U.S. Foreign Policy During Vietnam and Cold Wars, Dies at 100’, Wall Street Journal; https://www.wsj.com/world/henry-kissinger-american-diplomat-dead-11829457
  3. New York Times (November 29, 2023), ‘Henry Kissinger Dies: Diplomat Who Long Held the Global Stage Was Both Celebrated and Reviled’, NYT; https://www.nytimes.com/live/2023/11/29/us/henry-kissinger-death-news
  4. Thomas W. Lippman (November 29, 2023), ‘Henry Kissinger, who shaped world affairs under two presidents, dies at 100’, Washington Post; https://www.washingtonpost.com/obituaries/2023/11/29/henry-kissinger-dead-obituary/
  5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yP9In2fNs84&t=130s
  6. Hillary Rodham Clinton (September 4, 2014), ‘Hillary Clinton reviews Henry Kissinger’s ‘World Order’ ‘, The Washington Post; https://www.washingtonpost.com/opinions/hillary-clinton-reviews-henry-kissingers-world-order/2014/09/04/b280c654-31ea-11e4-8f02-03c644b2d7d0_story.html
  7. David Corn (September 5, 2014), ‘Hillary Clinton Praises a Guy With Lots of Blood on His Hands’, Mother Jones; https://www.motherjones.com/politics/2014/09/hillary-clinton-henry-kissinger-world-order/

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

First published by Global Research on September 6. 2021. Translated from Dutch.

***

 

A clinical scientist and immunologist-virologist at a southern California laboratory says he and colleagues from 7 universities are suing the CDC for massive fraud. The reason: not one of 1500 samples of people tested “positive” could find Covid-19. ALL people were simply found to have Influenza A, and to a lesser extent Influenza B. This is consistent with the previous findings of other scientists, which we have reported on several times.

Dr. Derek Knauss: “When my lab team and I subjected the 1500 supposedly positive Covid-19 samples to Koch’s postulates and put them under an SEM (electron microscope), we found NO Covid in all 1500 samples. We found that all 1500 samples were primarily Influenza A, and some Influenza B, but no cases of Covid. We did not use the bulls*** PCR test.’

At 7 universities not once COVID detected

‘When we sent the rest of the samples to Stanford, Cornell, and a couple of the labs at the University of California, they came up with the same result: NO COVID. They found Influenza A and B. Then we all asked the CDC for viable samples of Covid. The CDC said they can’t give them, because they don’t have those samples.’

‘So we came to the hard conclusion through all our research and lab work that Covid-19 was imaginary and fictitious. The flu was only called ‘Covid,’ and most of the 225,000 deaths were from co-morbidities such as heart disease, cancer, diabetes, pulmonary emphysema, etc.. They got the flu which further weakened their immune systems, and they died.’

‘This virus is fictitious’

‘I still need to find one viable sample with Covid-19 to work with. We who conducted the lab test with these 1500 samples at the 7 universities are now suing the CDC for Covid-19 fraud. The CDC still has not sent us a viable, isolated and purified sample of Covid-19. If they can’t or won’t, then I say there is no Covid-19. It’s fictional.’

‘The four research papers describing the genome extracts of the Covid-19 virus never managed to isolate and purify the samples. All four papers describe only small pieces of RNA that are only 37 to 40 base pairs long. That is NOT a VIRUS. A viral genome normally has 30,000 to 40,000 base pairs.’

‘Now that Covid-19 is supposedly so bad everywhere, how come not one lab in the world has completely isolated and purified this virus? That’s because they never really found the virus. All they ever discovered were small pieces of RNA that were not identified as the virus anyway. So what we’re dealing with is just another flu strain, just like every year. Covid-19 does not exist and is fictitious.’

‘I believe that China and the globalists have set up this Covid hoax (the flu disguised as a new virus) to establish a global tyranny and totalitarian control police state. This intrigue included (also) massive election fraud to overthrow Trump.’

CDC itself admits to having no identifiable virus

Deeply hidden in an official document on Covid-19, the CDC ruefully admitted as early as summer 2020 that it does not have a measurable virus: ‘As no quantified (= measured) isolated virus objects of 2019-nCoV are available at this time…’ (page 39 of the ‘CDC 2019-Novel Coronavirus (2019-nCoV) Real-Time RT-PCR Diagnostic Panel’ (July 13) In other words, the CDC, as one of THE leading medical authorities in the world, could not, and still cannot, demonstrate a virus.

About the for this purpose scientifically totally debunked, but still shamelessly abused PCR test, the CDC wrote under the heading ‘limitations’: ‘The detection of viral RNA cannot demonstrate the presence of an infectious virus, or that 2019-nCoV is the causative agent of clinical symptoms.’ And in addition: ‘This test cannot exclude other diseases caused by other bacterial or viral pathogens.’

In other words, we cannot prove that the people who get sick and are hospitalized, and very occasionally die, were sickened by a new coronavirus called SARS-CoV-2, nor can we prove that it caused them to develop a new disease called ‘Covid-19.’ It could just as easily be a different virus and a different disease. (And since all the symptoms, including severe pneumonia, correspond seamlessly to what flu can cause historically in vulnerable people… ‘if it looks like a duck and walks like a duck, it is a duck’.

Reward of $265,000 for demonstrating coronavirus

Earlier this year, Samuel Eckert’s German Team and the Isolate Truth Fund pledged a reward of at least $265,000 for any scientist who can provide incontrovertible proof that the SARS-CoV-2 virus has been isolated and therefore exists. They too pointed out that not one lab in the world has yet been able to isolate this corona virus.

Yes, systems scientists claim they have, but this ‘isolation’ consists only of a sample from the human body, which is a ‘soup’ full of different kinds of cells, remains of viruses, bacteria, et cetera. With the help of (toxic) chemicals one then searches for some (residual) particles that may indicate a virus that once existed or may still exist, after which this is designated as ‘evidence’.

Canadian team also received no evidence despite 40 Public Access Law requests

In late December 2020 there was a similar initiative to the one in Germany. A team around Canadian investigative journalist Christine Massey submitted no less than 40 Public Access Law requests to medical authorities worldwide with the simple request for proof that the SARS-CoV-2 virus has been isolated and its existence can therefore be objectively proven. Not one of the agencies and authorities written to was able to provide that evidence.

‘Impossible to demonstrate that SARS-CoV-2 causes a disease called Covid-19’

Dr. Tom Cowan, Dr. Andrew Kaufman and Sally Fallon Morell recently published a statement on “the continuing controversy over whether the SARS-CoV-2 virus is isolated or purified. But based on the official Oxford definition of “isolation” (“the fact or condition of being isolated or secluded, a separation from other things or persons, standing alone”), common sense, the laws of logic and the rules of science dictate that any unbiased person must come to the conclusion that the SARS-CoV-2 virus has never been isolated or purified. As a result, no confirmation of the existence of the virus can be given.’

‘The logical and scientific implications of this fact are that the structure and composition of something whose existence cannot be proven cannot be known, including the presence, structure and function of hypothetical spike or other proteins. The genetic sequence of something that has never been found cannot be known, nor can the “variants” (mutations) of something whose existence has not been demonstrated. It is therefore impossible to show that SARS-CoV-2 causes a disease called Covid-19.’

Combined PCR test for corona and influenza ‘because there’s hardly any difference’

Not surprisingly, the world’s largest biotech company, China’s BGI, recently launched a new PCR test that can simultaneously test for influenza A, B and corona. Apart from the proven fact, acknowledged trough various lawsuits, that a PCR test cannot prove infection with any virus whatsoever, BGI’s explanation that both diseases are so difficult to distinguish from each other and that they have therefore made only one test, says more than enough. Maybe there IS no difference at all, ‘Covid’ is just another name for ‘old familiar’ flu viruses, and this is just another clever marketing trick?

Most people have been fooled by fear propaganda

With worldwide, government-controlled 24/7 fear propaganda by the mass media, most people have come to believe that there is indeed a life-threatening virus that makes people sick much faster and more severely than seasonal flu. However, even the latter is demonstrably not the case. Influenza A has been the leading cause of death from pneumonia in the developed world for years.

But send people designated as severe Covid patients to a few ICU’s, put cameras on them constantly, instruct a few physicians that they should only discuss the worst cases, and you have your “televised pandemic. The argument ‘we are doing it because otherwise care will be overburdened’ was undermined by governments itself some time ago, by rejecting offers of additional ICU beds or staff, because ‘it is not necessary’. (Was this perhaps the first and only time the truth was told?)

Official figures: nothing to worry about (yet it never gets back to normal)

Now that also the official figures show that after the normal traditional flu season nothing is wrong, and according to the EU statistics (EuroMOMO) there is even a significant lower mortality, the society – if it really was about a virus and public health – should immediately go back to normal to start repairing the huge damage caused by government policies.

However, as you know, that will never be done, and that is because this carefully planned pandemic hoax is carrying out an ideological agenda, the World Economic Forum’s ‘Great Reset’, which aims to largely demolish the society and economy of the West, and then subject it to a global technocratic climate-vaccine dictatorship, in which all our freedoms, civil and self-determination rights will be done away with once and for all.

At least that was their plan.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published in Dutch, translated by Great Reject.

Featured image is from Vaccine Injury News

 

Seventeen Covid Pandemic Lies We’ve Been Told

December 10th, 2023 by Richard Gale

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published in October 2023

*** 

Looking back over the past three years and ten months since the outbreak of the SARS-CoV-2 virus in Wuhan, the world has been on a roller coaster ride torn between competing and warring scenarios about what took place, how and why.

For those who promulgated the official narratives composed by the World Health Organization and governmental health ministries, medical dissenters constituted an “infodemic” of misinformation that criticized the institutional authority and scientific evidence embodied in the official policies that were supposed to protect public health.

On the other side of the fence, dissenting medical voices observed a potential “plandemic”—a pre-planned and orchestrated effort to take full advantage of a viral outbreak in order to serve ulterior motives and goals. 

Aside from the “infodemic versus plandemic” debate, what is now certain is that much of what our federal health officials and their mainstream media mouthpieces told us during these three-plus years was patently false and untrue. 

In fact, in retrospect, it was more of stream of ad hoc beliefs and wishful thinking instead of an public health strategy based upon hard scientific facts.

Therefore, we are listing many of the most egregious errors, and more likely intentional lies, that the American people have been indoctrinated into believing with a brief analysis and the evidence to lay these pandemic mythologies to rest.

1. Lockdown of COVID-19 Positive Individuals and Social Distancing Will Curtail the Pandemic

The federal health agencies decision to do a mass domestic lockdown of the nation to curtail the Covid-19 pandemic may be one of the greatest policy disasters in American history. It was not supported by any consensual scientific data, and there was no historical precedent to warrant it.

The lockdown was catastrophic to the economy and small and mid-sized businesses, many which were forced into bankruptcy. By the end of May 2020, 36 million working Americans found themselves unemployed. 

The nation’s mental and physical health plummeted. Even the Great Depression took a couple of years to destroy the nation’s economy to this degree, and not in several months, as did the lockdown. 

Some nations realized early that lockdowns and business and school closures were a foolish policy.  In August 2020, infectious disease expert and medical advisor to the UK government Mark Woolhouse called the British lockdown a “panic measure…. because we couldn’t think of anything better to do.” He correctly predicted that the lockdown would do greater harm than the Covid-19 virus. 

People will be surprised to learn that according to a Ron Paul Institute investigation, the pseudo-science behind the rationale for social distancing originated in 2006 with a 15 year old Albuquerque high school student’s science fair project and the assistance of her father, a government employed scientist.

The computer modeling project was based upon asking the question how might students be prevented from transmitting an infectious disease to each other? Thus arose the hypothesis of social distancing. Somehow, due to the girl’s father’s connections, her project wound up in the US Department of Homeland Security. In 2007, the CDC, under the Bush administration, made social distancing official policy. 

Otherwise, there is absolutely no evidence based science to suggest that either lockdowns or social distancing can have any realistic impact during a pandemic. Government efforts to fund research to legitimize the lockdown policies were debunked as fundamentally flawed by Lund University researchers in Sweden and published in Nature. 

Similarly, a review of lockdown measures taken by ten nations by Stanford University scientists, including signatories of the Great Barrington Declaration and world renowned medical statistician John Ioannidis, concluded that there were no benefits through restrictive lockdown measures, and the populations who were the least restrictive, such as Sweden and South Korea, fared better.

In fact, other consequences of lockdowns can have a far more detrimental impact upon society such as stunted mental development. 

2. Schools Must be Shut Down to Protect Children

One of the most disconcerting consequences of rigid lockdowns and closures was the disruption in children’s education. The rationale for school closures never had a scientific basis and was based upon premature fears.

Outside of the US, early in the pandemic, health officials realized that children were not very susceptible to contracting or spreading SARS-CoV-2 as previously thought. Sweden never locked down schools and there were no spikes in Covid-19 infections among children.

In Canada a team of scientists representing several professional medical institutions monitored children’s capacity to transmit the virus in daycare, in schools, on the playground and other extracurricular activities. The researchers concluded there was no risk to children, nor adult staff, to restrict in-person classes and outdoor activities.

Nor was there ever evidence-based data to support the need to vaccinate children with the mRNA vaccines. A large study analyzing all hospital admissions and Covid-19 deaths across the UK during a twelve month period beginning March 2020, reported only 25 deaths in persons under 18 years of age. 

Half of those had severe comorbidities or disabilities requiring complex healthcare needs such as tube feeding—a rate of 2 per one million youth. This rate is far below children who die annually from regular vaccines on the CDC childhood vaccine schedule.

3. Face Masks Prevent Viral Transmission

Perhaps the most bizarre round of hypocrisy during the early phase of the pandemic was the row of inconsistencies by America’s doctor, Anthony Fauci, regarding the importance of face masks to lessen viral transmission. Appearing early on 60 Minutes, Fauci announced there was “no reason to be walking around with a mask” and it has “unintended consequences.”

This was a truthful statement and there is a large body of peer-reviewed research going back decades that show masks are essentially useless. Yet later in July 2020, he would declare the exact opposite, “We are trying to get people to universally wear masks.” 

His flip-flop was stated in a critical response against prescribing hydroxychloroquine, and to promote masks as an alternative. Later still, Fauci would walk back masks’ preventative benefits, and then yet again restate their efficacy. 

There are over 170 peer-reviewed research studies. There are many reasons for avoiding masks whenever possible. These include viral concentration in nasal passages resulting in viral damage to the olfactory channel and eventually the brain reduction of blood oxygenation; an abnormal increase in CO2 levels (hypercapnia) and, hypoxia-associated headaches.

This poses an especially dangerous risk to cardiac and cancer patients, because cancer cells prefer a low-oxygen environment to proliferate.  Wearing a mask for long periods of time will also increase concentrations of viruses in general, not simply coronavirus; a viral overload may in turn contribute to cytokine storms and trigger serious autoimmune conditions.

4. Everybody’s Life Is Endangered by the SARS-CoV-2 Virus

Although the message to the global community emphasized that everyone’s health was in jeopardy from the SARS-CoV-2 virus, health officials also acknowledged a 99 percent survival rate. Stanford University epidemiologist John Ioannidis calculated that the average mortality rate was 0.07 percent in people under 70 years of age.

In fact, a later study released by the Swiss Policy Institute on Covid-19 lethality, concluded that the median Covid death age is higher than the national life expectancy of most developed nations such as the US, UK, Canada, Australia, and Germany. 

Moreover, the large majority of Covid-related deaths involved at least one prior serious comorbidity. In an Italian study, this was the case for over 99 percent of Covid fatalities. Most cases have been infirm patients in elderly care homes and hospitals. Consequently there was never any exaggerated rate of excess deaths. 

5. The PCR Test Is the Most Accurate Method to Confirm SARS-2-CoV Infections

It is important to note that at the time the PCR test was widely deployed for the identification of the SARS-CoV-2 virus, there had to be a quantified virus isolate upon which to even develop the PCR with a modicum of accuracy. For this reason, the use of PCR to diagnose the Covid virus was awarded an Emergency Use Authorization by the FDA.  

Despite PCR being ruled as the “gold standard” for testing SARS-CoV-2 infections, it was never designed to be a diagnostic tool.  PCR’s inventor, the Nobel Prize laureate Kary Mullis stated “PCR… doesn’t tell you that you are sick, or that the thing that you ended up with was going to hurt you or anything like that.” 

Moreover, PCR has a long history of being unreliable. For example, a Chinese study observed that a single patient could test differently on any given day. Before the roll out of the Covid-19 vaccines, PCR tests were set to high cycle thresholds of between 35-40 cycles.

Some US labs set the cycle at 45, which would assuredly result in a very high rate of false positive results. Even Anthony Fauci is on record admitting that cycles over 35 are “almost never culturable”—in other words, there is insufficient virus present, if any, that can be isolated for culturing. 

It wasn’t until late 2021, long after the PCR served its intended goal to keep the illusion of Covid-19 infectious rates high, that nations began to dump it in preference for more accurate, quick tests.  In fact, relying on PCR as a secondary confirmatory test was dropped as well. 

On December 31, 2021, the CDC came clean and admitted PCR was unable to differentiate between the flu and Covid-19 virus. A study reported in the Physician’s Weekly announced the CDC knew the kits were frequently contaminated and had a serious design error that contributed to false positives. 

Nevertheless, according to the Kaiser Foundation, the PCR tests were a huge financial windfall for healthcare clinics and hospitals. This was despite the test’s complete misuse throughout the first two years of the pandemic, and the astronomical false positives that blew the severity and spread of the virus out of proportion.

There were cheaper and better alternatives such as Abbott’s and Roche’s analyzers that cost no more than $25 per text rather than the average $90 for a flawed PCR. One hospital charged $1,400 per test.  

In summary, the pandemic statistical rates based upon PCR testing were meaningless. There is also a high rate of upwards to 75 percent of Covid positive results which were asymptomatic but nevertheless qualified under WHO guidelines as being “confirmed.” This inevitably reinforced the perception of the SARS-2 virus’ widespread transmission.  

6. COVID-19 Vaccines Require Emergency Use Authorization Because There Are No Effective Drugs Against SARS-2-Cov

Unlike the United States, where we were told there was no effective drug or therapy to successfully treat Covid-19 infections, there was plenty of research and clinical application of available drugs and nutrients being used overseas.

The Western public is barely aware that between late January 2020 and early February, before the WHO official proclaimed a global pandemic, the Chinese government had ordered 50 tons of vitamin C from a Dutch firm and delivered them to Wuhan.

Starting on February 9th, hospitals began aggressive clinical trials with vitamin C. A week later, the Chinese government made vitamin C an official recommendation for treating Covid-19 infections. Other Asian countries, including Japan and South Korea followed suit.  Shortly thereafter, China added hydroxychloroquine to its recommended list of treatments. 

At home, as early as March 2020, there were front line doctors dedicated to finding available drugs with anti-viral properties that might target SARS-2. The government’s recommendations of quarantine and eventual hospitalization showed no signs of success whatsoever and only increased the death rate.

It is therefore no surprise that the United States led the world in the highest Covid-19 death rate per capita. And there were plenty of drug candidates, among them hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) and ivermectin, as well as what the Asian nations were doing with nutrients such as Vitamin C, Vitamin D and zinc. 

There is only one reason for why the federal health agencies refused to acknowledge the repurposing of existing drugs.  If there were an existing drug or protocol to successfully treat Covid-19 infections, the FDA could not give Emergency Use Authorization approval to the mRNA vaccines and expensive design drugs in the pharmaceutical companies’ pipeline. 

7. Quarantining COVID-19 Positive Individuals and Ventilation Are the Only Reliable Therapies

Before the launch of the Covid-19 vaccines at the end of 2020, the federal health officials’ only recommended treatment was quarantining Covid-positive individuals and ventilation if admitted to the hospital with serious infection.

Inova Fairfax Hospital in Virginia published a study in PLoS One in November 2020, and reported “Mortality of patients with Covid-19 requiring invasive mechanical ventilation is high, with particularly daunting mortality seen in patients of advanced age, even in a well-resourced health care system.”

The death rate for patients over 70 years old, who were most susceptible to infection, was 84 percent. In fact, ventilation has never cured any infectious disease. Nevertheless government health agencies, as well as the WHO recommended ventilation as a necessary medical intervention for serious Covid-19 cases, which during the early period of the pandemic was upward to 86 percent of all hospitalized patients.

Despite the growing medical evidence from around the world indicating the high success rate of repurposed drugs, such as hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin, published in scientific journals, the government continued to do nothing to save lives and continued advancing proven ineffective recommendations until a vaccine was available.

Furthermore, long-term ventilation has its own serious side effects including memory loss, muscle weakness and sleeping disorders. After reviewing the literature, the Chief Physician Editor for WebMD estimated that between 40-50 percent of ventilated patients die. 

8. Hydroxychloroquine Is Ineffective and Dangerous

An Emergency Use Authorization cannot be authorized for any product or medical intervention if there is an FDA approved alternative product already available, unless the experimental product clearly shows significant advantages. EUA products also require informed patient consent.

Therefore, Anthony Fauci and other government health officials made it certain that no prior medical products could challenge the Covid-19 vaccines EUA status and assured they would be forced through the regulatory process with limited federal evaluation. 

The only explanation for the federal health agencies’ refusal to recommend hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) for treating Covid-19 patients is intentional malfeasance. In February 2020, the National Health Commission of China included hydroxychloroquine in its guidelines for treating mild, moderate and severe SARS-2 cases with notable success.

Throughout the pandemic, Covid-19 mortality rates in China were far below the United States and most European nations that followed America’s example.  Early in the pandemic, physicians such as the late New York doctor Vladimir Zelenko quickly earned a reputation for successfully treating patients with a combination of HCQ, the antibody azithromycin and zinc, which directly threatened the Fauci formula to do nothing except distance and isolate.

Other physicians including Dr. Paul Marik at Eastern Virginia Medical School and Dr. Pierre Kory likewise adopted HCQ with enormous success. Yet throughout the first years of the pandemic, the mainstream media continued to promulgate Fauci’s do nothing strategy by reminding the public that “months would be needed to find an effective treatment.” 

There was absolutely no reason for the CDC to intentionally ignore and denigrate HCQ.  To date there are over 430 studies evaluating the drug’s efficacy, with the large majority of random controlled trials proving its successful efficacy especially during early treatment with a 72 percent reduction in mortality. 

9. Ivermectin Is Ineffective and Dangerous

Similar to hydroxychloroquine, ivermectin posed a second threat to the Covid-19 vaccines and any future novel anti-Covid drugs. Ivermectin was first introduced to the market in the early 1980s as an anti-parasitic drug.

However, its effectiveness was observed later to possess a broad range of antiviral properties against a variety of RNA viruses such avian influenza, zika, dengue, HIV, West Nile, yellow fever, chikungunya and earlier severe respiratory coronaviruses. 

It has also been found effective against DNA viruses such as herpes, polyomavirus, circovirus-2 and others. By April 2020, there was strong evidence that the drug was capable of killing the SARS-CoV-2 virus in 48 hours.

Therefore, front line clinical physicians naturally wanted to prescribe ivermectin to their patients because quarantine and ventilation were a failure. However, a government public relations campaign led by Anthony Fauci spread fear into the public by spreading false information that the drug was only a veterinarian dewormer medication.

Corporate media consistently repeated the government’s talking point despite ivermectin having one of the longest safety profiles in medical history and having been prescribed to over 3.5 billion people worldwide. Both HCQ and ivermectin are listed on the World Health Organization’s essential drug list.

Ivermectin has an impressive success profile across the entire course of SARS-2 infection: 85 percent improvement as a prophylaxis, 62 percent improvement for early and 41 percent for late treatment.

One hundred seventy-five of 225 ivermectin studies have been peer-reviewed and 99 were clinical trials comparing ivermectin treatment and control groups. Fifty-one studies show that ivermectin lowers overall mortality by an average 55 percent. Twenty-two countries have officially adopted ivermectin for early treatment.

10. Remdesivir Is the Go-To Drug Against COVID-19 Infections

Despite hydroxychloroquine’s and invermectin’s successful therapeutic profiles, and its widespread use without FDA approval for Covid-19, the federal agencies continued to await a novel, designer drug to treat SARS-2 infections.

Gilead’s drug remdesivir received emergency use approval in May 2020 and was officially launched in late October. In the interim, tens of thousands of Americans died who could have been saved with the preexisting medications. Without proper FDA review to evaluate the drug’s safety profile and efficacy, it was touted as the go-to drug to fight Covid-19 infections.  

However, remdesivir’s profile is horrible. Sixty studies have been conducted to determine its efficacy and only 22 are favorable with weak results. Its viral clearance is a poor 10 percent. It is equally poor for late serious treatment (9 percent).

The drug prevents mortality only by 11 percent and has a negative adverse track rate in preventing hospitalization (-5 percent). Moreover, remdemisvir carries a serious warning for acute kidney injury. 

11. The COVID-19 Vaccines Are 95% Effective

When the two vaccine developers, Pfizer and Moderna, made their announcements to the world that their mRNA Covid-19 vaccines were 95 percent effective in protecting people from the SARS-CoV-2 virus and for preventing infection, it was an automatic green light for their rapid launch.

However, the news was based only upon press releases and some study protocols without release of the trials’ full data. As more trial information was released as the vaccination programs were underway, the data showed a completely different picture.

Some of the original trial participants were missing, data that would be expected to appear was missing, observed adverse effects were oddly redefined so as to be ruled coincidental and unrelated to the vaccines, and trials were discontinued before their end dates.

There were also problems with the PCR tests to determine whether or not trial participants were infected or not. One Pfizer document excluded 3,410 “suspected confirmed Covid-19” cases following vaccination. Peter Doshi, then an associate editor at the British Medical Journal conducted a thorough investigation into the companies’ trial data that was publicly available at the time.

He uncovered widespread inconsistencies and protocol deviations. The FDA wanted to keep tens of thousands of Pfizer’s vaccine safety data documents sealed for 75 years; however after considerable pressure from civil and public health groups, a federal court ruled the FDA had eight months to release them. 

After the mass vaccination campaigns were underway, reports challenging the 95 percent efficacy started to regularly appear in the medical literature. First, Johns Hopkins University published a study that the vaccines were less effective in persons with diverse autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis and musculoskeletal diseases.

Soon the vaccines were only 75 percent effective, 60 percent effective and finally only effective for a maximum of 5 months. In early 2022, Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla, who earlier stated 100 percent vaccine efficacy, stated that two shots offered limited protection, “if any”. 

12. The COVID-19 Vaccines Will Protect Recipients from Infection and Transmission

Throughout the course of the Covid-19 vaccination campaigns we were repeatedly told by the White House, Anthony Fauci and other health officials, and the media pundits that it was incumbent for citizens to get vaccinated in order to stop the pandemic.

Only the vaccinated would be protected from infection, not carry the virus and, therefore, would not transmit the virus to others. This message’s rhetoric became fear mongering; it was everyone’s patriotic duty to get vaccinated and those who refused endangered society. 

However, nothing in the message was based upon medical consensus. In fact, by June 2021, it was learned that the federal government didn’t possess sufficient or accurate data to calculate the transmissibility of the virus.

Therefore, federal officials were incapable of predicting a target for vaccine “herd immunity”. In other words, all the targets for the percentage of Americans necessary to protect the population were strictly fictitious. 

During a CNN interview, then CDC director Rochelle Walensky admitted that the vaccines were no longer able to “prevent transmission.” When asked, she also admitted that although an infected person may be asymptomatic, the virus can still be transmitted.

In fact, as time wore on and a greater understanding about the mRNA’s flaws and risks were published, this was all misinformation. During a large outbreak of the Delta variant at an indoor gathering in Provincetown, Massachusetts in July 2021, an overwhelming number of infected cases were fully vaccinated.

Despite all the evidence to the contrary, and as similar outbreaks among fully vaccinated persons continued to multiply, it did not bring an end to virtue signaling and the condemnation of the unvaccinated as enemies to the health of the nation.

13. Natural Immunity Following COVID-19 Infection Is Insufficient

The proponents of the official Covid-19 vaccine narrative want us to believe that natural immunity following infection with any of the virus’ variants is insufficient and not a substitute for not getting vaccinated. If this were true, then this contradicts the evidence of natural immunity’s superiority over vaccine immunity for all other RNA viruses.

Yet there is no convincing evidence to support the official claim.  One large study that analyzed over one million people found natural immunity following a SARS-2 infection offers longer lasting protection than vaccination.

In the same paper, Weill Cornell Medicine found that full vaccination after three doses of both Pfizer’s and Moderna’s mRNA vaccines provided no immunity against the omicron variant.  To the contrary, natural immunity was 97 percent effective against severe Covid-19 after 14 months.

When the FDA approved Pfizer’s BNT162b2 vaccine for emergency use in children between 5 to 11 years of age, a group of professors of medicine and physicians at the University of North Carolina and the North Carolina Department of Health and Human Services published evidence in the New England Journal of Medicine that the vaccine’s effectiveness becomes negative within five months, but also destroys any prior natural immunity the person may have.

In other words, in less than half a year, the vaccinated are more susceptible to Covid-19 infection than the unvaccinated.  This study is especially worrisome. Nevertheless, it was never picked up by the media despite being published in one of the world’s most prestigious medical journals.

14. The COVID-19 Vaccines Are Perfectly Safe and Adverse Effects Such as Myocarditis Are Extremely Rare

Anyone willing to take the time to investigate the medical evidence will quickly realize this false claim that is repeatedly voiced by the CDC and mainstream media and has no supporting evidence whatsoever.

There are now well over 1,000 studies appearing in the medical literature detailing Covid-19 vaccine injuries for 118 different medical conditions.  In particular, the mRNA vaccines target the heart and cardio-vascular system. The most frequently reported adverse event, contributing to the majority of vaccine-induced deaths, are myocarditis-related.

Currently there are at least 228 peer-reviewed papers confirming Covid-19 vaccines inflamed heart muscle resulting in arrhythmias. 

The other most frequent life-threatening vaccine injuries include thrombosis and thromboembolism (150 studies), thrombocytopenia (116 studies), cerebral venous thrombosis (61 studies), vasculitis or inflammation of blood vessels (43 studies), Guillain Barre Syndrome (43 studies), lymphadenopathy or diseased lymph nodes (35 studies), and myopericarditis (21 studies). 

Due to the many sudden deaths associated with heart attacks and strokes following mRNA vaccination that appear on social media and cannot be hidden, myocarditis obviously has gained the greatest attention.

Nevertheless there is an ever-increasing number of case reports of intracerebral hemorrhage, Bell’s Palsy, acute encephalopathy, acute kidney injury, CNS inflammation, autoimmune disorders, cancer, and a variety of reproductive organ, fertility and pregnancy complications that have yet to be studied more thoroughly. 

Finally, a large independent study conducted by the Correlation Research in the Public Interest organization in Canada evaluated the potential number of Covid-19 vaccine-related mortality compared to all cause mortality (ACM) in seventeen nations in the Southern Hemisphere, which included Australia, Brazil, Malaysia, New Zealand, Singapore, which comprise over 9 percent of the world’s population.

The study’s conclusion was that the vaccines contributed to approximately 17 million additional deaths above ACM, and there is no evidence they actually saved lives. 

15. The Vaccines’ mRNA Remains Only at the Site of Inoculation

Health officials, physicians and medical personnel administering the mRNA Covid-19 vaccines tell vaccine recipients that the genetic material coding for the spike protein and encapsulated by the lipid PEG nanoparticle remains only at the muscle location of the inoculation.

In other words, it doesn’t traverse through the body’s other tissues and organs. This may be partially true for traditional vaccines, which rely upon a bacterial or viral component or vector; however this is not the case for the Pfizer and Moderna vaccines that use a nanoparticle, which are capable of diffusing across cell membranes and even the blood-brain barrier. 

This was reported in one of Pfizer’s own studies to observe the vaccine’s toxicological effects in rats. 

In the Pfizer document, after a 48-hour period following injection, the mRNA nanoparticles distribute themselves specifically to the liver, adrenal glands, spleen and reproductive organs, including the ovaries.

Non-specifically, the mRNAs can migrate to the heart, kidney, lung and brain.  It is no different for Moderna’s vaccine. A Moderna study reports, “low levels of mRNA could be detected in all examined tissues except the kidney. This included heart, lung, testis and brain tissues, indicating that the mRNA/LNP crossed the blood brain barrier.”

16. Pregnant Women Should Receive COVID-19 Vaccines

The belief that the Covid-19 vaccines given to pregnant women will protect both the mother and fetus from infection remains unfounded. The only studies making these claims are poorly designed cohort analyses. However, many gynecologists with large patient loads of pregnant women have observed an inordinate rise in the number of miscarriages and anomalies since the mRNA vaccines were launched. 

The most commonly reported pregnancy-related adverse event reported in the government’s VAERS Covid-19 vaccine injury database is spontaneous abortions. 

A separate ratio analysis performed on the VAERS data that compared post-Covid-19 vaccine reports against pre-pandemic flu vaccination found a greater than 100 percent increase in menstrual abnormality, miscarriage, fetal chromosomal abnormalities, fetal cardiac disorders and arrhythmia, placental thrombosis and fetal death/stillbirths during the Covid-19 period. 

A later study by the same authors, suggests there may be as high as a 92 percent chance of a spontaneous abortion before 13 weeks gestation.

Based upon one of Pfizer’s own mRNA vaccine reproduction toxicity studies on pregnant rats, incidences of pregnancy loss doubled following vaccination.  The study also observed that the vaccine’s nanoparticles were distributed to “all tissues in the body.” Unlike the European Union, the FDA has failed to release the study’s full details.

17. Medical Voices Who Dissent from the Official Narrative Are Spreading Misinformation and Should be Censored

As the dissenting voices within the medical community challenging the government’s official pandemic narrative and preventative policies grew, the establishment declared we were in an “infodemic” that threatened global health.

The term appears to have originated from a United Nations communications official, Melissa Fleming, during a podcast aired by the World Economic Forum in November 2020. Also on the broadcast was a former Twitter employee Mark Little, who advocated for a global counter-attack on pandemic dissenters through social media.

The World Economic Forum determined misinformation was a global crisis that required immediate coordinated responses from governments, private industries and civil society groups working together. This is just one among many other initiatives to begin an orchestrated censorship of physicians and other medical professionals who spoke out against government pandemic response policies.

One such effort was a collaborative agreement between the World Health Organization and Wikipedia, according to the New York Times. Shortly after entering the White House, one of Biden’s first initiatives was to recruit the large social media firms, such as Google, Facebook and Twitter “to clamp down on chatter that deviates from officially distributed Covid-19 information.” The primary goal was to silence voices that opposed the vaccines. 

We should be reminded that efforts to curtail, marginalize and condemn dissenting medical practitioners began immediately before and after the Covid-19 vaccine rollouts.

At the outset, it was widely acknowledged that the mRNA vaccines were experimental medical interventions, which were never studied under real life conditions to make any realistic evaluation about their efficacy and safety.

The federal health agencies were determined to have complete ownership over whatever narrative was necessary to meet its vaccination and pandemic policy goals. This required silencing information, even peer-reviewed research that supported the anti-vaccination concerns, by whatever means available. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Richard Gale is the Executive Producer of the Progressive Radio Network and a former Senior Research Analyst in the biotechnology and genomic industries.

Dr. Gary Null is host of the nation’s longest running public radio program on alternative and nutritional health and a multi-award-winning documentary film director, including his recent Last Call to Tomorrow.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Israel-Palestine War: The Big Picture. Peter Koenig

December 9th, 2023 by Peter Koenig

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

This Interview with Mike Adams, Brighteon Broadcast News (BBN) on the Israel-Palestine Conflict and Beyond is followed by a loose transcript of the key points of the interview. 

Some “experts” say with full conviction Hamas is winning this war.

They base it on Hamas having achieved a ceasefire which they consider is already a “win”. And then they said getting Israel to accept a 2-day extension is a further sign of Hamas upper-hand.

That is just wishful thinking. An illusion at best. It would be desirable. But, with Israel’s Defense Forces (IDF) armed to the teeth with western — mostly US — state-of-the-art weapons, plus top secret service advice from Mossad, CIA and UK’s MI6 (Military Intelligence, section six), such ideas are way detached from reality.

Background

First, in this, like in most other wars, there is no winner. There are only losers.

Second, instead of dividing the world in pro or con the one or the other warrying party, the typical “divide to conquer” propaganda, we should all vouch for PEACE.

Having said this, it is undeniable that Palestine has lived through some kind of a “Holocaust” for the last 75 years, since the creation of Israel in 1948 – sponsored by the UK, in connivance with the then brand-new UN, backed by the US.

The UN, created in 1945, had only 51 member countries, and was then already under full control of the “top winner” of WWII, the USA.

The Israeli crackdown on Palestine became even more severe when, on June 5, 1967, Israel launched an attack against Egyptian forces in response to Egypt’s closing of the Suez Canal for Israeli shipping. Jordan and Syria joined the conflict.

By June 11, Israel defeated all three and occupied the Sinai Peninsula, the Gaza Strip, the West Bank, East Jerusalem, and the Golan Heights. The United States pressed for a ceasefire to prevent the risk of a Soviet intervention. See this.

This was the beginning of Palestine’s – especially Gaza’s – colonization.

The next step and further repression of Palestine followed the Yom Kippur War in October 1973 – against Egypt and Syria. It lasted a mere 20 days.

From then forward, the oppression mounted year by year to the point where in January 2006, Hamas won democratic elections in Palestine with 74 of the 132 seats, while Fatah, the then ruling party trailed with 45.

Fatah was the former Palestine Liberation Movement founded and led by Yasser Arafat until his death (by poisoning) in 2004.

When in 2007 Hamas also took over the reins in Gaza, Israel no longer adhered to the earlier agreed ever shakier ceasefire.

Israel then closed the border to Gaza, making Gaza the world’s largest open prison with then close to 2 million inhabitants which grew by 2023 to about 2.3 million.

Up to today, for the last almost 17 years, the border has remained hermetically sealed, surveilled electronically and by hundreds of border guards. Some Israeli guards say that not even a rat could escape undetected.

Living in Gaza was and is hell.

Gaza was and is fully occupied by Israeli military, the people harassed on a daily basis – and as we know, shot often point blank, for no reason. See video below.

This was the situation up to October 7, 2023. Since then, Gaza has been bombed to ashes and almost erased from the map. Close to 2 million people are homeless and, on the move, starving, no clean water, no electricity, no fuel, no means of communication, destroyed infrastructure, hospitals, schools. IDF has either all destroyed or blocked access to vital means of surviving.

There are no words to describe the misery in Gaza.

*

Hamas was created in 1987 by Israel and the US – Ron Paul just recently testified to this effect in the US Congress when he said, “after all we created Hamas and now, we have to get rid of them…”

See below and listen to the end, Rep. Ron Paul (Tx) also reveals openly that the US has recruited and supported Osama Bin Laden and created Al-Qaeda.

Hamas is the Arabic abbreviation for “Islamic Resistance Movement”; Hamas gave the impetus to and led the first Palestine Intifada (“civil uprising”) in 1987, after Israel killed four Palestinians driving to work in a provoked car accident… or so the story goes.

*

Direction and Purpose of the War

These developments, however, point to a much larger story – to a plan that has been in the making for at least the last 50 to 70 years.

The Three Point Plan that serves the West is part of the Great Reset and Agenda 2030 playbook – and is supposed to lead to the “promised” One World Government run by what might be called the Financial-Military-IT-Media and Pharma (FMIMP) Complex.

From the very beginning, the Zionists behind Israel wanted to dominate not only what they called the ancient homeland, Palestine – which, as Israeli homeland, is historically highly questionable.

Some 3,000 years ago on that greater land of Palestine which also included today’s Jordan – Arabs and (few) Jews lived peacefully together. They lived together in peace and harmony for about 1,600 years when Islam was born in about 610 AD.

Even after this date Israelis and Arabs still lived together for another about 1,400 years in peace, until 1948, when Israel was born. That is when the Zionist-Arab conflict started and was driven by worldwide Zionism and by all those who defended Zionism, including Evangelists.

Zionists have infiltrated western governments, from the United States, Europe to the UK’s Commonwealth States and beyond.

*

Let us start with the first of the Three Points mentioned earlier.

Since the Old Testament, Jews were the “Chosen People” who will eventually live in their “Promised Land” to become Israel.  

The Zionist concept of the Chosen People was always intent to expand their territory – Palestine – to “Greater Israel”.

Greater Israel Map

Source: Adda247

Greater Israel – in the planning since the ’60s, and definitely after the Yom Kippur War – would stretch east to comprise parts of Saudi Arabia, Syria, Iraq and, of course Jordan (see map above). This might constitute 30% to 50% of what is today’s Middle East.

As such it would make Israel the owner of a good third (or more) of the world’s hydrocarbon resources, mainly oil and gas. The West needs these resources for economic development – to be able to further sanction Russia and to make sure the New World Order is controlled by the West.

As a parenthesis, the Russian central bank forecasts the 2023 current account surplus at $26 billion; whereas the US national debt is projected for 2023 and more than US$ 33 trillion – as compared to the US GDP of projected US$ 26.5 trillion – a debt-GDP ratio of 124%.

Looking at the real US debt, namely Unfunded Liabilities, they stand at 259 trillion, almost 10-times US GDP. See the US-deb clock for more details.

*

With a planned (though, far from realized) larger, energy resources-rich Israel, the symbiotic relationship between Israel and the West, mainly the US and its western puppets, the European Union, would grow even stronger.

The Second Point is with focus on Gaza.

It is the discovery in 1999 by British Gas (BG) of at least a trillion cubic feet of gas [about 300 billion cubic meters] off-shore of Gaza.

With the Gaza population pushed into Egypt’s Sinai desert where Egypt, in agreement with Israel, has already built a huge tent city – and from where Palestinians would never be allowed to return to their home land, Israel would simply and undisturbed confiscate these Gaza gas fields.

The existence of huge gas deposits was known before 1999. Indications are that the quantities are much larger than a trillion cubic feet. But talking about suspected much larger deposits now would be strategically unwise.

Adding the Gaza gas to the hydrocarbon resources of a Greater Israel would make Israel an even bigger player in the world arena of energy supplier, possibly one of the three largest (Venezuela, Russia, Israel) — sort of really the “Chosen People”.

And the Third Point, not to be neglected, is since the early 1970’s the planned Ben Gurion Canal. It would lead from the Mediterranean Sea either through current Gaza or just outside of Gaza, through Israel / Palestine to the Red Sea. It would be about three-times as long as the Egyptian Suez Canal, competing with the Suez Canal, and be entirely under Western control.

It would be crucial for the presumably undisturbed transport of the Gaza gas and other Western goods, to Asian and Global South markets.

*

The Big Picture

Frankly, chances that this monster plan of a Greater Israel, with the ensuing wars and conflicts will be realized are almost nil, as We, the People, are waking up and can stop the growing tyranny in its tracks.

We may not yet have the masses we would like to see, but dynamics never work out as we, the People foresee them, but rather with a quantum spin which we do not quite comprehend yet – but which eventually will lead to justice.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for online journals and is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image: A view from the area after Israeli airstrikes on Jabalia refugee camp in northern Gaza, on October 31, 2023. [Stringer – Anadolu Agency]

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on November 8, 2023

***

 

Nov. 4, 2023 – Davie, FL – 14 year old Knox MacEwen is a Western High School Air Force Junior ROTC (Junior Reserve Officers’ Training Corps) student. On Nov. 4 he was running at a Army Junior ROTC exercise when he suffered a cardiac arrest during a 5K run and died in the hospital. His mother is recovering from a hard fought battle with cancer this past year.

Nov.4, 2023 (Photo above) – Davie, FL – 14 year old Knox MacEwen is a Western High School Air Force Junior ROTC (Junior Reserve Officers’ Training Corps) student. On Nov.4 he was running at a Army Junior ROTC exercise when he suffered a cardiac arrest during a 5K run and died in the hospital. His mother is recovering from a hard fought battle with cancer this past year.

Oct.30, 2023 – Ridgefield, CT – A Ridgefield High School student has died early morning on Oct.30, 2023. Name not released

Oct.23, 2023 – Memphis, TN – 14 year old Kingston Davidson was in class when he “fell ill”, had a cardiac arrest and died suddenly.

Oct.18, 2023 – Putnam County, WV – 9 year old Gryffin Cavender, 3rd grader at Scott Teays Elementary School, was in gym class when he went into cardiac arrest on Oct.18, 2023

Oct.14, 2023 – Grayslake, IL – School bus driver Beverly Raddatz was waiting for a local high school soccer team to board her bus for a Saturday game. Just before boarding, one of the student athletes collapsed and went into cardiac arrest.

Oct.13, 2023 – 16 year old Angel Hernandez, sophomore at Chisholm Trail High School completed a 5km run at a district track event in Tarrant County on Oct.13, but quickly collapsed after crossing the finish line and died an hour later.

Oct.10, 2023 – CT – 15 year old Elijah-Jay Mariano Rivera lost consciousness at football practice and died suddenly on Oct.10, 2023

Oct.2, 2023 – Savannah, GA – 15 year old Keshaun Allen suffered a medical emergency during a football game and died suddenly on Oct.2, 2023

Sep.29, 2023 – Ohio – 17 year old Breanne McKeandied suddenly during homecoming festivities Sep.29, 2023 “after collapsing at Mapleton High School football field with medical emergency, where she was part of the homecoming court”

Sep.22, 2023 – Tracy, CA – 13 year old Heather Freligh was taking a test when she slumped over her desk and collapsed on the floor with cardiac arrest.

Sep.22, 2023 – Greeneville, TN – 12 year old KadenGunter, football player at Greeneville Middle school collapsed during football practice with a “cardiac emergency” and died suddenly on Sep.22, 2023

Image

DEATHS WHILE GETTING READY TO GO TO SCHOOL:

Oct.11, 2023 – Texas – 12 year old Isabelle Marie Herrera died suddenly on Oct.11, 2023. “Isabelle got her vaccine today! So proud of her!” “My sweet precious Isabelle passed away this morning”. Isabelle’s mom found her unresponsive while getting ready for a normal school day, she died in Cook Children’s Hospital.

Image

Oct.4, 2023 – 15 year old C’Anna Ramirez, student at East Providence High School, died suddenly in her sleep prior to the start of classes on the morning of Oct.4, 2023.

SPECIAL MENTION: (mRNA status uncertain)

Oct.15, 2023 – DeBary, FL – 8 year old Stella Quinn DuPont was at SeaWorld with her family when she suddenly collapsed and went into cardiac arrest on Oct.15. She was found to have “spontaneous bleeding near brain stem” and died on Oct.17, 2023.

Image

My Take…

I didn’t want to have to do another one of these again so soon.

11 Children (ages 9-19) had cardiac arrests at US schools in the past month, 2 more had cardiac arrests while getting ready for school

Look at what is now being offered at some schools:

Image

CONCLUSION:

Remember, 1:30 children may have subclinical myocarditis from one COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine (which increases their risk of cardiac arrest):

Study #1 – Thailand study (2022, Mansanguan) 202 boys ages 13-18, from two different schools, 7 of them developed subclinical myo/pericarditis after 2nd Pfizer COVID-19 mRNA dose. That’s 1 in 30 per Pfizer dose.

Study #2 – Swiss Study (2023, Muller) – 777 healthcare workers had Moderna COVID-19 mRNA booster shot, 22 had evidence of myocardial injury (22/777 = 1 in 35 per Moderna dose)

Parents should get their COVID-19 mRNA Vaccinated children out of all sports until they can have thorough cardiac screening done.

 ****

Oct. 30, 2023 – Ridgefield, CT – A Ridgefield High School student has died early morning on Oct. 30, 2023. Name not released

Oct. 23, 2023 – Memphis, TN – 14 year old Kingston Davidson was in class when he “fell ill”, had a cardiac arrest and died suddenly.

Oct. 18, 2023 – Putnam County, WV – 9 year old Gryffin Cavender, 3rd grader at Scott Teays Elementary School, was in gym class when he went into cardiac arrest on Oct. 18, 2023

Oct. 14, 2023 – Grayslake, IL – School bus driver Beverly Raddatz was waiting for a local high school soccer team to board her bus for a Saturday game. Just before boarding, one of the student athletes collapsed and went into cardiac arrest.

Oct. 13, 2023 – 16 year old Angel Hernandez, sophomore at Chisholm Trail High School completed a 5km run at a district track event in Tarrant County on Oct.13, but quickly collapsed after crossing the finish line and died an hour later.

Oct. 10, 2023 – CT – 15 year old Elijah-Jay Mariano Rivera lost consciousness at football practice and died suddenly on Oct. 10, 2023

Oct. 2, 2023 – Savannah, GA – 15 year old Keshaun Allen suffered a medical emergency during a football game and died suddenly on Oct. 2, 2023

Sep. 29, 2023 – Ohio – 17 year old Breanne McKean died suddenly during homecoming festivities Sep. 29, 2023 “after collapsing at Mapleton High School football field with medical emergency, where she was part of the homecoming court”

Sep. 22, 2023 – Tracy, CA – 13 year old Heather Freligh was taking a test when she slumped over her desk and collapsed on the floor with cardiac arrest.

Sep. 22, 2023 – Greeneville, TN – 12 year old Kaden Gunter, football player at Greeneville Middle school collapsed during football practice with a “cardiac emergency” and died suddenly on Sep. 22, 2023

Deaths while getting ready to go to school:

Oct. 11, 2023 – Texas – 12 year old Isabelle Marie Herrera died suddenly on Oct. 11, 2023. “Isabelle got her vaccine today! So proud of her!” “My sweet precious Isabelle passed away this morning”. Isabelle’s mom found her unresponsive while getting ready for a normal school day, she died in Cook Children’s Hospital.

Oct. 4, 2023 – 15 year old C’Anna Ramirez, student at East Providence High School, died suddenly in her sleep prior to the start of classes on the morning of Oct. 4, 2023.

SPECIAL MENTION: (mRNA status uncertain)

Oct. 15, 2023 – DeBary, FL – 8 year old Stella Quinn DuPont was at SeaWorld with her family when she suddenly collapsed and went into cardiac arrest on Oct. 15. She was found to have “spontaneous bleeding near brain stem” and died on Oct. 17, 2023.

My Take…

I didn’t want to have to do another one of these again so soon.

11 Children (ages 9-19) had cardiac arrests at US schools in the past month, 2 more had cardiac arrests while getting ready for school

Look at what is now being offered at some schools:

Conclusion

Remember, 1:30 children may have subclinical myocarditis from one COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine (which increases their risk of cardiac arrest):

Study #1 – Thailand study (2022, Mansanguan) 202 boys ages 13-18, from two different schools, 7 of them developed subclinical myo/pericarditis after 2nd Pfizer COVID-19 mRNA dose. That’s 1 in 30 per Pfizer dose.

Study #2 – Swiss Study (2023, Muller) – 777 healthcare workers had Moderna COVID-19 mRNA booster shot, 22 had evidence of myocardial injury (22/777 = 1 in 35 per Moderna dose)

Parents should get their COVID-19 mRNA Vaccinated children out of all sports until they can have thorough cardiac screening done.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from COVID Intel


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The German newspaper “Handelsblatt” reported on October 2nd that the mRNA COVID “vaccine” was awarded the Nobel Prize in Medicine in order to convince reluctant people to undergo this experimental gene therapy treatment, which I call “spiking” for short.

I derive the term from the fact that the mRNA components code for the coronary spike protein. In my new book, The Indoctrinated Brain, to be published December 12 2023, I show that the recently awarded Nobel Prize for “spiking” is a neuropathological attack on our autobiographical memory (the hippocampus). The injections have dramatic consequences, not only for the cardiovascular system, as is now well documented. In particular, rational thinking, psychological resilience, and natural human curiosity have been shown to be severely impaired.

Coronavirus spikes are produced in high numbers after COVID vaccination and have dramatic consequences on the neurological system

In the article “SARS-CoV-2 spike protein induces TLR4-mediated long-term cognitive dysfunction recapitulating post-COVID-19 syndrome in mice” Brazilian researchers outline the spike protein’s role in causing prolonged hippocampal damage. This sheds light on “Long COVID” and post-vaccination issues, which I collectively term “Post-Spike Syndrome” or “Spikeopathy.” This draws parallels to lobotomy.

The Parallels to a Lobotomy 

Spiking effectively cuts off the frontal brain from its mental energy source in the hippocampus, which is essential for critical thinking. This effect has far-reaching consequences, and I want to make them abundantly clear to you. In 2023, for the second time, a Nobel Prize was awarded to a treatment method involving permanent personality change. The first similar case occurred about a generation ago, when Portuguese neurologist António E. Moniz (1874-1955) won the Nobel Prize in Medicine in 1949 for

“the discovery of the therapeutic value of prefrontal leukotomy in certain psychoses.”

Prefrontal leukotomy, which involves severing fiber connections in the central nervous system, is a synonym for lobotomy.

The psychosurgical procedure known as lobotomy has created individuals with robotic qualities and controllable behaviour.

A Fateful Nobel Prize

Soon after, tens of thousands of people began to undergo lobotomy each year instead of thousands. The Nobel Committee’s decision to award Walter Freeman had unforeseen consequences. Freeman himself later admitted that the procedure’s effects were not adequately recognized as they were both downplayed and shocking. In addition, Freeman played a significant role in the industrialization of the controversial ice-pick procedure. According to Freeman, the psychosurgical operation’s terrible secret of success lies in “crushing the imagination, blunting emotions, destroying abstract thought, and creating a robot-like, controllable individual” (source: PubMed). In my book, I demonstrate that this description also pertains to numerous aspects and effects of spikeopathy.

Advertising “Psychosurgical Intervention” 

So now, the Nobel Prize in Medicine awarding institution hopes that the prize will increase the confidence of those hesitant about the Corona vaccines and ultimately increase the number of people undergoing a personality-altering “psychosurgical procedure,” just as before. This time, the process is genetically engineered and therefore more subtle, but no less fatal, especially considering its global reach.

As a final quote from my book:

It is imperative to convey that we’re all facing the grave and imminent danger of living under totalitarian conditions after the [Great Reset] is completed, or being ruled by humans and their machine and digital henchmen who have literally stepped over corpses and will most likely continue to do so to gain or retain power.

Assuming that each individual [conscious mind] can inform or convince merely one or two other people in his or her own environment, the tide is shifting rapidly in our favor.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Michael Nehls.

Featured image is from FiercePharma

The Genocidal State of Israel. Let It Happen or Make It Happen?

December 9th, 2023 by Prof. Anthony J. Hall

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Read Parts I and II:

The Genocidal State of Israel

By Prof. Anthony J. Hall, December 01, 2023

The Genocidal State of Israel. Netanyahu’s Machinations Are Coming Undone in the Midst of a Monumental Global Re-Alignment

By Prof. Anthony J. Hall, December 02, 2023


There are many facets of the obfuscation and uncertainty surrounding the events of October 7 that are quite similar to those permeating the events of 9/11. As with 9/11, the uncertainties involving the real story of October 7 provided no hindrance to immediately setting in motion a ruthless campaign of lethal military attacks on an entrapped and mostly defenceless civilian population.

After September 11, 2001, US troops were invading Afghanistan with boots on the ground within a matter of a few days. In the cases generated by the way the events of October 7 and 9/11 were reported with contrived propaganda on steroids, both the US and Israeli governments immediately engaged in drastic actions without any formal investigation whatsoever.

Thus the course of history was altered in ways that advanced the pre-existing agendas of the very powerful individuals, groups and interests claiming victimhood status. The propensity in such cases show very clear signs of deception from within. The gutter press— aka the legacy media— goes to work on fraud-infested trials by media, pre-empting any objective assessment by third-party adjudicators.

As with 9/11, the investigations into the events of October 7 that may eventually take place will most likely prove to be nothing more than a power-serving ritual. Most likely the process will end, if it takes place at all, with a conclusion that all the internal contractions between the official narrative and the evidence can be explained away with the turn of a simple phrase—“intelligence failure.”

See this.

Many reason that, at the very least, the actual evidence rather than the language of media spin points to the conclusion that key branches of the Israeli government, adopted a “let it happen” approach. Some go further. They see indications that a “make it happen” scenario is underway. Based on a survey of the existing evidence, Prof. Chossudovsky arrived at the following conclusion on Oct. 13,

Everything Points to Massive Fraud and Criminality by Netanyhu and his IDF-Mossad apparatus.

It is a criminal “False Flag” operation against Israeli civilians engineered by the Netanyahu government, which controls Hamas.

It is “A False Flag” which has resulted in the deaths of countless Israeli civilians, which in turn has provided a justification “on fake humanitarian grounds” to Netanyahu’s criminal IDF military “revenge” against 2.3 million Gaza civilians.

It is a War against Palestinians and Israelis. 

And the international community applauds.

See this.

Controlling the Narrative; Deceiving the Public

In mounting the Iron Swords military campaign of collective punishment against Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank, Netanyahu has acknowledged that there are many aspects of the events of October 7 which rightfully arouse suspicions that should be investigated. He indicated that an Israeli investigation, one that should include his own testimony, will have to take place at some unspecified time in the future.

So an increasingly familiar pattern is re-enacted: act first, pretend to figure out what really happened later. Almost inevitably in a sensitive case like this one, the most probable judgment will evade the main issues by declaring an “intelligence failure.” Nobody, except possibly some sacrificial patsy far down the chain of command, will be blamed and held to account.

When seen in the light of recent history, Netanyahu’s possible willingness to sacrifice the lives of his own Israeli citizens in order to advance his personal political goals as well as those of the lobbies he serves, is far from surprising. As with the 9/11 Deception, Netanyahu was an integral figure in the manufactured COVID crisis.

This invented pandemic kicked off an expanding sequence of murder and mayhem that continues to mushroom in ways that serve a very sinister global power grab. The enormous but still-largely-uninvestigated dimensions of the invented worldwide pandemic, creates the context for the accelerating campaign of depopulation, economic sabotage, and enfeeblement including through war and genocide. See this.

A horrific precedent was set by the propensity of many governments to force on their citizens a mandatory injected bioweapon that killed and injured a significant portion of the recipients without any identifiable benefits whatsoever. See this.

Gradually the concept of shrinking the global population through lethal interventions on the part of state agencies, is coming to seem acceptable to some. As I wrote in a prior Substack blog, a “death cult” is developing in popular culture. This development is reflected, perhaps, in the ready embrace, especially by some Jews and large masses of Christian Zionists, of the cold blooded mass murder of Palestinian People.

This worldwide pattern was especially marked in Israel where Prime Minister Netanyahu agreed in a contract with Pfizer Corp. to transform his population into test tube specimens for numerous unregulated experiments on human subjects in ways that are outlawed by the Nuremberg Code. The failure of Israeli officials to pay heed to the main international instrument laying out explicit legal requirement for experiments on human subjects, is even more shocking than the same neglect demonstrated by most medical professionals worldwide.

If even officials in the Jewish state of Israel could be so flippant about disregarding the applicability of the Nuremberg Code, what does it say about their attitude towards the genocidal events said to give rise to the Nuremberg proceedings including the famous Doctors’ Trial. As in many countries, large numbers of Israelis met and continue to meet premature deaths and illnesses as a results of the mass injections done by the Netanyahu government in a unique partnership with the criminal corporation, Pfizer.

The obstacles are usually daunting when it comes to investigating the crimes overseen by certain people when those same people control the mechanisms of criminal investigations, prosecutions and trials. The same conundrums are especially pertinent when it comes to the international crime of genocide.

Most often, the implementation of genocide is directed by powerful groups with much capacity in their home governments to limit investigations and prosecutions of crimes involving circumstances in which they are implicated. The same is true when it comes to investigating the possible October 7 crimes perpetrated in high places.

What can be expected from investigators when those doing the investigation are themselves deeply implicated in the wrongdoing they are investigating? The conflict of interest inherent in such cases is enormous. The remedy is supposed to be international criminal law conducted in courts not subject to the direct control of the nation states and those that dominate them

The United Nations’ Genocide Convention was supposed to set precedents for the broader enforcement of international criminal law. As indicated by the United Nations Office on Genocide Prevention and the Responsibility,

The Genocide Convention was the first human rights treaty adopted by the General Assembly of the United Nations on 9 December 1948 and signified the international community’s commitment to ‘never again’ after the atrocities committed during the Second World War. Its adoption marked a crucial step towards the development of international human rights and international criminal law as we know it today. 

But where is there any sign of even of the existence of a UN Office for the Prevention of Genocide, let alone a willingness on the part of its members to take action during this unprecedented moment? Where are these so-called genocide preventers hiding?

Why even have such an Office or, for that matter, have the UN itself, given the degraded nature of the institution? Why is there so much difference between the zeal of the UN in 2020 to lock down our economies globally in the name of fighting COVID and then to disregard the Israeli-US genocide being pressed forward in Gaza?

Billions of people around the world are being shown in living colour on their devices, the mechanics of industrial-scale mass murder. The undeniable evidence has been right in our faces day after day for many weeks. Officials in Israel are actually openly boasting about their present and future acumen as expert genocidaires.

The pictures of mass murder on our devices come complete with the most detailed coverage ever presented on a particularly obscene instance of genocide. It is true that much of the coverage is very biased, but not all of it. However much of the most authentic coverage from reliable sources is coming at a very high cost.

According to Nasser Abu Bakr, head of the Palestinian Journalists Syndicate, his colleagues are being targeted for assassination one-by-one in rapid succession by the Israeli government. He indicates, “our journalists have always been a target for the Israeli military, but Israel moved from killing [an average of] one Palestinian journalist a year before October 7 to killing over one a day.”

See this.

It seems Aljazeera, the site of much deep and important coverage of the Gaza Massacre, has become a particular target of the IDF’s strategy of information management through targeted murder of journalists. The home of Aljazeera’s Gaza Bureau, Wael Al-Dahdouh, was hit with a targeted Israeli bomb. Al-Dahdouh’s wife, son, daughter and grandson were killed.

Christiane Amanpour highlighted the extent of the violent reprisal imposed on her Aljazeera colleague. She continues by broadcasting an alert calling attention to the lethal perils visited on too many journalists covering the Israeli assault on Palestinians.

One such peril was manifest in the bombing attack in 2021 on the Gaza offices of Aljazeera and the Associated Press during one of the Israeli government’s periodic invasions which are frequently described in Israel as “mowing the grass.” The next year, 2022, saw an IDF member purposely shoot and kill Shireen Abu Akleh when she was doing her journalistic duty covering an Israel military unit on a mission in Jenin on the West Bank. Abu Akleh was the pioneer of an intimate style of broadcasting that continues to animate much of Aljazeer’s coverage.

An Almost Perfect Case to Prosecute Violators of the Genocide Convention and to Enforce Appropriate Punishments on Convicted Culprits? 

The former UK Ambassador and renowned human rights activist, Craig Murray, is helping give form to a movement that seeks to place the UN’s Genocide Convention in the mix of possible remedies to be applied in coming to some reckoning with the overlap that imposes Israel over Palestine. Significantly, at this moment the population sizes of both groups are equal, about 7 million on each side. Murray writes,

“There is no doubt that Israel’s actions amount to genocide. Numerous international law experts have said so and genocidal intent has been directly expressed by numerous Israeli ministers, generals and public officials.”

Even the Children’s Choir singing an ode to the Israeli intent to “annihilate” Palestinian “swastika-bearers,” adds to the weight of evidence that the goal of Operation Iron Swords is to not to “defeat Hamas” but to press full-fledged genocide on the targeted population.

Often in the course of genocide proceedings, the hardest thing to prove beyond a reasonable doubt, is the element of intent.

What were the intentions of the accused in taking action? In this case the issue of the intention of the perpetrators is pretty much already a settled question. The larger question, however, remains. What are the major powers prepared to do about this genocide happening in Gaza and the West Bank? Will the powers of the UN Office of Genocide Prevention be set in motion by UN members pushing the system into operational mode?

What precisely is genocide and where did the word and the conceptions it invokes come from?

The term genocide was invented at the end of WWII by lawyer Raphael Lemkin. A Polish Jew, Lemkin had observed close up in Europe the behaviour of the German government until 1941. Lemkin studied particularly the actions of German social engineers that worked, he said, on building up kindred Germanic groups and stifling the viability of unfavoured groups especially in Eastern Europe. Lemkin seemed drawn especially to the investigation of an array of tactics often involving repressions of unwanted cultures through means like the closing down of national theatres, museums, archives, libraries and schools.

The circumstances, Lemkin decided, required the introduction of some new legal terminology. At the core of his new lexicon was the term “genocide.” He introduced the term in 1944 in his new book, Axis Rule in Occupied Europe. See this.

In 1941 Lemkin escaped Europe to travel via the Pacific Ocean to New York. There he found powerful patrons, probably Zionists, able to create a comfortable place for him in the technocracy of the newly-created United Nations. In that capacity Lemkin worked with officials from a number of UN member states to come up with a new Convention on the Prevention and Prohibition of Genocide.

The Convention that was ratified in the UN General Assembly in 1948. It was streamlined down from Lemkin’s original conception. The government of countries like Canada that were peopled largely by immigrants and their descendants who had overwhelmed the Indigenous peoples, tried to whittle down the definition of genocide. They did not want find themselves in international court defending themselves from allegations that their countries had committed the international crime of genocide.

Many Indigenous peoples around the world would in the years to come seize on the Genocide Convention as a means of attempting some reckoning with their history of subjugation and dispossession. What makes the case of the indigenous Palestinians particularly compelling, however, is that they are presently facing the most violent and concerted military assault in history to remove a large Native society from their ancestral lands. The current genocidal onslaught makes the Palestinians generally, not just Hamas, the collective targets of modern-day genocidal campaign initiated and continued by the government of Israel without respite since 1948. See this.

The United States held back from joining the Genocide Convention until 1988. The US government waited until the Cold War was winding down to make this move. Generally speaking, the US government has held back from subjugating their country to all forms of UN jurisdiction until the Biden administration embraced the WHO’s fabrications as an integral part to the manufactured COVID crisis.

Section 2 of the Convention says,

Article II
In the present Convention, genocide means any of the following acts committed with intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnical, racial or religious group, as such:
(a) Killing members of the group;
(b) Causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of the group;
(c) Deliberately inflicting on the group conditions of life calculated to bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part;
(d) Imposing measures intended to prevent births within the group;
(e) Forcibly transferring children of the group to another group

Many experts in law and other fields agree that military campaign that the Israeli government with US backing has initiated in Gaza after October 7, fits to a tee every definition of genocide in the Genocide Convention except item (e). See this and this.

Two Articles of the Genocide Convention following Article II are especially interesting. These articles have large implications for the present fiasco wherein so many governments and corporations have lined up as Israel’s backers, suppliers, spin doctors, publicists and such. How many of them are “complicit” with genocide?

Article III
The following acts shall be punishable:
(a) Genocide;
(b) Conspiracy to commit genocide;
(c) Direct and public incitement to commit genocide;
(d) Attempt to commit genocide;
(e) Complicity in genocide.

Article IV
Persons committing genocide or any of the other acts enumerated in article III shall be punished, whether they are constitutionally responsible rulers, public officials or private individuals.

If there was to be a formal allegation of genocide coming from even one ICJ member country, the process of arbitration would be shared by two courts, both based in the Hague. One is the International Court of Justice and the other is the International Criminal Court. The job of the ICJ would be to decide if genocide was, or is, taking place and the ICC would decide what governments, institutions and individuals would be charged.

With the experience of a seasoned British diplomat behind him, Craig Murray describes the implications of what would follow from the ICJ’s determination of guilt, a ruling he finds quite likely under this particular set of circumstances. His well considered assessment is worthy of a lengthy citation. He writes,

“There is, at the very least, a strong prima facie case that the actions of the United States and United Kingdom and others, in openly providing direct military support to be used in genocide, are complicit in genocide. The point of Article IV is that individuals are responsible, not just states. So Netanyahu, Biden and Sunak bear individual responsibility. So, indeed, do all those who have been calling for the destruction of the Palestinians.

It is very definitely worth activating the Genocide Convention. A judgement of the International Court of Justice that Israel is guilty of genocide would have an extraordinary diplomatic effect and would cause domestic difficulties in the UK and even in the US in continuing to subsidize and arm Israel. The International Court of Justice is the most respected of international institutions; while the United States has repudiated its compulsory jurisdiction, the United Kingdom has not and the EU positively accepts it.

If the International Court of Justice makes a determination of genocide, then the International Criminal Court does not have to determine that genocide has happened. This is important because unlike the august and independent ICJ, the ICC is very much a western government puppet institution which will wiggle out of action if it can. But a determination of the ICJ of genocide and of complicity in genocide would reduce the ICC’s task to determining which individuals bear the responsibility. That is a prospect which can indeed alter the calculations of politicians.

It is also the fact that a reference for genocide would force the western media to address the issue and use the term, rather than just pump out propaganda about Hamas fighting bases in hospitals. Furthermore a judgement from the ICJ would automatically trigger a reference to the United Nations General Assembly – crucially not to the western-vetoed Security Council.”

Why is it that none of the states that are members of the ICJ and the UN have not yet come forward to make the complaint that genocide is taking place in Gaza and the West Bank? Why do not, say, the government of Iran or Russia or South Africa or Bolivia or Jordan or Qatar or Venezuela or some combination, step up to the witness stand to officially articulate the obvious?

One of the 149 “states” with standing at the ICJ and at the UN to make the accusation of genocide, is Palestine. As it presently stands, that complaint would have to come not from Hamas but from the leader of the Palestinian Authority, a secular organization that does not share the Islamic personality of Hamas.

Mahmoud Abbas is the leader of the Palestinian Authority. Abbas used to be known as Abu Mezan. Apparently under pressure from the United States, Yasser Arafat appointed Abbas to take over Fatah which joined the PLO after the Six Day War in 1967.

Of the longtime leader of the Palestinian Authority, Murray writes, “Abbas seems extraordinarily passive, and the suspicion that he is more concerned with refighting the Palestinian civil war than with resisting the genocide is impossible to shake. By invoking the Genocide Convention he could put himself and Fatah back at the centre of the narrative. But he does nothing.” See this.

Abbas seems to be some sort of personification of the colonialism’s comprador class. Members of this collaborator class derive wealth along with some infamy from assisting the ruling group to impose its will on subject people. This role is associated with many stigmatizing terms such as Uncle Toms, double agents, Malinches, or quislings. One website known as “Sins of the Palestinian Authority” asserts, “The Palestinian Authority today has the largest per-capita police force in the world. And yet, it uses this force to safeguard Israel’s security instead of safeguarding the Palestinian resistance to Israel’s apartheid and occupation.” See this.

It seems this problem with Abbas and the Palestinian organization he supposedly runs poses a definite problem that the Palestinian people who will have to work out for themselves if they are to seize the moment and elevate the possibility of future negotiations beyond an opening round of exchanging hostages for prisoners.

Only Victors’ Justice

Craig Murray makes it seem that the the system of international law, but especially the ICJ, is viable. I for one would like to share his optimism tempered with a smidgeon of pragmatic realism.

That pragmatism motivates me to point out that the system of international criminal law has not to this day ever significantly transcended a pattern where it is only those on the defeated side of international conflicts that face serious prosecutions and trials.

The pattern is very clear with the legal procedures imposed on the defeated side in the tribunals created at Nuremberg and at Tokyo after the Second World War. The crimes never came up of those who fire bombed Dresden, carpet bombed Tokyo, starved hundreds of thousands of German prisoners of war after WWII, or nuked Hiroshima or Nagasaki. This list is far from complete.

This same pattern was on ostentatious display with the trials of Iraq’s Saddam Hussein or Serbia’s Slobodan Milošević. Those that violate international laws such as the Genocide Convention on the winning side have enjoyed pretty much blanket impunity from all prosecution.

The fact remains that the world’s dominant controllers seem to maintain an almost absolute capacity to violate domestic and international law with impunity. Alternatively the lawless predator class at the top, regularly deploys its capacity to declare its opponents— whether, for instance, Truckers or Palestinians or January 6 protestors at the US Capitol— as a criminal classes whose member are essentially guilty until proven innocent.

These observations make it hard to see the chimera of a rule of law equally applied and uniformly enforced, as the basis for anything other than cynical fiction meant to fool the gullible. The apparent confidence so far of the Israeli and US aggressors responsible for the mass murder and destruction in Gaza, stands as a dramatic indicator of this reality.

On the other hand, significant portions of the human family can readily perceive that this reality must change substantially if civilization and even all life on earth is to be held back from bring of catastrophic ruin. Have the time and circumstances for this kind of momentous change finally arrived? Can more of us join forces to leave the spectators’ chairs and get on the field to make life-affirming changes in the making of history?

When have those high up in the military chain of the United States and Israel ever faced international criminal proceedings— that is trials, verdicts, and enforced punishments—- for any of their own transgression? Such cases must exist here and there but I can’t think of any right now. Sometimes there are isolated reports of prosecutions but then the stories seem to go nowhere, without any confirmation that laws of international crime have been adhered to outside the limitations of victors’ justice.

“Arrest George Bush, Not Me,” “Splitting The Sky” Intervenes in the Quest to Uphold the Rule of Law

I’ll end with a few brief comments on the late Dacajeweiah, the Mohawk term for “Splitting The Sky”. In my next contribution I intend to say more about him and his interventions to create momentum for the kind of changes needed now more than ever, the kind of changes already discussed in this essay.

Splitting The Sky’s life changed dramatically when he was charged in 1971 for killing a police guard during the Attica prison uprising. To this day, “Attica” identifies the most well known crisis in the history of the US penal system.

After spending many years in jail, Splitting The Sky (STS) was released. He attributed his free status largely to the lawyering of his friend, the late Ramsay Clark, a former US Attorney General who came into politics along with the ascent of John and Bobby Kennedy. STS came to Lethbridge to meet with me and we established a collaboration that included my occasional request for him to lecture to my students.

In 2009 STS contacted me to indicate that George W. Bush was coming to nearby Calgary to give his first speech as a private citizen after serving for two terms as President of the United States. In making preparations, both of us were drawn to a pre-existing movement trying to get Bush arrested for war crimes involving atrocities that he had ordered especially in Iraq.

The calculation was that Bush was most vulnerable to slipping under the authority of international criminal law when he was outside the United States.

When Bush made his plan to come to the Canadian province that is sometimes called Texas North, STS and I provided evidence to local police authorities calling on them to arrest the “credibly accused” war criminal.

We consulted with Ramsay Clark, for a time the Chief Law Officer in the United States, to advise us about how a citizen’s arrest might work if Canadian police failed to act on our request.

Here is a video of STS’s attempt to conduct a “citizen’s arrest.”

This feature of law gives an an opening to citizens to deputize themselves when law enforcement agencies and agents who refuse to do their job, thereby creating significant hazards for the public from dangerous criminals on the lose.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Looking out at the World from Canada.

Dr. Anthony Hall is currently Professor of Globalization Studies at the University of Lethbridge in Alberta Canada. He has been a teacher in the Canadian university system since 1982. Dr. Hall, has recently finished a big two-volume publishing project at McGill-Queen’s University Press entitled “The Bowl with One Spoon”.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image: Girl holds improvised white flag, to tell Israel to respect Geneva Conventions and spare her fleeing family. Photo credit: Yasser Qudih 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

 

***

Destabilizing the social, political and economic structure of 190 sovereign countries cannot constitute  a “solution” to combating the virus. But that was the imposed “solution” which was implemented in several stages from the very outset of the corona crisis in January 2020.  It’s the destruction of people’s  lives. It is the destabilization of civil society.

Fake science was supportive of this devastating agenda. The lies were sustained by a massive media disinformation campaign. 24/7, Incessant and Repetitive “Covid alerts” in the course of the last two years.

The  historic March 11, 2020 lockdown triggered economic and social chaos Worldwide. It was an act of “economic warfare”: a war against humanity. 

This diabolical agenda has undermined the sovereignty of nation states. It has contributed  to a wave of bankruptcies. It has impoverished people Worldwide.  It has led to a spiralling dollar denominated global debt. 

The March 11, 2020 Lockdown applied simultaneously in 190 countries has resulted in: “The confinement of the labor force” coupled with “The paralysis of the workplace”. The predictable impact: The most serious economic crisis in world history. 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, December 9, 2023

 

Video. Interview with Michelle Leduc Catlin, National Citizens Inquiry (NCI)

 

 

 


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on April 23, 2023

*** 

Mr. Andrew Bridgen, Member UK Parliament, slams the new WHO International Health Regulation (IHR) and Pandemic Treaty as an unheard-of Power Grab – robbing all 194 WHO, member countries, the entire world, of their sovereignty over national health issues.

The new IHR and the Pandemic Treaty would be transferring the authority to decide what is a pandemic and what deserves the status of a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC), and literally how any matters of health ought to be treated – a limitless mandate of dictates – to the Director General of the World Health Organization (WHO).

The WHO Director General may call an outright prohibition with punishment on using “WHO-banned” medication, even though proven effective. This is precisely what happened during COVID. Medical doctors and pharmacies were not allowed to prescribe, recommend, and sell medication that was effective against COVID, because WHO prohibited to do so.

This WHO power would be expanded as an International Law, or rather as a “rules-based order”, the new tyrannical term chosen by the elite, to circumvent literally any national and international laws.

Both the IHR and the Pandemic Treaty will be voted on by the upcoming World Health Assembly, from 21-30 May 2023. The vote is planned on 24 May 2023. A two-thirds majority is needed by the 194-member delegates to pass.

See this 20-min video of Mr. Andrew Bridgen, UK Member of Parliament, explaining to the UK Parliament why the new WHO IHR and Pandemic Treaty must be voted against.

This universal authority over world health issues would rest solely in the hands of a non- medical doctor, nor health scientist, Bill Gates-implanted WHO General Director, Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, who was previously a Board member of GAVI, the Vaccination Alliance and close partner of WHOs. GAVI is a creation of and funded by Bill Gates.

WHO is registered as a UN agency, which it is not really. WHO was created in 1948 at the behest of David Rockefeller (1915 – 2017), a known eugenist and globalist, to control the world population’s “health” – and death.

WHO has full immunity from criminal prosecution, and its senior employees have diplomatic and tax-free status in Switzerland.

WHO is more than 80% funded by private sources, mostly from the pharmaceuticals industry, the Gates Foundation, and other private sponsors. WHO is clearly working for the interests of its donors, mostly the pharmaceuticals and Bill Gates, also an eugenist – not for the people.

We have seen how badly – or better, criminally – WHO has handled COVID since the beginning of 2020, with worldwide lockdowns, social distancing, tremendous fear-mongering, destroying economies, people’s livelihoods, and causing death, not by COVID but by fear-induced diseases, depression and misery, for a disease which at the worst is very similar to the annual flu. And for a virus that to this date has NEVER been isolated.

And later, in December 2020, by imposing and coercing every government in the world to force its people to get injected with what they called a vaccine, a gene-modifying trial vaxx of the mRNA-type, never tested before. People were threatened and lost their jobs, were banned from public places – and much worse – if they would not submit to the untested, dangerous and even deadly vaxxes.

According to WHO’s orders, COVID hit the entire world, all its 194 member states at once, thus, justifying declaring on 16 March 2020 general lockdowns around the globe. This is an absolute impossibility. Even if a virus would exist – let me repeat, the COVID “virus” was NEVER isolated – a virus does not hit the entire globe at the same time.

As of March 16, 2020, the Johns Hopkins School of Public Health (JHSPH) reports 179,165 confirmed “COVID cases” in 155 countries, with 7,081 deaths. The JHSPH is largely financed by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. These figures, even if they were true, would be far from justifying a global lockdown.

Already on 30 January 2020 WHO declared COVID a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC).

Coincidentally, The World Economic Forum (WEF), infamous Davos meeting took place from 21-24 January 2020. WHO’s DG Tedros, Gates, the world’s power brokers and power structure, Big Pharma, Big Finance, most UN and other international organization were present at the 2020 WEF, when the pandemic decision, with global lockdowns, mask-wearing and all the social humiliating measures and dictates were decided.

These “decisions” were following a desk top dry-run called Event 201, simulating a “corona” virus, where also all the international, financial and pharma key players were present, on 18 October 2019 in NYC, barely three months before the infamous and unreal “outbreak” took place.

The powers behind the WEF put WHO in charge of committing this colossal, never-before witnessed crime on humanity, a “corona” virus, later called by WHO’s DG Tedros COVID-19.

This background on WHO’s COVID crime on humanity is just a forerunner to what may follow if the new International Health Regulation (IHR) and the intimately related Pandemic Treaty were to pass the World Health Assembly’s vote on 24 May 2023. It would take a two-thirds majority to be ratified.

If accepted, the new IHR and Pandemic Treaty would become law to be enforced by each and every country by WHO in 2024.

If approved, the members of WHO would just have passed a ”rule” eliminating a key human right, peoples right to decide over their bodies.

There is not much time to lobby against this “rule-based order”. Do whatever you can to have your government vote against this tyrannical power grab  — which would put humanity into a worldwide open air Health Prison.

If the new IHR and Pandemic Treaty are approved, We, the People, must take the necessary action and massively, in an organized and peaceful fashion, but relentlessly and decisively requesting our governments to Exit WHO, with immediate effect.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for online journals and is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image is from Reclaim the Net


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 Get yours for FREE! Click here to download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on WHO’s Worldwide Power Grab: Beware of the New International Health Regulation and Pandemic Treaty, a Health Tyranny Never Heard of Before in Human History
  • Tags: , ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on June 5, 2023

*** 

“This is a mystery novel in which the question is, how do we stop women from having healthy babies? That’s the story of the Pfizer documents.”

“These people [powers that be] don’t want us to be self-sustaining,” concluded Dr. Naomi Wolf in front of a live audience at a recent VAC family event. “They want us to be dependent and scared.”

What self-sustaining quality are they targeting most? Our ability to reproduce, attested Dr. Wolf.

“One thing people have been able to do for thousands of years is to have sex and have babies without any intervention or help from anyone else. It’s a tremendous way that the human race is self-reliant — that it can survive catastrophe. Well, the Tech Bros. and probably China want to take that away from us. This is clear in the Pfizer documents.”

“There’s a section of the Pfizer documents in which Pfizer breaks down the adverse events and concludes that women sustain 72% of them,” she continued. “And of those — and these are Pfizer’s words — 16% are quote-unquote “reproductive disorders” compared to 0.49% for men. So they’re very focused on reproduction, on female reproduction.”

“It’s my belief that they were trying to disrupt especially female reproduction,” Dr. Wolf determined. “And the question is, how do I know that? And the answer is from the structure of what they looked at. Again, I’m a literary critic, but this is a mystery novel in which the question is, how do we stop women from having healthy babies? That’s the story of the Pfizer documents.”

“So in the Pfizer documents, there’s a chart,” detailed Dr. Wolf.

“And as a woman, this is one of the most painful things to see. And I’m Jewish. And my grandmother lost nine brothers and sisters to the Holocaust. So I don’t say this lightly, but this chart is a Mengele-type of chart. It’s Mengele science.”

“Why is it Mengele science?” she asked. “Because they break down 20 different horrible things that can happen to women’s menstruation.”

More reproductive adverse events are listed here.

Here’s a fraction of the 20-something different ways Pfizer admits the mRNA jab can dysregulate or affect women’s reproductive health:

  • Heavy menstrual bleeding – 27,685 cases
  • Menstrual disorder (pain, heavy bleeding, or absence of menstruation) – 22,145 cases
  • Menstruation irregular (irregular cycle lengths) – 15,083 cases
  • Menstruation delayed – 13,989 cases
  • Dysmennorhea (pain during menstruation) – 13,904 cases
  • Intermenstrual bleeding (bleeding in between periods) – 12,424 cases
  • Amenorrhea (absence of period) – 11,363 cases
  • Polymenorrhea (multiple periods) – 9,546 cases
  • Vaginal hemorrhage (excessive bleeding of the female reproductive system) – 4,699 cases.
  • Oligomenorrhea (infrequent menstrual periods) – 3,437 cases

“I’m looking at ruined lives,” grieved Dr. Wolf.

“And they [Pfizer] just note them calmly, one by one by one.”

There’s also a group in France called Où est mon cycle, which translates to “Where’s my cycle?”

Dr. Wolf detailed “super-strange things” within the Pfizer Documents, such as “ten-year-old girls menstruating on first being injected” and “long-postmenopausal women in their 80s and 90s bleeding again after being injected.”

It wasn’t enough for Pfizer to watch women be ruined, asserted Dr. Wolf.

“Again, I keep saying this is a respiratory pathogen. Why are they so focused on sex? At one point, they mate vaccinated male rats and unvaccinated female rats. Then they kill them, and they dissect and look at the cells of their sexual organs. Okay? So they’re very, very focused on mammalian sexuality.”

“And you don’t need to be a rocket scientist” to figure out that Pfizer’s mRNA injections would cause fertility issues, emphasized Dr. Wolf.

“You need 8th-grade math to guess that if women are having horrible menstrual problems in 2021, there are going to be fertility problems in 2023, right?”

“So now it’s 2023,” mourned Dr. Wolf, as those fertility problems have come to fruition. “Igor Chudovcompared databases in countries around the world. There are a million missing babies in Europe. They never got born. [There are] double the number of miscarriages and spontaneous abortions in Scotland [and a] 13% to 20% drop in live births around the world. [There are] two or three times the number of spontaneous abortions and miscarriages in Tel Aviv as before. And so on around the world. And now we know why. Now we know the mechanism.”

“So it is an attack not just on humanity; it’s an attack on our future,” determined Dr. Wolf.

“It’s not just an attack on us. It’s not just a mass murder, which is the language that Ofcom objected to, but it’s an existential attack. And think about it chronologically. I’m very worried that a source in Britain said that they wanted to embargo this information for 20 years. Because I’m like, what do they expect to have happened in 20 years?”

“I think this is the tip of the iceberg,” she continued. “We’ve [DailyClout/War Room Volunteers] got a report on turbo cancers, we’ve got a report on strokes, we’ve got a report on liver damage, kidney damage.”

“I don’t want to depress you, but all around you are people who are suffering from illnesses,” mourned Dr. Wolf. “None of their doctors are telling them that these illnesses are in the Pfizer documents as side effects and that we now understand the mechanisms of them.”

“And if you want to know what’s happening to your loved ones, please, read the reports on Dailyclout.io,” urged Dr. Wolf.

“They’re free. Or order the book, please. It has all of it [the evidence] right there. But all around you, all around me, are people suffering and dying from side effects that are in these documents that they knew about.”

The entirety of Dr. Wolf’s speech is available to watch in the video below:

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

The Vigilant Fox is a citizen journalist with 12 years of healthcare experience, focused on The Great Reset, world protests, and COVID-19. After being deeply disturbed by COVID measures, mandates, and medical discrimination, he has dedicated his free time and effort to making short, informative clips — featuring top doctors, scientists, and thought leaders from around the world.

Who is Volodymyr Zelensky?

December 9th, 2023 by Nauman Sadiq

 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @globalresearch_crg and Twitter at @crglobalization. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

 

This incisive article by Nauman Sadiq was first written on March 18, 2022, barely two weeks after the Russian invasion, provides a carefully documented portrait of President Zelensky and his links to the CIA. 

***

Contradictions:

Volodymyr Zelensky is Jewish. He supports the Nazi Azov Battalion, the two Nazi parties, which have committed countless atrocities against the Jewish community in Ukraine.  

He belongs to a Russian-Jewish family. He was brought up as a native Russian speaker, who until recently was not fluent in Ukrainian. And now his government is involved in targeting the Russian speaking population throughout Ukraine.  

Michel Chossudovsky, September 10, 2023

***

Amidst Russia’s impending Ukraine invasion last month [February 2022] while the rest of the world was panicking, there was one man with nerves made of steel who was as stoically calm and nonchalant as a monk meditating amidst an earthquake. Ironically, the Zen monk urging Western policymakers not to exaggerate the Russia invasion threat lest foreign investors and tourists flee the country was none other than the credulous president of Ukraine.

Either President Zelensky was too naïve to understand the consequences of the imminent invasion or he not only had forewarning but in fact had a vital role in orchestrating the Russo-Ukraine War during his three-year presidency in order to accomplish the top-secret mission assigned to him by his mentors in Western intelligence agencies.

Born to Jewish parents in a town in central Ukraine in Jan. 1978, his early life remains shrouded in mystery.

“He grew up as a native Russian speaker”, with virtually no knowledge of Ukrainian.

Volodymyr Zelensky was groomed by covert CIA operatives in Ukraine since his student life while he was studying law at the Kryvyi Rih National University.

Instead of pursuing a legal career, he chose acting as a profession at the behest of his influential patrons to gain nationwide publicity, particularly through comedy television series “Servant of the People” in which Zelensky “prophetically played” the role of the Ukrainian president.

In fact, his production company Kvartal 95, which produces films, cartoons and television shows, was generously funded by deep pockets of Western security agencies. Comically exposing corruption and sleazy dealings of Ukraine’s politician and oligarch, the series “Servant of the People” aired from 2015 to 2019 and struck a chord with Ukrainian masses.

Western security agencies not only lavishly funded his obscure media organization but also introduced him to a clandestine cabal of illustrious Hollywood producers and directors adept in psychological warfare and public relationing. The media success of “Servant of the People” is attributed as much to the efforts of the employees of Kvartal 95 as to the skill of international media organizations specializing in global opinion-making.

Riding on the wave of media publicity, Zelensky won a landslide presidential election in 2019. Later, his political party, which he “coincidentally” named “Servant of the People,” won an overwhelming victory in a snap legislative election held shortly after his inauguration as president.

Since 2019, after being elected president through questionable methods, Zelensky has surreptitiously been working on a clandestine project to foment a crisis with Russia on a flimsy pretext. Not only did he scornfully rebuff the Russian proposal but he also let Ukraine’s security forces stage joint military exercises and naval drills alongside NATO forces in the Black Sea right under Russia’s nose. His reckless disregard for the suffering of Ukrainian masses and suicidally provoking Russia into an armed confrontation aside, he is merely a pawn in the grand scheme of things.

Despite his Jewish background, he didn’t hesitate in collaborating with Ukraine’s infamous Azov Battalion, officially part of the National Guard of Ukraine, that has been widely acknowledged as a neo-Nazi volunteer paramilitary force connected with foreign white supremacist organizations.

Azov Battalion was initially formed as a volunteer group in May 2014 out of the ultra-nationalist Patriot of Ukraine gang, and the neo-Nazi Social National Assembly (SNA) group. As a battalion, the group fought on the front lines against pro-Russia separatists in Donbas, the eastern region of Ukraine.

A few months after recapturing the strategic port city of Mariupol from the Russia-backed separatists, the unit was officially integrated into the National Guard of Ukraine on November 12, 2014, and exacted high praise from then-President Petro Poroshenko. “These are our best warriors,” he said at an awards ceremony in 2014. “Our best volunteers.”

Biletsky interviewed by Ukrainian TV after a mission near Mariupol. (Licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0)

The unit was led by Andriy Biletsky, who served as the leader of both the Patriot of Ukraine (founded in 2005) and the SNA (founded in 2008).  In 2010, Biletsky said Ukraine’s national purpose was to “lead the white races of the world in a final crusade … against Semite-led Untermenschen [inferior races].” Biletsky was elected to parliament in 2014. He left Azov as elected officials cannot be in the military or police force. He remained an MP until 2019.

These forces were privately funded by oligarchs – the most known being Igor Kolomoisky, an energy magnate billionaire and then-governor of the Dnipropetrovska region. In addition to Azov, Kolomoisky funded other volunteer battalions such as the Dnipro 1 and Dnipro 2, Aidar and Donbas units.

The Mint Press News recently reported [1]:

“Zelensky’s presidential bid in 2019, which saw him win 73% of the vote, was successful on the basis that he was running in order to combat corruption and create peace in the country but, as the leaked documents known as the Pandora Papers revealed, he himself was storing funds in offshore bank accounts. Zelenskyy’s campaign was at the time boosted and bankrolled by Israeli-Ukrainian billionaire Igor Kolomoisky – who was himself accused of stealing $5.5 billion from his own bank.

“Muslims seem to be a major issue for the Azov Battalion. The Islamophobia present not only in Azov, but also in the National Guard of Ukraine, came through strongly on social media as the official National Guard site glorified the Azov Battalion as they dipped their bullets in pig fat. The video was directed at Muslim soldiers from Chechnya who are fighting on the side of Russia and were described as orcs by the National Guard on Twitter.”

In June 2015, both Canada and the United States announced they will not support or train the Azov regiment, citing its neo-Nazi connections. The following year, however, the US lifted the ban under pressure from the Pentagon. In October 2019, 40 members of the US Congress led by Representative Max Rose signed a letter unsuccessfully calling for the US State Department to designate Azov as a “foreign terrorist organization” (FTO).

In Feb. 2019, The Nation Magazine published a detailed think piece: “Neo-Nazis and the Far Right are on the March in Ukraine” [2], elaborating Ukraine’s far-right militant groups’ xenophobic and white supremacist political ideology.

“Then-Speaker of Parliament Andriy Parubiy cofounded and led two neo-Nazi organizations: the Social-National Party of Ukraine (later renamed Svoboda), and Patriot of Ukraine, whose members would eventually form the core of Azov.

“Even more disturbing is the far right’s penetration of law enforcement. Shortly after the Maidan coup in 2014, the US equipped and trained the newly founded National Police, in what was intended to be a hallmark program buttressing Ukrainian democracy. The deputy minister of the Interior—which controls the National Police—is Vadim Troyan, a veteran of Azov and Patriot of Ukraine.

“In 2015, the Ukrainian parliament passed legislation making two WWII paramilitaries—the Organization of Ukrainian Nationalists (OUN) and the Ukrainian Insurgent Army (UPA)—heroes of Ukraine, and made it a criminal offense to deny their heroism. The OUN had collaborated with the Nazis and participated in the Holocaust, while the UPA slaughtered thousands of Jews and 70,000-100,000 Poles on their own volition.”

Notwithstanding, despite “heroically staying” in Kyiv and “valiantly mounting” the public-relationing offensive on the Western media while the city is being surrounded by Russian forces, there is no risk to Zelensky’s personal safety. The Washington Post reported [3] on March 5:

“The possible Russian takeover of Kyiv has prompted a flurry of planning at the State Department, Pentagon and other U.S. agencies in the event that the Zelensky government has to flee the capital or the country itself. ‘We’re doing contingency planning now for every possibility,’ including a scenario in which Zelensky establishes a government-in-exile in Poland, said a U.S. administration official.

“Zelensky, who has called himself Russia’s target No. 1, remains in Kyiv and has assured his citizens he’s not leaving. He has had discussions with U.S. officials about whether he should move west to a safer position in the city of Lviv, closer to the Polish border. Zelensky’s security detail has plans ready to swiftly relocate him and members of his cabinet, a senior Ukrainian official said. ‘So far, he has refused to go.’”

It’s obvious from reading between the lines the security detail of Zelensky not only includes operatives of Ukraine’s domestic security service, the SBU, but also highly skilled special-ops professionals of several Western security agencies, including the formidable CIA and NSA, who would whisk him away across the border to Poland as soon as it becomes clear the capital is about to fall to advancing Russian forces.

In fact, private military contractors in close co-ordination and consultation with covert operators from CIA and Western intelligence agencies are not only training Ukraine’s conscript forces in the use of caches of MANPADS and anti-armor munitions provided by the US, Germany and rest of European nations as a military assistance to Ukraine but are also directing the whole defense strategy of Ukraine by taking active part in combat operations in some of the most hard fought battles against Russia’s security forces north of Kyiv and at Kharkiv and Donbas.

Famous for hosting CIA’s black sites where alleged al-Qaeda operatives were water-boarded and tortured before being sent to Guantanamo Bay in early years of the war on terror, in Poland alone the US military footprint now exceeds 10,000 troops as the majority of 15,000 troops sent to Europe last month went to Poland to join the 4,000 US troops already stationed there. The airfields and training camps in the border regions of Poland have a become a hub for transporting weapons and militants to Lviv in west Ukraine, which then travel to battlefields at Kyiv and in east Ukraine.

The Washington Post report further notes:

“During an official visit, a Ukrainian special operations commander told Rep. Michael Waltz (R-Fla.), Rep. Seth Moulton (D-Mass.) and other lawmakers that they were shifting training and planning to focus on maintaining an armed opposition, relying on insurgent-like tactics.

“Ukrainian officials told the lawmakers that they were frustrated that the United States had not sent Harpoon missiles to target Russian ships and Stinger missiles to attack Russian aircraft, Moulton and Waltz said in separate interviews.

“As the Russian military struggles with logistical challenges — including fuel and food shortages — Waltz anticipates that the Ukrainians will repeatedly strike Russian supply lines. To do that, they need a steady supply of weapons and the ability to set improvised explosive devices, he said. ‘Those supply lines are going to be very, very vulnerable, and that’s where you really literally starve the Russian army.’

“‘You can’t ship them to Ukraine at the last minute and expect some national guardsman to pick up a Stinger and shoot down an aircraft,’ he said. Continuing a resistance campaign will require continued clandestine shipments of small arms, ammunition, explosives and even cold-weather gear. ‘Think about the kinds of things that would be used by saboteurs as opposed to an army repelling a frontal invasion,’ Moulton said.”

Clearly, planning and preparations are well underway to lure Russia into NATO’s “bear trap project,” a term borrowed from the Soviet-Afghan War of the eighties when Western powers used Pakistan’s security forces and generous funding from the oil-rich Gulf States for providing guerrilla warfare training and lethal weaponry to Afghan jihadists to “bleed the security forces” of former Soviet Union in the protracted war.

The impending fall of Kyiv in the face of Russian blitz is a forgone conclusion that even Western policymakers acknowledge that Ukraine’s conscript military and allied irregular militias are simply not a match for Russia’s professional security forces in regular warfare.

The tumultuous last three weeks since Russia’s invasion on Feb. 24 were only the prelude to a long and sordid saga of ensuing war of attrition mounted by myriad heavily armed militant outfits nurtured by Western powers against global and regional adversaries, as happened in Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya and Syria.

Zelensky is being prepared as a “charismatic savior” to lead a protracted and bloody insurgency against Russian security forces in Ukraine. Although cutting a dashing figure sporting military fatigues and urging compatriots to rise up in arms against “Russian invaders” in sentimental addresses while at the same time pandering to NATO patrons to provide military assistance and impose harshest sanctions on the Kremlin, what exceptional act of valor has Volodymyr Zelensky performed thus far? Has he ever been in the line of fire on the frontlines of the Russo-Ukraine War?

Taking advantage of gullible audience’s innate predilection for hero worship, the mainstream media is projecting Zelensky as a messiah waging a crusade against a rival power that dared to stand up to NATO’s further eastward expansion into Russia’s traditional sphere of influence. The public-relationing rationale of live-broadcasting his hateful and violent speeches to the parliaments of Europe and the United States is as much to give publicity to an expendable stooge as to vilify and internationally isolate an arch-foe on the global stage.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @globalresearch_crg and Twitter at @crglobalization. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.  

Nauman Sadiq is an Islamabad-based geopolitical and national security analyst focused on geo-strategic affairs and hybrid warfare in the Af-Pak and Middle East regions. His domains of expertise include neocolonialism, military-industrial complex and petro-imperialism. He is a regular contributor of diligently researched investigative reports to Global Research.

Notes

[1] Israel’s Links to Ukraine’s Thriving Neo-Nazi Movement

[2] Neo-Nazis and the Far Right are on the March in Ukraine

[3] U.S. prepares for a Ukrainian government-in-exile and a long insurgency

Featured image:  Zelensky in 2019, photo by President.gov.ua, CC BY 4.0  via Wikimedia Commons

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (desktop version)

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

First published by Global Research on  February 24, 2023

Many people worldwide are concerned about climate change and believe there is a climate emergency. For decades we have been told by the United Nations that Carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions from human activity are causing disastrous climate change. In 2018, a UN IPCC report even warned that ‘we have 12 years to save the Earth’, thus sending millions of people worldwide into a frenzy.

Thirty-five years ago, the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) and the (World Meteorological Organization) WMO established the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) to provide scientific advice on the complex topic of climate change. The panel was asked to prepare, based on available scientific information, a report on all aspects relevant to climate change and its impacts and to formulate realistic response strategies. The first assessment report of the IPCC served as the basis for negotiating the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). Governments worldwide have signed this convention, thereby, significantly impacting the lives of the people of the world.

However, many scientists dispute with the UN-promoted man-made climate change theory, and many people worldwide are confused by the subject, or are unaware of the full facts. Please allow me to provide some information you may not be aware of.

1. Very few people actually dig into the data, they simply accept the UN IPPC reports. Yet many highly respectable and distinguished scientists have done exactly that and found that the UN-promoted manmade climate change theory is seriously flawed. Are you aware that 1500 of the world’s leading climate scientists and professionals in over 30 countries have signed a declaration that there is no climate emergency and have refuted the United Nations claims in relation to man-made climate change? See this

2. I have also signed this declaration. How can I make such an assertion? I have experience in the field as a former scientist at the Department of Energy and Climate Change, UK Government; and as former staff member at the United Nations Environment Division, where I was responsible for servicing the Pollution Release and Transfer Register Protocol, a Multinational Environmental Agreement, involving the monitoring of pollutants to land, air, and water worldwide. Real pollution exists, but the problem is not CO2. Industrial globalisation has produced many substances that are registered as pollutants, including thousands of new man-made chemical compounds, toxins, nano-particles and genetically modified organisms (GMOs) that are in violation of the scientific pre-cautionary principle.

A book I published recently also provides ample evidence and testimony from renowned scientists that there is no Climate emergency. The book titled ‘Transcending the Climate Change Deception Toward Real Sustainability’ is available here on amazon.COM

3. Next, I will mention the Irish Climate Science Forum (ICSF) website, a valuable resource founded by Jim O’Brien. I am grateful to the ICSF for their excellent work in highlighting the scientific flaws in the UN climate narrative. The ICSF provides a comprehensive lecture series from renowned international scientists providing much evidence, analysis, and data that contradicts the UN assertions. The lectures are available here.

The ICSF scientific view coincides with those of the Climate Intelligence (CLINTEL) foundation that operates in the fields of climate change and climate policy. CLINTEL was founded in 2019 by emeritus professor of geophysics Guus Berkhout and science journalist Marcel Crok. Based on this common conviction, 20 Irish scientists and several ICSF members have co-signed the CLINTEL World Climate Declaration “There is No Climate Emergency” (see this).

4. The reality is that the climate changes naturally and slowly in its own cycle, and solar activity is the dominant factor in climate and not Co2. We can conclude that carbon emissions or methane from livestock, such as cows, are not the dominant factors in climate change. In essence, therefore, the incessant UN, government, and corporate-media-produced climate hysteria in relation to carbon emissions and methane from cows has no scientific basis.

Please note that I have no commercial interest in stating that climate change is not caused by CO2. In truth I am against ‘real’ pollution, and the reality is that the CO2 component is not a pollutant. Unfortunately, many misinformed environmentalists are driving around in electric cars, the battery production for which has caused vast amounts of ‘real’ pollution via the industrial mining and processing of rare earth metals, and the consequent pollution to land, air and water systems. Note that the UN does not focus on the thousands of real pollutants that corporate industrial globalisation creates.

5. The conclusions of the Climate Intelligence foundation include the following

There is no climate emergency. Therefore, there is no cause for panic and alarm.

Natural as well as anthropogenic factors cause warming: The geological archive reveals that Earth’s climate has varied as long as the planet has existed, with natural cold and warm phases. The Little Ice Age ended as recently as 1850. Therefore, it is no surprise that we now are experiencing a period of warming.

Warming is far slower than predicted: The world has warmed significantly less than predicted by IPCC on the basis of modeled anthropogenic forcing. The gap between the real world and the modeled world tells us that we are far from understanding climate change.

Climate policy relies on inadequate models: Climate models have many shortcomings and are not remotely plausible as global policy tools. They blow up the effect of greenhouse gases such as CO2. In addition, they ignore the fact that enriching the atmosphere with CO2 is beneficial.

CO2 is plant food, the basis of all life on Earth: CO2 is not a pollutant. It is essential to all life on Earth. Photosynthesis is a blessing. More CO2 is beneficial for nature, greening the Earth: additional CO2 in the air has promoted growth in global plant biomass. It is also good for agriculture, increasing the yields of crops worldwide.

Global warming has not increased natural disasters: There is no statistical evidence that global warming is intensifying hurricanes, floods, droughts and suchlike natural disasters, or making them more frequent.

6. In the above book I reference the relevant work and scientific presentations of some of the world’s leading climate scientists. Let us examine some of the work and testimonies of these scientists:

“deeply flawed logic, obscured by shrewd and unrelenting propaganda, actually enabled a coalition of powerful special interests to convince nearly everyone in the world that Co2 from human industry was a dangerous plant destroying toxin. It will be remembered as the greatest mass delusion in the history of the world – that Co2 the life of plants was considered for a time to be a deadly poison.” – Professor Richard Lindzen, Professor Emeritus of Atmospheric Sciences at MIT.

Dr Nils-Axel Mörner was a former Committee Chairman at the UN International Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). He was an expert involved in reviewing the first IPPC documents. He says the UN IPPC is misleading humanity about climate change.  He tried to warn that the IPPC were publishing lies and false information that would inevitably be discredited. In an interview, he stated: “This is the most dangerous and frightening part of it. How a lobbyist group, such as the IPPC, has been able to fool the whole world. These organised and deceitful forces are dangerous” and expressed shock “that the UN and governments would parade children around the place at UN Climate summits as propaganda props”. The following is his testimony as detailed

“solar activity is the dominant factor in climate and not Co2… something is basically sick in the blame Co2 hypothesis…  It was launched more than 100 years ago and almost immediately excellent physicists demonstrated that the hypothesis did not work.

I was the chairman of the only international committee on sea levels changes and as such a person I was elected to be the expert reviewer on the (UN IPPC) sea levels chapter. It was written by 38 persons and not a single one was a sea level specialist… I was shocked by the low quality it was like a student paper… I went through it and showed them that it was wrong and wrong and wrong…

The scientific truth is on the side of the sceptics… I have thousands of high ranked scientists all over the world who agree that NO, CO2 is not the driving mechanism and that everything is exaggerated. In the field of physics 80 to 90% of physicists know that the Co2 hypothesis is wrong… Of course, metrologists they believe in this because that is their own profession – they live on it.… I suspect that behind-the-scenes promoters… have an ulterior motive… It’s a wonderful way of controlling taxation controlling people” – Dr Nils-Axel Mörner, a former Committee Chairman at the UN IPPC, and former head of the Paleo Geo-physics and Geo-dynamics department in Stockholm

Another climate scientist with impeccable credentials that has broken rank is Dr Mototaka Nakamura. He asserts:  “Our models are mickey-mouse mockeries of the real world”. Dr Nakamura received a Doctorate of Science from MIT, and for nearly 25 years specialized in abnormal weather and climate change at prestigious institutions that included MIT, Georgia Institute of Technology, NASA, Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California Institute of Technology, JAMSTEC and Duke University. Dr Nakamura explains why the data foundation underpinning global warming science is “untrustworthy” and cannot be relied on and that:“Global mean temperatures before 1980 are based on untrustworthy data”.

Professor John R. Christy, Director of Atmospheric and Earth Sciences, University of Alabama, has provided detailed analysis of climate data, see Endnote [i]. I summarise the main points from his analysis below:

“The established global warming theory significantly misrepresents the impact of extra greenhouse gases; the weather that affects people the most is not becoming more extreme or more dangerous; temperatures were higher in the 1930s than today; between 1895 and 2015, 14 of the top 15 years with the highest heat records occurred before 1960; the temperatures we are experiencing now in 2021 were the same as 120 years ago…

the number of major tornadoes between 1954 and 1986 averaged 56/year, but between 1987 and 2020 the average was only 34/year; between 1895 and 2015 on average there has been no change in the number of very wet days per month, and no change in the number of very dry days per month, and the 20 driest months were before 1988. Between 1950 and 2019 the percentage of land area experiencing droughts has not increased globally – the trend is flat; the incidence of wildfires in North America between 1600 and 2000 has decreased substantially. Sea levels rose 12.5 cm per decade for 8,000 years and then it levelled off, now it rising only 2.5 cm per decade… worrying about 30 cm rise in sea level in a decade is ridiculous, in a hurricane the east coast of the U.S. gets a 20 foot rise in 6 hours, so a 30 cm rise will be easily handled!”

In a lecture titled The imaginary climate crisis – how can we change the message? Available on the Irish Climate Science Forum website, see Endnote [ii]. Richard L Lindzen, Professor Emeritus of Atmospheric Sciences at MIT summarises the battle against the climate hysteria as follows:

“in the long history of the earth there has been almost no correlation between climate and co2… the paleoclimate record shows unambiguously that Co2 is not a control knob… the narrative is absurd…  it gives governments the power to control the energy sector… for about 33 years, many of us have been battling against the climate hysteria… There were more important leading people who were objecting to it, they were unfortunately older and by now most of them dead…

Elites are always searching for ways to advertise their virtue and assert their authority. They believe they are entitled to view science as a source of authority rather than a process, and they try to appropriate science, suitably and incorrectly simplified, as the basis for their movement.”

“CO2…  it’s not a pollutant… it’s the product of all plant respiration, it is essential for plant life and photosynthesis…  if you ever wanted a leverage point to control everything from exhalation to driving, this would be a dream. So it has a kind of fundamental attractiveness to bureaucratic mentality.” – Prof. Richard Lindzen, Professor Emeritus of Atmospheric Sciences at MIT

Patrick Moore, co-founder of Greenpeace, and President of Greenpeace in Canada for seven years, states:

“the whole climate crisis is not only fake news its fake science… of course climate change is real it’s been happening since the beginning of time, but it’s not dangerous and it’s not caused by people… climate change is a perfectly natural phenomenon and this modern warming period actually began about 300 years ago when the little ice age began to come to an end. There is nothing to be afraid of and all they are doing is instilling fear. Most of the scientists who are saying it’s a crisis are on perpetual government grants.

I was one of the (Greenpeace) founders… by the mid-80s… we were hijacked by the extreme left who basically took Greenpeace from a science-based organisation to an organisation based on sensationalism, misinformation and fear… you don’t have a plan to feed 8 billion people without fossils fuels or get the food into the cities…” – Patrick Moore, co-founder of Greenpeace

Professor William Happer, Princeton University, Former Director of Science at the US Department of Energy, is also a strong voice against the myth of man-made global warming. He states: “More CO2 benefits the Earth”.

7. The UN IPCC cherry picks data, uses flawed modelling and scenarios not remotely related to the real world

The UN climate crisis predictions are not based on physical evidence, rather they are based on complex computer modelling. One has to decode and analyse the modelling process to ascertain whether or not the models are valid and accurate or whether they have obvious flaws. The vast majority of scientists, economists, politicians and the general public have simply assumed that the UN Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) models are accurate. Very few people have the time or skills to analyse these models, not to mention actually dispute them. Nonetheless, there were many senior and highly distinguished scientists that did exactly that – they claimed the UN narrative was incorrect and that there was no climate emergency. Their voices have been drowned out by a vast money-driven political and media establishment of the globalised ‘system’. The vitally important work of some of these renowned scientists is referenced in the above book.

“The computer models are making systematic dramatic errors… they are all parametrised… fudged…  the models really don’t work” – Patrick J. Michaels, Director, Cato Institute Center for the Study of Science

Dr Roger Pielke Jr, University of Colorado, has conducted a detailed scientific review and analysis of the UN IPCC AR6 report, see Endnote [iii].  He describes that in relation to climate modelling, the IPCC detached the models from socio-economic plausibility. In creating the models, instead of first completing integrative assessment models (IAMs), the IPCC skipped this essential step and jumped straight to radiative forcing scenarios and thus these scenarios are not based on competed IAMs. This led much of climate modelling down the wrong track. I quote points from Dr Pielke’s analysis as follows:

“The four IPCC scenarios came from a large family of models so instead of splitting modelling from socio-economic assumptions the models already had the assumptions faked and baked in to them, because they had to have those assumptions to produce the required radiative forcing (to produce a desired climate ‘crisis scenario’ outcome).

In another fateful decision the 4 representative concentration pathways (RCPs) came from 4 different IAMs, which was a huge mistake.  These models are completely unrelated to each other, but the impression has been given that they are of a common set, only differing in their radiative forcing, this was a huge mistake. Furthermore, no-one has responsibility for determining whether these scenarios are plausible. The climate community decided which scenario to prioritise and they chose the two most implausible scenarios! There are thousands of climate assumptions, but only 8 to 12 of them are available currently for climate research. The IPCC report even states that “no likelihood is attached to the scenarios in this report”. The likelihood is considered low they admit – This is an incredible admission by the IPCC.

These extreme unlikely scenarios dominate the literature and the IPCC report; therefore, the IPCC report is biased. Bottom line is that there is massive confusion. The IPCCs’ Richard Moss warned that RCP 8.5 was not to be used as a reference for the other RCPs, but 5,800 scientific papers worldwide misuse it like that… The whole process is seriously flawed… Nothing close to the real world is represented by the IPCC scenarios. Climate science has a huge problem! The IPCC currently uses RCP 8.5 as the ‘business as usual’ scenario, but RCP 8.5 is wild fantasy land and not remotely related to current reality at all… climate science has a scientific integrity crisis.” – Dr Roger Pielke Jr, University of Colorado,

8. Financialization of the entire world economy is now based on a life-killing ‘net-zero’ greenhouse gas emissions strategy.

The UN Agenda 2030 plan and the Paris Agreement goal to reduce CO2 emissions by 7% per annum until 2030 is in effect a plan that would disable the current resource mechanisms of the industrial economy for the food, energy and goods that enable human life and survival. This is being implemented before humanity has transitioned away from the flawed polluting trans-national industrial economy toward self-sufficient local/regional economies.

Zero carbon emissions, in essence, means pulling the plug on current systems of industrial agriculture, transport, goods production, electricity production, etc., and many millions of people reliant on these systems worldwide could be faced with a lack of electricity, food, goods, etc. This could have terrible consequences, particularly in locations and countries, that are currently unable to produce much food.

It should be noted that for decades, these same political, government, and corporate powers have rampantly promoted corporate economic globalization and fossil fuel dependency. Whilst, at the same time actively hindering the funding, creation, or government support of, more self-sufficient local communities/regions, and local co-operatives. Most of the world population thus became reliant on the globalized fossil-fuel dependent system.

9. Central bankers are entirely funding / controlling the advancement of the worldwide climate change ‘project’

The decision to drastically reduce CO2, one of the most essential compounds to sustain all life, is no co-incidence. It should be noted that it is the world’s central bankers that are behind this decision and are entirely funding and controlling the advancement of the worldwide project of combatting man-made climate-change.

This project involves an attempt to de-carbonise the activities of the entire world population. In December 2015, the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) created the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD), which represents $118 trillion of assets globally, see Endnote  [iv]. In essence this means that the financialization of the entire world economy is based on meeting nonsensical aims such as “net-zero greenhouse gas emissions”. The TCFD includes key people from the world’s mega-banks and asset management companies, including JP Morgan Chase; BlackRock; Barclays Bank; HSBC; China’s ICBC bank; Tata Steel, ENI oil, Dow Chemical, and more.

The fact that the world’s largest banks and asset management corporations, including BlackRock, Goldman Sachs, the UN, the World Bank, the Bank of England and other central banks of the BIS, have all linked to push a vague, mathematically nonsensical ‘green’ economy, is no coincidence. There is another agenda at play that has nothing to do with environmentalism. The green economy along with UN Agenda 2030 is an agenda of world control, and will also develop trillions of dollars for the behind-the-scenes mega-banks. When the world largest banks, corporations, and institutions, all align to push a climate change agenda that has zero evidence, one can see there is another major agenda going on behind the scenes. This agenda tries to convince the common people of the world to make huge sacrifices under the emotive guise of “saving our planet.”. While all the time the corporations and banks make vast profits, and political institutions implement worldwide technocratic control systems under the banner of combatting, and adapting to, so-called man-made climate change.

“The links between the world’s largest financial groups, central banks and global corporations to the current push for a radical climate strategy to abandon the fossil fuel economy in favor of a vague, unexplained Green economy, it seems, is less about genuine concern to make our planet a clean and healthy environment to live. Rather it is an agenda, intimately tied to the UN Agenda 2030 for “sustainable” economy, and to developing literally trillions of dollars in new wealth for the global banks and financial giants who constitute the real powers that be… “ – F. William Engdahl, strategic risk consultant and lecturer

Back in 2010, the head of Working Group 3 of the UN IPCC, Dr Otmar Edenhofer, told an interviewer,

“…one must say clearly that we redistribute de facto the world’s wealth by climate policy. One has to free oneself from the illusion that international climate policy is environmental policy. This has almost nothing to do with environmental policy anymore.”

To better perceive what is ‘behind the curtain’ of the Climate hoax and the UN/WEF agenda it also helps to examine what has happened in the decades beforehand. It is important to perceive the implications of the worldwide fractional-reserve debt-money banking scam and the subtle system of debt-slavery that has existed for decades.  If you look at the World Bank website you will see that virtually every nation on Earth is in vast debt. In debt to who you may ask? The answer is to privately owned mega-banks. For many decades the so-called banking and corporate elites have had full control of the source of money creation and its allocation, via the debt-money system, and have therefore, by default, been able to fund, and increasingly control and manipulate the entire world spectrum of industry, media, government, education, ideological supremacy and war to their own design, agenda and benefit. Mayer Amschel Rothschild (banker) is widely reported to have said:

 “Give me control of a nation’s money supply and I care not who makes its laws.”

10. Central bankers hijacked the real environmental movement in 1992 creating the fake climate change agenda

Psychopaths can utilise any ideology and, change it from within to something that may eventually be entirely different to its original purpose.  Meanwhile, the original followers and advocates continue to pursue what they believe is the original ideology, but gradually become mere pawns in the agenda of a self-serving elite. Unfortunately, over the past decades, this is exactly what has happened in the environmental movement.

Whistleblower George Hunt served as an official host at a key environmental meeting in Denver, Colorado in 1987, and states that David Rockefeller; Baron Edmund De Rothschild; US Secretary of State Baker; Maurice Strong, a UN official and an employee of the Rockefeller and Rothschild trusts; EPA administrator William Ruccleshaus; UN Secretary General in Geneva MacNeill, along with World Bank and IMF officials were at this meeting. Hunt was surprised to see all these rich elite bankers at the meeting and questioned what they were doing there at an environmental congress.

In a video recording, Hunt later provided important evidence from the documents of the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED), Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 3-14 June 1992. This conference was the well-known UN ’92 Earth Summit and was run by UNCED. According to Hunt, via the Earth summit, the UN was setting a net, an agenda, to place the power over the Earth and its peoples into their own hands. The world private banking cartel are the same ultra-rich banking families that had been instrumental in the setting up of the World Bank, the UN, and other international institutions, after WW2. Their political cohorts included Stalin (the leader of a brutal communist regime in the USSR that committed genocide of millions of people), UK Prime minister Churchill, and US President Roosevelt. Hunt refers to these banking families and their financial and international institutional networks as:

“The same world order that tricked third world countries to borrow funds and rack up enormous debts… and purposely creating war and debt to bring societies into their control. The world order crowd are not a nice group of people…”– George Hunt, Whistleblower speaking about the UN Earth summit of 1992

As a consequence of the UN Earth Summit, the honest, genuine environment movement that actually cared about real pollution to land, air and water, was politically hi-jacked by powerful political and financial interests with a different agenda.

Maurice Strong, a UN official and an employee of the Rockefeller and Rothschild trusts, had convened the first UNCED congress in Stockholm, Sweden, in 1972. Then, 20 years later he was the convenor and secretary general of UNCED. Hunt also provided video evidence from the Fourth UNCED World Congress meeting in 1987 of an international investment banker, stating that:

“I suggest therefore that this be sold not through a democratic process that would take too long and require far too much funds to educate the cannon-fodder, unfortunately, which populates the Earth. We have to take almost an elitist program…”

Thus, the decrees leading to the 1992 UN Earth summit were dictated without debate or opportunity for dissent and would supersede national laws. The decrees were dictated into existence by the banker Edmund de Rothschild, who got these major decrees into the ’92 UN resolutions without debate or challenge. Hunt asserts that he was denied the opportunity to openly challenge Rothschild’s remarks by the meeting Chairman.

Is it any surprise that the Rothschild bank of Geneva is the nucleus of the World Conservation bank and the wealthy elite are integrated into the bank via the Rothschilds private offering of shares. The banks assumes control of world conservation and decides and controls how these resources are allocated or utilized.

11. Despite the deceptive and fake environmental facade, it has adopted, the vast institutional entity of the UN has fully endorsed environmentally destructive industrial globalisation for the past 70 years. The UN climate change, sustainable development and green economy policies over the past 30 years are little more than worldwide marketing tricks that have tragically brainwashed two generations of young people who do not understand what the UN actually is, and who is it is really designed to serve.

This current globalised system involves the promotion of beliefs and fake science that claim to be unchallengeable truths, but are, in fact, ideologies in which evidence is manipulated, twisted, and distorted to prove the ‘governing idea’, and thus promote its worldwide dissemination. They start with the conclusion they want and then wrench and manipulate what scant evidence they can to fit that conclusion. Man-made climate change due to anthropogenic carbon emission is a major example of this.

Institutions, including the UN, the World Economic Forum (WEF), and the World Health Organisation (WHO), are privately-motivated unelected unaccountable organisations controlled by the source of debt-money creation, i.e., the world private-banking cartel; and are just clever marketing tools and political mechanisms for implementing and maintaining a corrupt worldwide system, under the clever guise of ‘fixing the problems of the world’.

These powerful special interests have been promoting certain ‘ideologies’ for decades to advance their corporate and political aims. The word “sustainable” was hijacked decades ago, and it is now deceptively used to advance the agendas of globalist mega-corporate interests who couldn’t care less about the environment. The aim is to catapult humanity into the arms of UN Agenda 2030 and the WEF ‘reset’ plan, which are clever marketing plans entirely designed by the so-called elite mega-corporate interests of the WEF Davos group.

12. Furthermore, the current green energy/renewable technologies being promoted by the UN and WEF, are not a viable solution for the world’s energy supply. Although these technologies have some limited viability in certain locations and scenarios, the fact remains that the Energy Returned on Energy Invested is much too low – in essence the entire process is mathematically flawed. This is evidenced by the work of scientists, including Professor David MacKay, former Regius Professor of Engineering at Cambridge University and former Chief Scientific Advisor at the UK Department of Energy and Climate Change.

Summary

In summary, CO2 reduction is the main focus of the UN-promoted climate-change-hysteria that has been rampant among the world’s population. However, the proclaimed climate crisis exists in computer models only.  The cult of ‘manmade climate change’ is a media and UN politically-promoted ‘ideology’, that is used for a wider political and corporate agenda. Manmade climate change is not based in fact, and has hijacked real environmental concerns.

The world’s central bankers are fully funding the worldwide climate change ‘project’. The truism ‘follow the money’ springs to mind – and by doing so, one quickly discovers who runs the corporate, political, and media world.

Due to incessant UN, government, and corporate-promoted climate change propaganda, many people are, thus, in a media-induced state of confusion, and, thus, blindly assume their pre-determined role in society under this ‘dictatorship of words’ without even being aware of it. For example, we now have millions of so-called climate change warriors blind to the fact that climate change is not actually caused by carbon emissions. This is all to scare people into accepting totalitarian authority and limitations to their freedom and personal wellbeing.

The unpalatable reality is that people’s access to energy and resources is being intentionally reduced via bogus climate change policies, high inflation, ongoing geo-political theatre and intentionally instigated war.

We cannot understand how to create a truly resilient society unless we correctly perceive the current society we live in and how it came to exist. So, who are the architects of the current paradigm. The above book is designed to help in that regard. Unless we recognize the untruths of the current paradigm, even if it is not ‘politically correct’ to do so, then we will not be able to make the correct adjustments to our current communities and local/regional networks, or create a truly resilient thriving society in Ireland. In this spirit of truth, new networks are emerging worldwide.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Mark Keenan is a former scientist at the Department of Energy and Climate Change, UK; and at the United Nations Environment Division; and is the author of the book Transcending the Climate Change Deception – Toward Real Sustainability available on amazon.COM and on his website www.mkeenan.ie.

Notes

[i] Source: Irish Climate Science Forum lecture titled Testing Climate Claims 2021 Update available at www.icsf.ie

[ii] The Irish Climate Science Forum website URL is www.icsf.ie

[iii] Source: Irish Climate Science Forum lecture titled What does IPCC AR6 say on scenarios and extreme weather? available at www/icsf.ie

[iv] Source: https://data.parliament.uk/DepositedPapers/Files/DEP2019-0718/Green_Finance_Strategy.pdf

Featured image is from Wikimedia Commons


Transcending the Climate Change Deception – Toward Real Sustainability

by Mark Christopher Keenan

Publisher‏: ‎Independently published (August 14, 2022)

Language: English

Paperback: 314 pages

ISBN-13: ‎979-8846528925

This book demolishes the fake climate change hysteria. The author, Mark Keenan, is a former scientist at the UK Government Dept. of Energy and Climate Change, and at the United Nations Environment Division. Via their control of politics and the media, powerful special interests have tried to convince the world that Co2 is a climate changing toxin. The UN climate change narrative, that Co2 causes climate change, will be remembered as the greatest mass delusion in the history of the world. The money agenda, fake science and fraudulent computer modelling is exposed. Thousands of experienced and distinguished scientists assert and have proved that the UN narrative is a lie. The climate hoax has subverted and suppressed real environmentalism and real local sustainability, and is designed to propel humanity into UN Agenda 2030, which is a plan for total corporate control of the world’s resources. UN Agenda 2030 aims to move everyone off the land and into ‘smart cities’. This is smart for them, not smart for you. We are in a real physical and spiritual war for truth and freedom.

Click here to purchase.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version). 

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

First published by Global Research on June 20, 2021

 

***

A virtually unregulated investment firm today exercises more political and financial influence than the Federal Reserve and most governments on this planet.

The firm, BlackRock Inc., the world’s largest asset manager, invests a staggering $9 trillion in client funds worldwide, a sum more than double the annual GDP of the Federal Republic of Germany.

This colossus sits atop the pyramid of world corporate ownership, including in China most recently. Since 1988 the company has put itself in a position to de facto control the Federal Reserve, most Wall Street mega-banks, including Goldman Sachs, the Davos World Economic Forum Great Reset, the Biden Administration and, if left unchecked, the economic future of our world. BlackRock is the epitome of what Mussolini called Corporatism, where an unelected corporate elite dictates top down to the population.

How the world’s largest “shadow bank” exercises this enormous power over the world ought to concern us. BlackRock since Larry Fink founded it in 1988 has managed to assemble unique financial software and assets that no other entity has. BlackRock’s Aladdin risk-management system, a software tool that can track and analyze trading, monitors more than $18 trillion in assets for 200 financial firms including the Federal Reserve and European central banks. He who “monitors” also knows, we can imagine. BlackRock has been called a financial “Swiss Army Knife — institutional investor, money manager, private equity firm, and global government partner rolled into one.” Yet mainstream media treats the company as just another Wall Street financial firm.

There is a seamless interface that ties the UN Agenda 2030 with the Davos World Economic Forum Great Reset and the nascent economic policies of the Biden Administration. That interface is BlackRock.

Team Biden and BlackRock

By now it should be clear to anyone who bothers to look, that the person who claims to be US President, 78-year old Joe Biden, is not making any decisions. He even has difficulty reading a teleprompter or answering prepared questions from friendly media without confusing Syria and Libya or even whether he is President. He is being micromanaged by a group of handlers to maintain a scripted “image” of a President while policy is made behind the scenes by others. It eerily reminds of the 1979 Peter Sellers film character, Chauncey Gardiner, in Being There.

What is less public are the key policy persons running economic policy for Biden Inc. They are simply said, BlackRock. Much as Goldman Sachs ran economic policy under Obama and also Trump, today BlackRock is filling that key role. The deal apparently was sealed in January, 2019 when Joe Biden, then-candidate and long-shot chance to defeat Trump, went to meet with Larry Fink in New York, who reportedly told “working class Joe,” that, “I’m here to help.”

Now as President in one of his first appointees, Biden named Brian Deese to be the Director of the National Economic Council, the President’s main adviser for economic policy. One of the early Presidential Executive Orders dealt with economics and climate policy. That’s not surprising, as Deese came from Fink’s BlackRock where he was Global Head of Sustainable Investing. Before joining BlackRock, Deese held senior economic posts under Obama, including replacing John Podesta as Senior Adviser to the President where he worked alongside Valerie Jarrett. Under Obama, Deese played a key role in negotiating the Global Warming Paris Accords.

In the key policy post as Deputy Treasury Secretary under Secretary Janet Yellen, we find Nigerian-born Adewale “Wally” Adeyemo. Adeyemo also comes from BlackRock where from 2017 to 2019 he was a senior adviser and Chief of Staff to BlackRock CEO Larry Fink, after leaving the Obama Administration. His personal ties to Obama are strong, as Obama named him the first President of the Obama Foundation in 2019.

And a third senior BlackRock person running economic policy in the Administration now is also unusual in several respects. Michael Pyle is the Senior Economic Adviser to Vice President Kamala Harris. He came to Washington from the position as the Global Chief Investment Strategist at BlackRock where he oversaw the strategy for investing some $9 trillion of funds. Before joining BlackRock at the highest level, he had also been in the Obama Administration as a senior adviser to the Undersecretary of the Treasury for International Affairs, and in 2015 became an adviser to the Hillary Clinton presidential bid.

The fact that three of the most influential economic appointees of the Biden Administration come from BlackRock, and before that all from the Obama Administration, is noteworthy. There is a definite pattern and suggests that the role of BlackRock in Washington is far larger than we are being told.

What is BlackRock?

Never before has a financial company with so much influence over world markets been so hidden from public scrutiny. That’s no accident. As it is technically not a bank making bank loans or taking deposits, it evades the regulation oversight from the Federal Reserve even though it does what most mega banks like HSBC or JP MorganChase do—buy, sell securities for profit. When there was a Congressional push to include asset managers such as BlackRock and Vanguard Funds under the post-2008 Dodd-Frank law as “systemically important financial institutions” or SIFIs, a huge lobbying push from BlackRock ended the threat. BlackRock is essentially a law onto itself. And indeed it is “systemically important” as no other, with possible exception of Vanguard, which is said to also be a major shareholder in BlackRock.

BlackRock founder and CEO Larry Fink is clearly interested in buying influence globally. He made former German CDU MP Friederich Merz head of BlackRock Germany when it looked as if he might succeed Chancellor Merkel, and former British Chancellor of Exchequer George Osborne as “political consultant.” Fink named former Hillary Clinton Chief of Staff Cheryl Mills to the BlackRock board when it seemed certain Hillary would soon be in the White House.

He has named former central bankers to his board and gone on to secure lucrative contracts with their former institutions. Stanley Fisher, former head of the Bank of Israel and also later Vice Chairman of the Federal Reserve is now Senior Adviser at BlackRock. Philipp Hildebrand, former Swiss National Bank president, is vice chairman at BlackRock, where he oversees the BlackRock Investment Institute. Jean Boivin, the former deputy governor of the Bank of Canada, is the global head of research at BlackRock’s investment institute.

BlackRock and the Fed

It was this ex-central bank team at BlackRock that developed an “emergency” bailout plan for Fed chairman Powell in March 2019 as financial markets appeared on the brink of another 2008 “Lehman crisis” meltdown. As “thank you,” the Fed chairman Jerome Powell named BlackRock in a no-bid role to manage all of the Fed’s corporate bond purchase programs, including bonds where BlackRock itself invests. Conflict of interest? A group of some 30 NGOs wrote to Fed Chairman Powell, “By giving BlackRock full control of this debt buyout program, the Fed… makes BlackRock even more systemically important to the financial system. Yet BlackRock is not subject to the regulatory scrutiny of even smaller systemically important financial institutions.”

In a detailed report in 2019, a Washington non-profit research group, Campaign for Accountability, noted that, “BlackRock, the world’s largest asset manager, implemented a strategy of lobbying, campaign contributions, and revolving door hires to fight off government regulation and establish itself as one of the most powerful financial companies in the world.”

The New York Fed hired BlackRock in March 2019 to manage its commercial mortgage-backed securities program and its $750 billion primary and secondary purchases of corporate bonds and ETFs in no-bid contracts. US financial journalists Pam and Russ Martens in critiquing that murky 2019 Fed bailout of Wall Street remarked, “for the first time in history, the Fed has hired BlackRock to “go direct” and buy up $750 billion in both primary and secondary corporate bonds and bond ETFs (Exchange Traded Funds), a product of which BlackRock is one of the largest purveyors in the world.” They went on, “Adding further outrage, the BlackRock-run program will get $75 billion of the $454 billion in taxpayers’ money to eat the losses on its corporate bond purchases, which will include its own ETFs, which the Fed is allowing it to buy…”

Fed head Jerome Powell and Larry Fink know each other well, apparently. Even after Powell gave BlackRock the hugely lucrative no-bid “go direct” deal, Powell continued to have the same BlackRock manage an estimated $25 million of Powell’s private securities investments. Public records show that in this time Powell held direct confidential phone calls with BlackRock CEO Fink. According to required financial disclosure, BlackRock managed to double the value of Powell’s investments from the year before! No conflict of interest, or?

A Very BlackRock in Mexico

BlackRock’s murky history in Mexico shows that conflicts of interest and influence-building with leading government agencies is not restricted to just the USA. PRI Presidential candidate Peña Nieto went to Wall Street during his campaign in November 2011. There he met Larry Fink. What followed the Nieto victory in 2012 was a tight relationship between Fink and Nieto that was riddled with conflict of interest, cronyism and corruption.

Most likely to be certain BlackRock was on the winning side in the corrupt new Nieto regime, Fink named 52-year-old Marcos Antonio Slim Domit, billionaire son of Mexico’s wealthiest and arguably most corrupt man, Carlos Slim, to BlackRock’s Board. Marcos Antonio, along with his brother Carlos Slim Domit, run the father’s huge business empire today. Carlos Slim Domit, the eldest son, was Co-Chair of the World Economic Forum Latin America in 2015, and currently serves as chairman of the board of America Movil where BlackRock is a major investor. Small cozy world.

The father, Carlos Slim, at the time named by Forbes as World’s Richest Person, built an empire based around his sweetheart acquisition of Telemex (later America Movil). Then President, Carlos Salinas de Gortari, in effect gifted the telecom empire to Slim in 1989. Salinas later fled Mexico on charges of stealing more than $10 billion from state coffers.

As with much in Mexico since the 1980s drug money apparently played a huge role with the elder Carlos Slim, father of BlackRock director Marcos Slim. In 2015 WikiLeaks released company internal emails from the private intelligence corporation, Stratfor. Stratfor writes in an April 2011 email, the time BlackRock is establishing its Mexico plans, that a US DEA Special Agent, William F. Dionne confirmed Carlos Slim’s ties to the Mexican drug cartels. Stratfor asks Dionne, “Billy, is the MX (Mexican) billionaire Carlos Slim linked to the narcos?” Dionne replies, “Regarding your question, the MX telecommunication billionaire is.” In a country where 44% of the population lives in poverty you don’t become the world’s richest man in just two decades selling Girl Scout cookies.

Fink and Mexican PPP

With Marcos Slim on his BlackRock board and new president Enrique Peña Nieto, Larry Fink’s Mexican partner in Nieto Peña’s $590 billion PublicPrivatePartnership (PPP) alliance, BlackRock, was ready to reap the harvest. To fine-tune his new Mexican operations, Fink named former Mexican Undersecretary of Finance Gerardo Rodriguez Regordosa to direct BlackRock Emerging Market Strategy in 2013. Then in 2016 Peña Nieto appointed Isaac Volin, then head of BlackRock Mexico to be No. 2 at PEMEX where he presided over corruption, scandals and the largest loss in PEMEX history, $38 billion.

Peña Nieto had opened the huge oil state monopoly, PEMEX, to private investors for the first time since nationalization in the 1930s. The first to benefit was Fink’s BlackRock. Within seven months, BlackRock had secured $1 billion in PEMEX energy projects, many as the only bidder. During the tenure of Peña Nieto, one of the most controversial and least popular presidents, BlackRock prospered by the cozy ties. It soon was engaged in highly profitable (and corrupt) infrastructure projects under Peña Nieto including not only oil and gas pipelines and wells but also including toll roads, hospitals, gas pipelines and even prisons.

Notably, BlackRock’s Mexican “friend” Peña Nieto was also “friends” not only with Carlos Slim but with the head of the notorious Sinaloa Cartel, “El Chapo” Guzman. In court testimony in 2019 in New York Alex Cifuentes, a Colombian drug lord who has described himself as El Chapo’s “right-hand man,” testified that just after his election in 2012, Peña Nieto had requested $250 million from the Sinaloa Cartel before settling on $100 million. We can only guess what for.

Larry Fink and WEF Great Reset

In 2019 Larry Fink joined the Board of the Davos World Economic Forum, the Swiss-based organization that for some 40 years has advanced economic globalization. Fink, who is close to the WEF’s technocrat head, Klaus Schwab, of Great Reset notoriety, now stands positioned to use the huge weight of BlackRock to create what is potentially, if it doesn’t collapse before, the world’s largest Ponzi scam, ESG corporate investing. Fink with $9 trillion to leverage is pushing the greatest shift of capital in history into a scam known as ESG Investing. The UN “sustainable economy” agenda is being realized quietly by the very same global banks which have created the financial crises in 2008. This time they are preparing the Klaus Schwab WEF Great Reset by steering hundreds of billions and soon trillions in investment to their hand-picked “woke” companies, and away from the “not woke” such as oil and gas companies or coal. BlackRock since 2018 has been in the forefront to create a new investment infrastructure that picks “winners” or “losers” for investment according to how serious that company is about ESG—Environment, Social values and Governance.

For example a company gets positive ratings for the seriousness of its hiring gender diverse management and employees, or takes measures to eliminate their carbon “footprint” by making their energy sources green or sustainable to use the UN term. How corporations contribute to a global sustainable governance is the most vague of the ESG, and could include anything from corporate donations to Black Lives Matter to supporting UN agencies such as WHO. Oil companies like ExxonMobil or coal companies no matter how clear are doomed as Fink and friends now promote their financial Great Reset or Green New Deal. This is why he cut a deal with the Biden presidency in 2019.

Follow the money. And we can expect that the New York Times will cheer BlackRock on as it destroys the world financial structures. Since 2017 BlackRock has been the paper’s largest shareholder. Carlos Slim was second largest. Even Carl Icahn, a ruthless Wall Street asset stripper, once called BlackRock, “an extremely dangerous company… I used to say, you know, the mafia has a better code of ethics than you guys.” 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

F. William Engdahl is strategic risk consultant and lecturer, he holds a degree in politics from Princeton University and is a best-selling author on oil and geopolitics, exclusively for the online magazine “New Eastern Outlook” where this article was originally published. 

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

Featured image is from New Eastern Outlook


seeds_2.jpg

Seeds of Destruction: Hidden Agenda of Genetic Manipulation

Author Name: F. William Engdahl
ISBN Number: 978-0-937147-2-2
Year: 2007
Pages: 341 pages with complete index

List Price: $25.95

Special Price: $18.00

 

This skilfully researched book focuses on how a small socio-political American elite seeks to establish control over the very basis of human survival: the provision of our daily bread. “Control the food and you control the people.”

This is no ordinary book about the perils of GMO. Engdahl takes the reader inside the corridors of power, into the backrooms of the science labs, behind closed doors in the corporate boardrooms.

The author cogently reveals a diabolical world of profit-driven political intrigue, government corruption and coercion, where genetic manipulation and the patenting of life forms are used to gain worldwide control over food production. If the book often reads as a crime story, that should come as no surprise. For that is what it is.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Colossal Financial Pyramid: BlackRock and The WEF “Great Reset”
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

In commemoration of JFK’s assassination, we repost this article by Edward Curtin that was first published by GR on November 22, 2021. Updated on November 22, 2023.

***

What is the truth, and where did it go?
Ask Oswald and Ruby, they oughta know
“Shut your mouth,” said the wise old owl
Business is business, and it’s a murder most foul

Don’t worry, Mr. President
Help’s on the way
Your brothers are coming, there’ll be hell to pay
Brothers? What brothers? What’s this about hell?
Tell them, “We’re waiting, keep coming”
We’ll get them as well

– Bob Dylan, Murder Most Foul

 

Why President Kennedy was publicly murdered by the CIA sixty years ago has never been more important.  All pseudo-debates to the contrary – including the numerous and growing claims that it was not the U.S. national security state but the Israelis that assassinated the president, which exonerates the CIA – the truth about the assassination has long been evident.  There is nothing to debate unless one is some sort of intelligence operative, has an obsession, or is out to make a name or a buck.  I suggest that all those annual JFK conferences in Dallas should finally end, but my guess is that they will be rolling along for many more decades.  To make an industry out of a tragedy is wrong.  And these conferences are so often devoted to examining and debating minutiae that are a distraction from the essential truth. 

As for the corporate mainstream media, they will never admit the truth but will continue as long as necessary to titillate the public with lies, limited hangouts, and sensational non-sequiturs.  To do otherwise would require admitting that they have long been complicit in falsely reporting the crime and the endless coverup.  That they are arms of the CIA and NSA.

The Cold War, endless other wars, and the nuclear threat John Kennedy worked so hard to end have today been inflamed to a fever pitch by U.S. leaders in thrall to the forces that killed the president. President Joseph Biden, like all the presidents that followed Kennedy, is JFK’s opposite, an unrepentant war-monger, not only in Ukraine with the U.S. war against Russia and the U.S. nuclear first-strike policy, but throughout the world – the Middle-East, Africa, Syria, Iran, and on and on, including the push for war with China. 

Nowhere is this truer than with the U.S. support for the current Israeli genocide of the Palestinians in Gaza, a slaughter also supported by Robert Kennedy, Jr., who, ironically, is campaigning for the presidency on the coattails of JFK and his father Senator Robert F. Kennedy, who would be appalled by his unequivocal support for the Israeli government.  By such support and his silence as the slaughter in Gaza continues, RFK, Jr. is, contrary his other expressed opinions, supporting a wide range of war-related matters that involve the U.S.- Israel alliance, which is central to the military-industrial forces running U.S. foreign policy.  To say this is dispiriting is a great understatement, for RFK, Jr., a very intelligent man, knows that the CIA killed his uncle and father, and he is campaigning as a spiritually awakened man intent on ending the U.S. warfare state, something impossible to accomplish when one gives full-fledged support to Israel.  And I believe he will be elected the next U.S. president.

The Biden administration is doing all in its power to undo the legacy of JFK’s last year in office when on every front he fought for peace, not war.  It is not hard to realize that all presidents since John Kennedy have been fully aware that a bullet to the head in broad daylight could be their fate if they bucked their bosses.  They knew this when they sought the office because they were run by the same bosses before election.  Small-souled men, cowards on the make, willing to sacrifice millions to their ambition.

I believe that the following article – my final one on this matter – which I published two years ago, is worth reading again if you have once done so, and even more important if you have never read it. It is not based on speculation but on well-sourced facts, and it will make clear the importance of President Kennedy and why his assassination lay the foundation for today’s dire events.  In this dark time, when the world is spinning out of control, the story of his great courage in the face of an assassination he expected, can inspire us to oppose the systemic forces of evil that control the United States and are leading the world into the abyss.

List of Sections

  • Pressured to Wage War
  • A War Hero Who Was Appalled By War
  • A Prescient Perspective
  • Patrice Lumumba
  • Dag Hammarskjöld, Indonesia, and Sukarno
  • The Bay of Pigs
  • Kennedy Responds After the Bay of Pigs Treachery
  • The Fateful Year 1963
  • The Assassination on November 22, 1963
  • Who Killed Him?
  • Who Was Lee Harvey Oswald?
  • Who Had the Power to Withdraw the President’s Security?
  • Oswald, The Preordained Patsy
  • The Message to Air Force One
  • Oswald’s Prepackaged Life Story
  • Epilogue by James W. Douglass

*

Despite a treasure trove of new research and information having emerged over the last fifty-eight years, there are many people who still think who killed President John Fitzgerald Kennedy and why are unanswerable questions. They have drunk what Dr. Martin Schotz has called “the waters of uncertainty” that results “in a state of confusion in which anything can be believed but nothing can be known, nothing of significance that is.”[i]

Then there are others who cling to the Lee Harvey Oswald “lone-nut” explanation proffered by the Warren Commission.

Both these groups tend to agree, however, that whatever the truth, unknowable or allegedly known, it has no contemporary relevance but is old-hat, ancient history, stuff for conspiracy-obsessed people with nothing better to do. The general thinking is that the assassination occurred more than a half-century ago, so let’s move on.

Nothing could be further from the truth, for the assassination of JFK is the foundational event of modern American history, the Pandora’s box from which many decades of tragedy have sprung.

Pressured to Wage War

From the day he was sworn in as President on January 20, 1961, John F. Kennedy was relentlessly pressured by the Pentagon, the Central Intelligence Agency, and by many of his own advisers to wage war – clandestine, conventional, and nuclear.

To understand why and by whom he was assassinated on November 22, 1963, one needs to apprehend this pressure and the reasons why President Kennedy consistently resisted it, as well as the consequences of that resistance.

It is a key to understanding the current state of our world today and why the United States has been waging endless foreign wars and creating a national security surveillance state at home since JFK’s death.

A War Hero Who Was Appalled By War

It is very important to remember that Lieutenant John Kennedy was a genuine Naval war hero in WW II, having risked his life and been badly injured while saving his men in the treacherous waters of the South Pacific after their PT boat was sunk by a Japanese destroyer. His older brother Joe and his brother-in-law Billy Hartington had died in the war, as had some of his boat’s crew members.

As a result, Kennedy was extremely sensitive to the horrors of war, and, when he first ran for Congress in Massachusetts in 1946, he made it explicitly clear that avoiding another war was his number one priority. This commitment remained with him and was intensely strengthened throughout his brief presidency until the day he died, fighting for peace.

Despite much rhetoric to the contrary, this anti-war stance was unusual for a politician, especially during the 1950s and 1960s. Kennedy was a remarkable man, for even though he assumed the presidency as somewhat of a cold warrior vis-à-vis the Soviet Union in particular, his experiences in office rapidly chastened that stance. He very quickly came to see that there were many people surrounding him who relished the thought of war, even nuclear war, and he came to consider them as very dangerous.

A Prescient Perspective

Yet even before he became president, in 1957, then Senator Kennedy gave a speech in the U.S. Senate that sent shock waves throughout Washington, D.C. and around the world.[ii] He came out in support of Algerian independence from France and African liberation generally and against colonial imperialism. As chair of the Senate’s African Subcommittee in 1959, he urged sympathy for African independence movements as part of American foreign policy. He believed that continued support of colonial policies would only end in more bloodshed because the voices of independence would not be denied, nor should they be.

That speech caused an international uproar, and in the U.S.A. Kennedy was harshly criticized by Eisenhower, Nixon, John Foster Dulles, and even members of the Democratic party, such as Adlai Stevenson and Dean Acheson. But it was applauded in Africa and the Third World.

Yet JFK continued throughout his 1960 presidential campaign raising his voice against colonialism throughout the world and for free and independent African nations. Such views were anathema to the foreign policy establishment, including the CIA and the burgeoning military industrial complex that President Eisenhower belatedly warned against in his Farewell Address, delivered nine months after approving the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba in March 1960; this juxtaposition revealed the hold the Pentagon and CIA had and has on sitting presidents, as the pressure for war became structurally systemized.

Patrice Lumumba

Image on the right: Patrice Lumumba (Source: Bob Feldman 68)

One of Africa’s anti-colonial and nationalist leaders was the charismatic Congolese Prime Minister Patrice Lumumba. In June, 1960, he had become the first democratically elected leader of the Congo, a country savagely raped and plundered for more than half a century by Belgium’s King Leopold II for himself and multinational mining companies. Kennedy’s support for African independence was well-known and especially feared by the CIA, who, together with Brussels, considered Lumumba, and Kennedy for supporting him, as threats to their interests in the region.

So, three days before JFK’s inauguration, together with the Belgian government, the CIA had Lumumba brutally assassinated after torturing and beating him. According to Robert Johnson, a note taker at a National Security Council meeting in August 1960, Lumumba’s assassination had been approved by President Eisenhower when he gave Allen Dulles, the Director of the CIA, the approval to “eliminate” Lumumba. Johnson disclosed that in a 1975 interview that was discovered in 2000.[iii]

On January 26, 1961, when Dulles briefed the new president on the Congo, he did not tell JFK that they already had Lumumba assassinated nine days before. This was meant to keep Kennedy on tenterhooks to teach him a lesson. On February 13, 1961, Kennedy received a phone call from his UN ambassador Adlai Stevenson informing him of Lumumba’s death. There is a photograph by White House photographer Jacques Lowe of the horror-stricken president sitting in the oval office answering that call that is harrowing to view. It was an unmistakable portent of things to come, a warning for the president.

Dag Hammarskjöld, Indonesia, and Sukarno

One of Kennedy’s crucial allies in his efforts to support third-world independence was United Nations’ Secretary-General Dag Hammarskjöld. Hammarskjöld had been deeply involved in peacekeeping in the Congo as well as efforts to resolve disputes in Indonesia, both important countries central to JFK’s concerns. Hammarskjöld was killed on September 18, 1961 while on a peacekeeping mission to the Congo. Substantial evidence exists that he was assassinated and that the CIA and Allen Dulles were involved. Kennedy was devastated to lose such an important ally.[iv]

Kennedy’s strategy involved befriending Indonesia as a Cold War ally as a crucial aspect of his Southeast Asian policy of dealing with Laos and Vietnam and finding peaceful resolutions to other smoldering Cold War conflicts. Hammarskjöld was also central to these efforts. The CIA, led by Dulles, strongly opposed Kennedy’s strategy in Indonesia. In fact, Dulles and the CIA had been involved in treacherous maneuverings in resource rich Indonesia for decades. President Kennedy supported the Indonesian President Sukarno, while Dulles opposed him since he stood for Indonesian independence.

Just two days before Kennedy was killed on November 22, 1963, he had accepted an invitation from Indonesian President Sukarno to visit that country the following spring. The aim of the visit was to end the conflict (Konfrontasi) between Indonesia and Malaysia and to continue Kennedy’s efforts to support post-colonial Indonesia with non-military economic and development aid. His goal was to end conflict throughout Southeast Asia and assist the growth of democracy in newly liberated post-colonial countries worldwide.

Of course, JFK never made it to Indonesia in 1964, and his peaceful strategy to bring Indonesia to America’s side and to ease tensions in the Cold War was never realized, thanks to Allen Dulles and the CIA.  And, Kennedy’s proposed withdrawal of American military advisers from Vietnam, which, in part, was premised on success in Indonesia, was quickly reversed by Lyndon Johnson after JFK’s murder and within a short time hundreds of thousand American combat troops were sent to Vietnam. In Indonesia, Sukarno would be forced out and replaced by General Suharto, who would rule with an iron fist for the next 30 years. Soon, both countries would experience mass slaughter engineered by Kennedy’s opponents in the CIA and Pentagon.[v]

The Bay of Pigs

In mid-April 1961, less than three months into his presidency, a trap was set for President Kennedy by the CIA and its director, Allen Dulles, who knew of Kennedy’s reluctance to invade Cuba. They assumed the new president would be forced by circumstances at the last minute to send in U.S. Navy and Marine forces to back the invasion that they had planned. The CIA and generals wanted to oust Fidel Castro, and in pursuit of that goal, trained a force of Cuban exiles to invade Cuba. This had started under President Eisenhower and Vice President Nixon. Kennedy refused to go along with sending in American troops and the invasion was roundly defeated. The CIA, military, and Cuban exiles bitterly blamed Kennedy.

But it was all a sham. Classified documents uncovered in 2000 revealed that the CIA had discovered that the Soviets had learned the date of the invasion more than a week in advance and had informed Cuban Prime Minister Fidel Castro, but—and here is a startling fact that should make people’s hair stand on end—the CIA never told the President. The CIA knew the invasion was probably doomed before the fact but went ahead with it anyway.

Why? So, they could blame JFK for the failure afterwards.

Kennedy later said to his friends Dave Powell and Ken O’Donnell, “They were sure I’d give in to them and send the go-ahead order to the [Navy’s aircraft carrier] Essex. They couldn’t believe that a new president like me wouldn’t panic and save his own face. Well, they had me figured all wrong.”[vi]

This treachery set the stage for events to come. Sensing but not knowing the full extent of the set-up, Kennedy fired CIA Director Allen Dulles (who, as in a bad joke, was later named to the Warren Commission investigating JFK’s assassination) and his assistant, General Charles Cabell (whose brother, Earle Cabell, to make a bad joke absurd, was the mayor of Dallas on the day Kennedy was killed.) It was later discovered that Earle Cabell was a CIA asset.[vii]

JFK said he wanted “to splinter the CIA in a thousand pieces and scatter it to the winds.” Not sentiments to endear him to a secretive government within a government whose power was growing exponentially.[viii]

Kennedy Responds After the Bay of Pigs Treachery

The stage was now set for events to follow as JFK, now even more suspicious of the military-intelligence people around him, and in opposition to nearly all his advisers, consistently opposed the use of force in U.S. foreign policy.

In 1961, despite the Joint Chiefs’ demand to put combat troops into Laos – advising 140,000 by the end of April – Kennedy bluntly insisted otherwise as he ordered Averell Harriman, his representative at the Geneva Conference, “Did you understand? I want a negotiated settlement in Laos. I don’t want to put troops in.”[ix]  The president knew that Laos and Vietnam were linked issues, and since Laos came first on his agenda, he was determined to push for a neutral Laos.

Also in 1961, he refused to accede to the insistence of his top generals to give them permission to use nuclear weapons in a dispute with the Soviet Union over Berlin and Southeast Asia. Walking out of a meeting with his top military advisors, Kennedy threw his hands in the air and said, “These people are crazy.”[x]

In March 1962, the CIA, in the person of legendary operative, Edward Lansdale, and with the approval of every member of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, presented the president with a pretext for a U.S. invasion of Cuba. Code-named Operation Northwoods, the false-flag plancalled for innocent people to be shot in the U.S., boats carrying Cuban refugees to be sunkand a terrorism campaign to be launched in Miami, Washington D.C., and other places, all to be blamed on the Castro government so that the public would be outraged and call for an invasion of Cuba.[xi]

See this.

Kennedy was appalled and rejected this pressure to manipulate him into agreeing to terrorist attacks on Americans that could later be used against him. He already knew that his life was in danger and that the CIA and military were tightening a noose around his neck. But he refused to yield.

As early as June 26, 1961, in a White House meeting with Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev’s spokesperson, Mikhail Kharlamov, and Khrushchev’s son-in-law, Alexei Adzhubei, when asked by Kharlamov why he wasn’t moving faster to advance relations between the two countries, JFK said “You don’t understand this country. If I move too fast on U.S.-Soviet relations, I’ll either be thrown into an insane asylum, or be killed.”[xii]

JFK refused to bomb and invade Cuba as the military wished during the Cuban missile crisis in October 1962. The Soviets had placed offensive nuclear missiles and more than 30,000 support troops in Cuba to prevent another U.S.-led invasion. American aerial photography had detected the missiles. This was understandably unacceptable to the U.S. government. While being urged by the Joint Chiefs and his trusted advisors to order a preemptive nuclear strike on Cuba, JFK knew that a diplomatic solution was the only way out as he wouldn’t accept the death of hundreds of millions of people that would likely follow a series of nuclear exchanges with the Soviet Union. Only his brother, Robert, and Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara stood with him in opposing the use of nuclear weapons. Daniel Ellsberg, a former Pentagon and Rand Corporation analyst, reported a coup atmosphere in the Pentagon as Kennedy chose to settle rather than attack.[xiii] In the end, after thirteen incredibly tense daysof brinksmanship, Kennedy and Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev miraculously found a way to resolve the crisis and prevent the use of those weapons.

Afterwards, JFK told his friend John Kenneth Galbraith that “I never had the slightest intention of doing so.”[xiv]

The Fateful Year 1963

In June, 1963, JFK gave an historic speech at American University in which he called for the total abolishment of nuclear weapons, the end of the Cold War and the “Pax Americana enforced on the world by American weapons of war,” and movement toward “general and complete disarmament.”[xv]

A few months later he signed a Limited Test Ban Treaty with Nikita Khrushchev.[xvi]

In October 1963 he signed National Security Action Memorandum 263 calling for the withdrawal of 1,000 U. S. military troops from Vietnam by the end of the year and complete withdrawal by the end of 1965.[xvii]

All this he did while secretly engaging in negotiations with Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev via Saturday Evening Post editor and anti-nuclear weapon advocate, Norman Cousins, Soviet agent Georgi Bolshakov,[xviii] and Pope John XXIII,[xix] as well as  with Cuba’s Prime Minister Fidel Castro through various intermediaries, one of whom was French Journalist Jean Daniel. Of course, secret was not secret when the CIA was involved.

Kennedy, deeply disturbed by the near nuclear catastrophe of the Cuban missile crisis, was determined to open back channel communications to make sure such a near miss never happened again. He knew fault lay on both sides, and that one slipup or miscommunication could initiate a nuclear holocaust.  He was determined, therefore, to try to open lines of communications with his enemies.

Jean Daniel was going to Cuba to interview Fidel Castro, but before he did he interviewed Kennedy on October 24, 1963.  Kennedy, knowing Daniel would tell Castro what he said, asked Daniel if Castro realizes that “through his fault the world was on the verge of nuclear war in October 1962….or even if he cares about it.”  But he also added, to soften the message:

I approved the proclamation Fidel Castro made in the Sierra Maestra, when he justifiably called for justice and especially yearned to rid Cuba of corruption. I will go even further: to some extent it is as though Batista was the incarnation of a number of sins on the part of the United States. Now we will have to pay for those sins. In the matter of the Batista regime, I am in agreement with the first Cuban revolutionaries. That is perfectly clear.[xx]

Such sentiments were anathema, shall we say treasonous, to the CIA and top Pentagon generals. These clear refusals to go to war with Cuba, to emphasize peace and negotiated solutions to conflicts rather than war, to order the withdrawal of all military personnel from Vietnam, to call for an end to the Cold War, and his willingness to engage in private, back-channel communications with Cold War enemies marked Kennedy as an enemy of the national security state. They were on a collision course.

The Assassination on November 22, 1963

After going through the Bay of Pigs, Cuban Missile Crisis and many other military cliffhangers, Kennedy underwent a deep metanoia, a spiritual transformation, from Cold Warrior to peacemaker. He came to regard the generals who advised him as devaluing human life and hell-bent on launching nuclear wars. And he was well aware that his growing resistance to war had put him on a dangerous collision course with those generals and the CIA. On numerous occasions, he spoke of the possibility of a military coup d’état against him.

The night before his trip to Dallas, he told his wife, “But, Jackie, if somebody wants to shoot me from a window with a rifle, nobody can stop it, so why worry about it.”[xxi]

And we know that nobody did try to stop it because they had planned his execution from multiple locations to assure its success.

Who Killed Him?

If the only things you read, watched, or listened to since 1963 were the mainstream corporate media (MSM), you would be convinced that the official explanation for JFK’s assassination, the Warren Commission, was correct in essentials. You would be wrong, because those corporate media have for all these years served as mouthpieces for the government, most notably the CIA that infiltrated and controlled them long ago under a secret program called Operation Mockingbird.[xxii] In 1977, celebrated Watergate journalist, Carl Bernstein, published a 25,000-word cover story for Rolling Stone, “The CIA and the Media,” in which he published the names of many journalists and media, such as The New York Times, CBS, Time, Newsweek, etc., who worked hand in glove with the CIA for decades. Ironically, or as part of “a limited hangout” (spy talk for admitting some truths while concealing deeper ones), this article can be found at the CIA’s own website.

Total control of information requires media complicity, and with the JFK assassination, and in all matters they consider important, the CIA and the MSM are unified.[xxiii] Such control extends to literature, arts, and popular culture as well as news. Frances Stonor Saunders comprehensively documents this in her 1999 book, The Cultural Cold War: The CIA And The World Of Arts And Letters,[xxiv] and Joel Whitney followed this up in 2016 with Finks: How the CIA Tricked the World’s Best Writers, with particular emphasis on the complicity of the CIA and the famous literary journal The Paris Review.  Such revelations are retrospective, of course, but only the most naïve would conclude such operations are a thing of the past.

The Warren Commission claimed that the president was shot by an ex-Marine named Lee Harvey Oswald, firing three bullets from the 6th floor of the Texas School Book Depository as Kennedy’s car was already two hundred and fifty feet past and driving away from him. But this is patently false for many reasons, including the bizarre claim that one of these bullets, later termed “the magic bullet,” passed through Kennedy’s body and zigzagged up and down, left and right, striking Texas Governor John Connolly who was sitting in the front seat and causing seven wounds in all, only to be found later in pristine condition on a stretcher in Parkland Hospital.[xxv] And, any lone assassin looking out the 6th floor window would have taken the perfect shot as the limousine approached within forty feet of the TSBD on Houston St.

The absurdity of the government’s claim, a ballistic fairytale, was the key to its assertion that Oswald killed Kennedy. It was visually shattered and rendered ridiculous by the famous Zapruder film that clearly shows the president being shot from the front right, and, as the right front of his head explodes, he is violently thrown back and to his left as Jacqueline Kennedy climbs on to the car’s trunk to retrieve a piece of her husband’s skull and brain.

This video evidence is clear and simple proof of a conspiracy.[xxvi]

Who Was Lee Harvey Oswald?

But there is another way to examine it.

Image on the right: Lee Harvey Oswald (Source: TheFreeThoughtProject.com)

Oswald

If Lee Harvey Oswald, the man The Warren Commission said killed JFK, was connected to the intelligence community, the FBI and the CIA, then we can logically conclude that he was not “a lone-nut” assassin or not an assassin at all. There is a wealth of evidence to show how, from the very start, Oswald was moved around the globe by the CIA like a pawn in a game, and when the game was done, the pawn was eliminated in the Dallas police headquarters by Jack Ruby two days later.

James W. Douglass, in JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters, the most important book on the matter, asks this question:

Why was Lee Harvey Oswald so tolerated and supported by the government he betrayed?

This is a key question.

After serving as a U.S. Marine at the CIA’s U-2 spy plane Atsugi Air Force Base in Japan with a Crypto clearance (higher than top secret, a fact suppressed by the Warren Commission) and being trained in the Russian language, Oswald left the Marines and defected to the Soviet Union.[xxvii] After denouncing the U.S., rejecting his American citizenship, working at a Soviet factory in Minsk, and taking a Russian wife—during which time Gary Powers’ U-2 spy plane was shot down over the Soviet Union—he returned to the U.S. with a loan from the American Embassy in Moscow, only to be met at the dock in Hoboken, New Jersey, by Spas T. Raikin, a prominent anti-Communist with extensive intelligence connections recommended by the State Department.[xxviii]

Oswald passed through immigration with no trouble, was not prosecuted, moved to Fort Worth, Texas where, at the suggestion of the Dallas CIA Domestic Contacts Service chief, he was met and befriended by George de Mohrenschildt, an anti-communist Russian, who was a CIA asset. De Mohrenschildt got him a job four days later at a photography and graphic arts company that worked on top secret maps for the U.S. Army Map Service related to U-2 spy missions over Cuba.

Oswald was then shepherded around the Dallas area by de Mohrenschildt. In 1977, on the day he revealed he had contacted Oswald for the CIA and was to meet with the House Select Committee on Assassinations’ investigator, Gaeton Fonzi, de Mohrenschildt allegedly committed suicide.

Oswald then moved to New Orleans in April, 1963 where he got a job at the Reily Coffee Company owned by CIA-affiliated William Reily. The Reily Coffee Company was located in close vicinity to the FBI, CIA, Secret Service, and Naval Intelligence offices and a stone’s throw from the office of Guy Banister, a former Special Agent in Charge of the FBI’s Chicago Bureau, who worked as a covert action coordinator for the intelligence services, supplyingweapons, money, and training to anti-Castro paramilitaries. Oswald then went to work with Banister and the CIA paramilitaries.

From this time up until the assassination, Oswald engaged in all sorts of contradictory activities, one day portraying himself as pro-Castro, the next day as anti-Castro, many of these theatrical performances being directed from Banister’s office. It was as though Oswald, on the orders of his puppet masters, was       enacting multiple and antithetical roles in order to confound anyone intent on deciphering the purposes behind his actions and to set him up as a future “assassin” or “patsy.”

James Douglass persuasively argues that Oswald “seems to have been working with both the CIA and FBI,” as a provocateur for the former and an informant for the latter. Jim and Elsie Wilcott, who worked at the CIA Tokyo Station from 1960-64, in a 1978 interview with the San Francisco Chronicle, said, “It was common knowledge in the Tokyo CIA station that Oswald worked for the agency.”[xxix]

When Oswald moved to New Orleans in April, 1963, de Mohrenschildt exited the picture, having asked the CIA for and been indirectly given a $285,000 contract to do a geological survey for Haitian dictator “Papa Doc” Duvalier, which he never did, but for which he was paid.[xxx]

Ruth and Michael Paine then entered the scene on cue. Ruth had been introduced to Oswald by de Mohrenschildt. In September, 1963, Ruth Paine drove from her sister’s house in Virginia to New Orleans to pick up Marina Oswald and bring her to Dallas to live with her, where Lee also stayed on weekends. Back in Dallas, Ruth Paine conveniently arranged a job for Lee Harvey Oswald in the Texas Book Depository, where he began work on October 16, 1963.

Ruth, along with Marina Oswald, was the Warren Commission’s critically important witness against Oswald. Allen Dulles, despite his earlier firing by JFK, got appointed to a key position on the Warren Commission.  He questioned the Paines in front of it, studiously avoiding any revealing questions, especially ones that could disclose his personal connections to the Paines. For Michel Paine’s mother, therefore Ruth’s mother-in-law, Ruth Paine Forbes Young, was a close friend of his old mistress, Mary Bancroft, who worked as a spy with Dulles during WW II. Bancroft and he had been invited guests at Ruth Paine Forbes Young’s private island off Cape Cod.

Ruth and Michael Paine had extensive intelligence connections. Thirty years after the assassination, a document was declassified showing Ruth Paine’s sister Sylvia worked for the CIA. Her father traveled throughout Latin America on an Agency for International Development (notorious for CIA front activities) contract and filed reports that went to the CIA. Her husband Michael’s step-father, Arthur Young, was the inventor of the Bell Helicopter, a major military supplier for the Vietnam War, and Michael’s job there gave him a security clearance.

From late September through November 22nd, various “Oswalds” were later reported to have simultaneously been seen from Mexico City to Dallas. Two Oswalds were arrested in the Texas Theater, the real one taken out the front door and an impostor out the back.

As Douglass says:

“There were more Oswalds providing evidence against Lee Harvey Oswald than the Warren Report could use or even explain.”[xxxi]

Even J. Edgar Hoover knew that Oswald impostors were used, as he told LBJ concerning Oswald’s alleged visit to the Soviet Embassy in Mexico City. He later called this CIA ploy, “the false story re Oswald’s trip to Mexico . . . their (CIA’s) double-dealing,” something that he couldn’t forget. [xxxii]

It was apparent to anyone paying close attention that a very intricate and deadly game was being played at high levels in the shadows.

We know Oswald was blamed for the President’s murder. But if one fairly follows the trail of the crime, it becomes blatantly obvious that government forces were at work. Douglass and others have amassed layer upon layer of evidence to show how this had to be so.

Who Had the Power to Withdraw the President’s Security?

To answer this essential question is to finger the conspirators and to expose, in Vincent Salandria’s words, “the false mystery concealing state crimes.”[xxxiii]

Neither Oswald, the mafia nor anti-Castro Cubans could have withdrawn most of the security that day. Sheriff Bill Decker ordered all his deputies “to take no part whatsoever in the security of that [presidential] motorcade.”[xxxiv]  Police Chief Jesse Curry did the same for Dallas police protection for the president in Dealey Plaza. Both “Chief Curry and Sheriff Decker gave their orders withdrawing security from the president in obedience to orders they had themselves received from the Secret Service.” The Secret Service withdrew the police motorcycle escorts from beside the president’s car where they had been on previous presidential motorcades as well as the day before in Houston and removed agents from the back of the car where they were normally stationed to obstruct gunfire.

The Secret Service admitted there were no Secret Service agents on the ground in Dealey Plaza to protect Kennedy. But we know from extensive witness testimony that, during and after the assassination, there were people in Dealey Plaza impersonating Secret Service agents who stopped policeman and the public from moving through the area on the Grassy Knoll where some of the shots appeared to come from. The Secret Service approved the fateful, dogleg turn (on a dry run on November 18) where the car, driven by Secret Service agent William Greer, moved at a snail’s pace and came almost to a halt before the final head shot, clear and blatant security violations.  The House Select Committee on Assassinations concluded this, not some conspiracy theorist.[xxxv]

Who could have squelched the testimony of the many doctors and medical personnel who claimed the president had been shot from the front in his neck and head, testimony contradicting the official story?

Who could have prosecuted and imprisoned Abraham Bolden, the first African-American Secret Service agent personally brought on to the White House detail by JFK, who warned that he feared the president was going to be assassinated? (Douglass interviewed Bolden seven times and his evidence on the aborted plot to kill JFK in Chicago on November 2 is a story little known but extraordinary in its implications.)

The list of all the people who turned up dead, the evidence and events manipulated, the inquiry squelched, distorted, and twisted in an ex post facto cover-up clearly point to forces within the government, not rogue actors without institutional support.

The evidence for a conspiracy organized at the deepest levels of the intelligence apparatus is overwhelming. James Douglass presents it in such depth and so logically that only one hardened to the truth would not be deeply moved and affected by his book, JFK and the Unspeakable.

But there is more from him and other researchers who have cut the Gordian      knot of this false mystery with a few brief strokes.

Oswald, The Preordained Patsy

Three examples will suffice to show that Lee Harvey Oswald, working as part of a U.S. Intelligence operation, was set up to take the blame for the assassination of President Kennedy, and that when he said in police custody that he was “a patsy,” he was speaking truthfully. These examples make it clear that Oswald was deceived by his intelligence handlers and had been chosen without his knowledge, long before the murder, to take the blame as a lone, crazed killer.

First, Kennedy was shot at 12:30 P.M. CT. According to the Warren Report, at 12:45 P.M. a police report was issued for a suspect that perfectly fit Oswald’s description. This was based on the testimony of Howard Brennan, who said he was standing across from the Book Depository and saw a standing white man, about 5’10” and slender, fire a rifle at the president’s car from the sixth-floor window. This was blatantly false because photographs taken moments after the shooting show the window open only partially at the bottom about fourteen inches, and it would have been impossible for a standing assassin to be seen “resting against the left windowsill,” (the windowsill was a foot from the floor), as Brennan is alleged to have said. He would have therefore had to have been shooting through the glass. The description of the suspect was clearly fabricated in advance to match Oswald’s.

Then between 1:06 and 1:15 P.M. in the quiet residential Oak Cliff neighborhood of Dallas, Police Officer J.D. Tippit was shot and killed. Supposedly based on Brennan’s description broadcast over police radio, Tippit had stopped a man fitting the description and this man pulled a gun and shot the officer. Meanwhile, Oswald had returned to his rooming house where his landlady said he left at 1:03 P.M., went outside, and was standing at a northbound bus stop. The Tippet murder took place nine-tenths of a mile away to the south where a witness, Mrs. Higgins, said she heard a gunshot at 1:06 P.M., ran outside, saw Tippit lying in the street and a man running away with a handgun whom she said was not Oswald.

Oswald is reported to have entered the Texas Theater minutes before the Tippit murder. The concession stand operator, Warren Burroughs has said he sold him popcorn at 1:15 P.M., which is the time the Warren Report claims Tippit was killed. At 1:50 P.M., Lee Harvey Oswald was arrested in the Texas Theater and taken out the front door where a crowd and many police cars awaited him, while a few minutes later a second Oswald is secretly taken out the back door of the movie theater. (To read this story of the second Oswald and his movement by the CIA out of Dallas on a military aircraft on the afternoon of November 22, 1963, documented in great detail by James W. Douglass, is an eye-opener.)

The official narrative of Oswald and the Tippit murder begs credulity, but it serves to “show” that Oswald was a killer.[xxxvi]

Despite his denials, Oswald, set up for Kennedy’s murder based on a prepackaged description, is arraigned for Tippit’s murder at 7:10 PM. It was not until the next day that he was charged for Kennedy’s.

The Message to Air Force One

Secondly, while Oswald is being questioned about Tippit’s murder in the afternoon hours after his arrest, Air Force One has left Dallas for Washington with the newly sworn-in president Lyndon Johnson and the presidential party. Back in D.C., the White House Situation Room is under the personal and direct control of Kennedy’s National Security Advisor, McGeorge Bundy, a man with close CIA ties who had opposed JFK on many matters, including the Bay of Pigs and Kennedy’s order to withdraw from Vietnam.[xxxvii]

As reported by Theodore White, in The Making of the President 1964, Johnson and the others were informed by the Bundy controlled Situation Room that “there was no conspiracy, learned of the identity of Oswald and his arrest …”[xxxviii]

Vincent Salandria, one of the earliest and most astute critics of the Warren Commission, put it this way in his book, False Mystery:[xxxix]

This [announcement from the Situation Room to Air Force One in flight back to Washington, D.C] was the very first announcement of Oswald as the lone assassin. In Dallas, Oswald was not even charged with assassinating the President until 1:30 A.M. the next morning. The plane landed at 5:59 P.M. on the 22nd. At that time      the District Attorney of Dallas, Henry Wade, was stating that “preliminary reports indicated more than one person was involved in the shooting … the electric chair is too good for the killers.” Can there be any doubt that for any government taken by surprise by the assassination — and legitimately seeking the truth concerning it — less than six hours after the time of the assassination was too soon to know there was no conspiracy? This announcement was the first which designated Oswald as the lone assassin….

I propose the thesis that McGeorge Bundy, when that announcement was issued from his Situation Room, had reason to know that the true meaning of such a message when conveyed to the Presidential party on Air Force One [and to a separate plane with the entire cabinet that had turned around and was headed back over the Pacific Ocean] was not the ostensible message which was being communicated. Rather, I submit that Bundy … was really conveying to the Presidential party the thought that Oswald was being designated the lone assassin before any evidence against him was ascertainable. As a central coordinator of intelligence services, Bundy in transmitting such a message through the Situation Room was really telling the Presidential party that an unholy marriage had taken place between the U.S. Governmental intelligence services and the lone-assassin doctrine. Was he not telling the Presidential party peremptorily, ‘Now, hear this! Oswald is the assassin, the sole assassin. Evidence is not available yet. Evidence will be obtained, or in lieu thereof evidence will be created. This is a crucial matter of state that cannot await evidence. The new rulers have spoken. You, there, Mr. New President, and therefore dispatchable stuff, and you the underlings of a deposed President, heed the message well.’ Was not Bundy’s Situation Room serving an Orwellian double-think function?[xl]

Oswald’s Prepackaged Life Story

Finally, Air Force Colonel Fletcher Prouty adds a third example of the CIA conspiracy for those who need more evidence that the government has lied from the start about the assassination.

Prouty was Chief of Special Operations in the Pentagon before and during the Kennedy years. He was the liaison between the Joint Chiefs and the CIA, working closely with Director Allen Dulles and others in supporting the clandestine operations of the CIA under military cover. He had been sent out of the country to the South Pole by the aforementioned CIA operative Edward Lansdale (Operation Northwoods) before the Kennedy assassination and was returning on November 22, 1963. On a stopover in Christchurch, New Zealand, he heard a radio report that the president had been killed but knew no details. He was having breakfast with a U.S Congressman at 7:30 AM on November 23, New Zealand time. A short time later, at approximately 4:30 PM Dallas time, November 22, he bought the Christchurch Star 23 November 1963 newspaper and read it together with the Congressman.

The newspaper reports from the scene said that Kennedy had been killed by bursts of automatic weapons fire, not a single shot rifle, firing three separate shots in 6.8 seconds, as was later claimed for Oswald. But the thing that really startled him was that at a time when Oswald had just been arrested and had not even been charged for the murder of Officer Tippit, there was elaborate background information on Oswald, his time in Russia, his association with Fair Play for Cuba Committee in New Orleans, etc. “It’s almost like a book written five years later,” said Prouty. “Furthermore, there’s a picture of Oswald, well-dressed in a business suit, whereas, when he was picked up on the streets of Dallas after the President’s death, he had on some t-shirt or something…

“Who had written that scenario?  Who wrote that script…So much news was already written ahead of time of the murder to say that Oswald killed the President and that he did it with three shots…Somebody had decided Oswald was going to be the patsy…Where did they get it, before the police had charged him with the crime?  Not so much ‘where,’ as ‘why’Oswald?”[xli]

Prouty, an experienced military man working for the CIA in the Pentagon, accused the military-intelligence “High Cabal” of killing President Kennedy in an elaborate and sophisticated plot and blaming it on Oswald, whom they had begun setting up years in advance.

The evidence for a government plot to plan, assassinate, cover-up, and choose a patsy in the murder of President John Kennedy is overwhelming.[xlii]

Five years after JFK’s assassination, we would learn, to our chagrin and his glory, that the president’s younger brother, Senator Robert F. Kennedy, equally brave and unintimidated, would take a bullet to the back of his head in 1968 as he was on his way to the presidency and the pursuit of his brother’s killers. The same cowards struck again.

Their successors still run the country and must be stopped.

Epilogue by James W. Douglass

“John F. Kennedy was raised from the death of wealth, power, and privilege. The son of a millionaire ambassador, he was born, raised, and educated to rule the system. When he was elected President, Kennedy’s heritage of power corresponded to his position as head of the greatest national security state in history. But Kennedy, like Lazarus, was raised from the death of that system. In spite of all odds, he became a peacemaker and, thus, a traitor to the system….

“Why? What raised Kennedy from the dead? Why did John Kennedy choose life in the midst of death and by continuing to choose life thus condemn himself to death? I have puzzled over that question while studying the various biographies of Kennedy. May I suggest one source of grace for his resurrection as a peacemaker? In reading his story, one is struck by his devotion to his children. There is no mistaking the depth of love he had for Caroline and John, and the overwhelming pain he and Jacqueline experienced at the death of their son Patrick. Robert Kennedy in his book Thirteen Days has described how his brother saw the Cuban Missile Crisis in terms of the future of his children and all children. I believe John Kennedy was at least partially raised from the dead of the national security state by the life of his children. The heroic peacemaking of his final months, with his acceptance of its likely cost in his own death, was, I suspect, partly a result of the universal life he saw in and through them. I think he believed profoundly the words that he gave in his American University address as his foundation for rejecting the Cold War: ‘Our most basic common link is that we all inhabit this small planet. We all breathe the same air. We all cherish our children’s future. And we are all mortal.’”[xliii]

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Edward Curtin is a prominent author, researcher and sociologist based in Western Massachusetts. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). 

Notes

[i] History Will Not Absolve Us: Orwellian Control, Public Denial, and the Murder of President Kennedy, E. Martin Schotz, Kurtz, Ulmer, & DeLucia Book Publishers, 1996.

[ii] JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died & Why It Matters, James W. Douglass, Orbis Books, 2008[1][2], p. 8 & p.212.

Destiny Betrayed, James DiEugenio, 2nd Edition, Skyhorse Publishing, 2012, pp. 17-33.

The Devil’s Chessboard: Allen Dulles, the CIA and the Rise of America’s Secret Government, David Talbot, Harper Collins, 2015, pp. 375389.

MORI DocID: 1451843 p. 464, p. 473 of “The CIA’s Family Jewels,” 16 May 1973, The National Security Archives.

[iv] Investigation into the condition and circumstances resulting in the tragic death of Dag Hammarskjold and of members of the party accompanying him (United Nations General Assembly document,) Judge Mohamed Chande Othman, September 5, 2017, p. 49 and 50, Dag Hammarskjöld Plane Crash Recent Developments, UN Association, Westminster Branch UK.

[v] Edward Curtin interviews Greg Poulgrain on The Incubus of Intervention: Conflicting Indonesian Strategies of John F. Kennedy and Allen Dulles, Global Research, July 22, 2016.

Chapter 2 – JFK, Dulles and Hammarskjöld of The Incubus of Intervention.

Greg Poulgrain, JFK vs Allen Dulles: Battleground Indonesia, Simon & Schuster, 2020.

[vi] Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., American Values, Harper Collins, 2018, p. 117.

[vii] Dallas Mayor During JFK Assassination Was CIA Asset, Who.What.Why, August 2, 2017.

[viii] Peter Kornbluh confirmed this in a phone conversation with the author in May 2000. See The ULTRASENSITIVE Bay of PigsNewly Released Portions of Taylor Commission Report Provide Critical New Details on Operation Zapata, National Security Archive Briefing Book No. 29, May 3, 2000.

[ix] Averell Harriman interviewed in Charles Stevenson, The End Of Nowhere; American Policy Toward Laos Since 1954 , 1972, p. 154.

[x] Richard Reeves, President Kennedy: Profile of Power, Simon & Schuster, 1994, p. 222.

[xi] Pentagon Proposed Pretexts for Cuba Invasion in 1962, FOIA documents at National Security Archive.

[xii] Pierre Salinger, P.S.: A Memoir, St. Martin’s Press, 1995, p. 253.

[xiii] Talbot, op. cit., p. 453.

[xiv] John Kenneth Galbraith, A Life in Our Times, Houghton Mifflin, 1981, p. 388.

[xv] American University Commencement Address, President Kennedy, June 10, 1963.

[xvi] President Kennedy Radio and TV Address to the American People on the Nuclear Test Ban Treaty, July 26, 1963.

Treaty Banning Nuclear Weapon Tests in the Atmosphere, in Outer Space, and Under Water, signed at Moscow August 5, 1963, entered into force October 10, 1963.

[xvii] See James K. Galbraith, “Exit Strategy,” Boston Review, October/November 2003.

[xviii] Pierre Salinger, With Kennedy, Doubleday & Co., 1966, p.198.

[xix] See Norman Cousins, The Improbable Triumvirate: John F. Kennedy, Pope John, Nikita Khrushchev – An Asterisk to the History of a Hopeful Year, 1962-1963, W.W. Norton & Co., 1972.

[xx] Jean Daniel, “Unofficial Envoy – An Historic Report from Two Capitals,” The New Republic, December 14, 1963.

[xxi] Kenneth P. O’Donnell and David F. Powers, “Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye;” Memories of John Fitzgerald Kennedy, Little Brown, 1972, p.25.

[xxii] See Operation Mockingbird, the only FOIA-released-by-CIA documents at The Black Vault.

Carl Bernstein, “THE CIA AND THE MEDIA – How Americas Most Powerful News Media Worked Hand in Glove with the Central Intelligence Agency and Why the Church Committee Covered It Up.” Rolling Stone, October 20, 1977.

[xxiii] James F. Tracy, “The CIA and the Media: 50 Facts the World Needs to Know,” Global Research/ratical.org, 2018.

[xxiv] Frances Stonor Saunders, The Cultural Cold War: The CIA And The World Of Arts And Letters, New Press. 1999.

See Also: James Petras, “The CIA and the Cultural Cold War Revisited,” Monthly Review, November 1999.

[xxv] See Vincent J. Salandria, “The Warren Report?Liberation, March 1965.

[xxvi] Zapruder Film in slow motion (1:33).

[xxvii] Gerald D. McKnight, Breach of Trust: How the Warren Commission Failed the Nation and Why, Univ. Of Kansas Press, 2005, review by Jim DiEugenio.

[xxviii] Douglass, op. cit., p. 46.

[xxix] See James and Elsie Wilcott: CIA Profile in Courage, excerpt from JFK and the Unspeakable, pp. 144-148, 421-422.

[xxx] Douglass, op. cit., p. 47-48.

[xxxi] See Oswald’s Doubles: How Multiple Lookalikes Were Used to Craft One Lone Scapegoat, excerpt from JFK and the Unspeakable, pp. 286-303, 350-355, 464-470, 481-483.

[xxxii] Douglass, op. cit., p. 81.

[xxxiii] Vincent Salandria, The JFK Assassination: A False Mystery Concealing State Crimes, presentation at the Coalition on Political Assassinations, November 20, 1998.

[xxxiv] Dallas Deputy Sheriff Roger Dean Craig, When They Kill A President, 1971.

[xxxv] Douglass, op. cit., pp. 270-277 and endnote 75 of James Douglass’ 2009 COPA Keynote Address.

Secret Service Final Survey Report for the November 21, 1963, visit by President Kennedy to Houston, cited in    

Appendix to Hearings before the HSCA, vol. 11, p.529.

[xxxvi] Douglass, op. cit., pp. 287-304.

DiEugenio, op. cit., pp. 391-2.

[xxxvii] Talbot, op.cit., pp. 407-8.  &  NSAM 263 (document 194), Foreign Relations of the United States, Vietnam v. IV, Aug-Dec’63.

[xxxviii] Theodore White, The Making of the President, 1964, Atheneum, 1965, p. 33.

See also , Let Us Begin Anew: An Oral History of the Kennedy Presidency, Gerald S. Strober, Debra Strober, Perennial, 1993, pp. 450-451.

[xxxix] False Mystery, Essays on the JFK Assassination by Vincent Salandria, rat haus reality press, 2017

[xl] Bundy Continued to Shape Hawkish Policies, in Vincent J. Salandria, “The Assassination of President John F. Kennedy: A Model of Explanation,” Computers and Automation, December 1971, pp. 32-40.

[xli] David T. Ratcliffe, Understanding Special Operations: 1989 Interview with L. Fletcher Prouty, rat haus reality press, 1999, pp. 214-215.

[xlii] See The President John F. Kennedy Assassination Records Collection at The National Archives.

[xliii] James Douglass, “The Assassinations of Martin Luther King and John F. Kennedy in the Light of the Fourth Gospel,” Sewanee Theological Review, 1998


More articles on JFK’s assassination by the author:

“The Assassination and Mrs. Paine”. The Last Link to the Murder of JFK. Review and Analysis by Edward Curtin

By Edward Curtin, July 06, 2022

Oliver Stone Documents the Past to Illuminate the Present. “JFK: Destiny Betrayed”

By Edward Curtin, March 30, 2022

JFK Revisited: Through the Looking Glass by Oliver Stone

By Edward Curtin, January 17, 2022

There Is a Direct Link Between JFK, 9/11 and COVID-19: Edward Curtin

By Edward Curtin and Geopolitics and Empire, November 10, 2021

Bob Dylan’s Explosive Song “Murder Most Foul”, History of the JFK Assassination and “The Interview”

By Edward Curtin, November 22, 2020

Unspeakable Memories: The Day John Kennedy Died

By Edward Curtin, November 22, 2020

Consult the author’s archive for more articles.


He is the author of Seeking the Truth in a Country of Lies

To order his book click the cover page.

“Seeking Truth in a Country of Lies is a dazzling journey into the heart of many issues — political, philosophical, and personal — that should concern us all.  Ed Curtin has the touch of the poet and the eye of an eagle.” Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

“Edward Curtin puts our propaganda-stuffed heads in a guillotine, then in a flash takes us on a redemptive walk in the woods — from inferno to paradiso.  Walk with Ed and his friends — Daniel Berrigan, Albert Camus, George Orwell, and many others — through the darkest, most-firefly-filled woods on this earth.” James W. Douglass, author, JFK and the Unspeakable

“A powerful exposé of the CIA and our secret state… Curtin is a passionate long-time reform advocate; his stories will rouse your heart.” Oliver Stone, filmmaker, writer, and director

How Refined Sugar Fuels Cancer

December 8th, 2023 by Dr. Joseph Mercola

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

All dietary carbohydrates are digested into sugars called glucose. Glucose, in turn, can be metabolized (burned) for fuel using two different pathways. First, the glucose is metabolized into pyruvate. The pyruvate can then either enter the glycolysis pathway in the cytoplasm of the cell and produce lactate (this is an inefficient backup pathway), or it can be converted into acetyl-CoA and shuttled to the mitochondrial electron transport chain, which results in optimal energy production

The Warburg Effect refers to the observation that if your body has access to enough oxygen, it will preferentially burn (oxidize) glucose in your mitochondria by converting the pyruvate into acetyl-CoA

The state of mitochondrial physiology that Warburg accurately identified occurs when your body has enough oxygen and the mitochondria are not maxed out, yet still uses the backup glycolysis pathway. This is also called cancer metabolism. It gives the false impression that cancer is using glucose to supply its metabolic needs for energy, but it is merely an illusion

The primary reason glucose cannot be burned in your mitochondria is because the mitochondria are dysfunctional. This dysfunction is the result of the electron transport chain (ETC) being backed up with an excess of electrons that are unable to flow easily through the five complexes. This condition is known as reductive stress. In this situation, your body has no choice but to use the backup system, glycolysis

Contrary to natural fructose (found in ripe fruits and honey, for example), refined sugars and many starches are more likely to cause gut dysbiosis that leads to the production of endotoxin. This endotoxin is one of the factors that destroys mitochondrial function, resulting in cancer metabolism (the Warburg Effect) where glucose is burned through glycolysis

*

There’s a common misconception that all sugar, i.e., carbohydrates in general, will act as fuel for cancer, but nothing could be further from reality. When it comes to the “sugar fuels cancer” issue, it’s important to make a distinction between the sources of the carbs.

While it is technically accurate to call all carbs sugar, there is a radical difference in the source of the carbs — ripe whole fruits versus starches, for example, and whole fruits versus refined processed sugar (ex: table sugar and high fructose corn syrup).

Many studies have indeed found a strong and accurate link between refined sugar intake and cancer risk. For example, research1 published in 2014 found that Stage 3 colon cancer patients who drank two or more servings of sugar-sweetened beverages per day had a 67% higher risk of cancer recurrence and death compared to those who consumed less than two servings per month.

The key term here is “sugar-sweetened beverages.” There are significant differences between liquid refined/processed sugar and unrefined sugars from fruits.

Refined sugars, as well as many starches, are a common cause of endotoxin production in your gut, which destroys mitochondrial function and results in cancer metabolism, whereas the fructose present in whole foods does not typically result in the production of endotoxin. This is one of the primary differences between refined sugar and fructose from ripe fruit and helps explain why refined sugars fuel cancer.

The Many Downstream Hazards of Glycolysis

The glycolysis pathway is great when you need quick fuel when you are activating your Type 2 muscle fibers. But if this is the primary way you burn glucose, then you are in a catastrophic metabolic state because you’re promoting insulin resistance and diabetes and creating loads of lactate as a waste product instead of healthy CO2 and metabolic water. 

Lactate increases reductive stress, which causes reverse electron flow in the mitochondria and increases the ROS to 3% to 4%, which is 30 to 40 times more than when glucose is burned in the mitochondria. What’s more, glycolysis generates only two ATP for every molecule of glucose, which is 95% less energy than would be generated if the glucose were metabolized in your mitochondria.

You’re also promoting cancer, because cancer cells preferentially use glycolysis. But again, it’s not sugar that is driving the cancer process per se. It’s really rooted in mitochondrial dysfunction, and fatty acid oxidation (metabolism of fats instead of glucose) is part of what causes that dysfunction.

For a long time, I believed fats burned “cleaner” than carbs — that’s one of the “selling points” for keto — but I’ve since realized we had it backward. Glucose, when burned in the mitochondria, actually burns far cleaner than fat.

So, it’s important to get your macronutrient ratios right, because if the glucose you eat is constantly shuttled into glycolysis, you’re fueling cancer. At the same time, the fat you consume ends up in fat storage rather than being used up for fuel.

Ultimately, you want to burn glucose in your mitochondria. One exception is when you’re doing high-intensity exercise. When you’re engaging your Type 2 fibers, it’s safe to use the glycolysis pathway, but that’s the exception. When you’re resting, you want to burn glucose in your mitochondria.

The only way to ensure that is to keep your dietary fat content below 35% of your total calories. If you’re insulin resistant, which means you’re metabolically inflexible, that threshold may be closer to 20% or even 10%. So, if you’re insulin resistant, you’ll want to significantly lower your fat intake until your insulin resistance is resolved. Then you can increase it to 30%. All of this is easily calculated by using a free online program called Cronometer.

The Warburg Effect

You’ve probably heard that the Warburg Effect is involved in cancer. The Warburg Effect refers to the observation that cancer cells produce lactate even in the presence of adequate oxygen (aerobic respiration). Lactate is a byproduct of glycolysis (nonaerobic respiration).

I realize the above explanation of the Warburg Effect is technical, but the key point here, and what Warburg identified, is that if your body has access to enough oxygen, it will preferentially burn (oxidize) glucose in your mitochondria by converting the pyruvate into acetyl-CoA.

If you find this concept confusing, please be kind to yourself. Even some highly knowledgeable physicians in natural medicine misconstrue this point and incorrectly assert that Warburg demonstrated cancer is fueled by sugar. I, too, held this belief before delving into biologist and bioenergetic medicine pioneer Ray Peat’s work. However, it’s evident that such a claim is a profoundly serious misinterpretation of Warburg’s research.

Glucose Metabolism 101

All dietary carbohydrates are digested into sugars called glucose. Glucose, in turn, can be metabolized (burned) for fuel using two different pathways, as illustrated below.

glucose pathways

First, the glucose is metabolized into pyruvate. The pyruvate can then either enter the glycolysis pathway in the cytoplasm of the cell and produce lactate, or it can be converted into acetyl-CoA and shuttled to the mitochondrial electron transport chain.

There are many factors involved in cancer formation. It’s most assuredly not as simple as “cancer thrives on sugar.” Cancer cells can survive and thrive on protein and fats as well. Cancer cells simply use the glycolysis pathway — the same pathway glucose goes through when your glucose metabolism is impaired in the mitochondria.

This is the same pathway that your body uses when it reaches its limit to produce ATP in the mitochondria, which is the most efficient and least damaging way to produce energy. The downside is that this pathway is fine for normal activities, but when you engage in activities that exceed your mitochondria’s energy-producing capacity, like high intensity exercises, then glycolysis is the healthy and normal way your body produces energy.

Oxygen, Glucose and Cancer Metabolism Explained

In the case of vigorous exercise, your mitochondria are not really impaired, but merely maxed out, as they have reached their threshold to produce ATP when oxygen is present. They simply are unable to supply your body’s demand for energy. It is like driving a car with the gas pedal pushed to the floor and it simply is unable to go any faster, so the backup pathway must be activated.

The backup system is glycolysis, which creates energy very quickly but is highly inefficient and wastes loads of resources, does not produce CO2, and creates reductive stress by generating lactate. In this situation, this is not a problem, as it is a backup and you’re not going to be sprinting for very long and can easily recover from this relatively short-term abuse, which has many hermetic health benefits.

The state of mitochondrial physiology that Warburg accurately identified occurs when your body has enough oxygen and the mitochondria are not maxed out, yet still uses the backup glycolysis pathway. This, my friends, is also called cancer metabolism.

It gives the false impression that cancer is using glucose to supply its metabolic needs for energy, but it is merely an optical illusion. Even brilliant research scientists like Dr. Tom Seyfried, a leading expert on the theory of cancer as a metabolic disease, are confused about this. I would love to interview Tom about this, but he and most are so conformationally biased, they refuse to reconsider their position on this point.

What Causes Your Body to Switch to the Warburg Effect?

This is the crux of the problem that virtually no one in health understands. Why on earth would your body do such a foolish thing as to burn glucose in the inefficient and pathology-producing backup glycolysis pathway and not in your mitochondria? If you understand the answer to this question, you will know more about molecular biology than virtually every physician, including nearly all functional medicine doctors.

The primary reason it fails to burn glucose in your mitochondria is that the mitochondria are seriously damaged and have what is termed mitochondrial dysfunction. This is the result of the electron transport chain (ETC) being backed up with an excess of electrons that are unable to flow easily through the five complexes. This is a condition known as reductive stress, which refers to an excess of negative charges due to the electrons.

Your body has no choice but to use the backup system, glycolysis, when the mitochondria have maxed out their capacity to produce energy. If it fails to use the backup system, you will not create enough ATP and you will simply die because your body must have fuel to run its metabolism. It is the same thing that happens to a fire when it runs out of fuel.

This is the real Warburg Effect. Nearly everyone believes that cancer feeds on sugar, but that is simply inaccurate. The truth is the polar opposite. Cancer cells have such seriously damaged mitochondria they are simply incapable of burning sugar in the mitochondria and must rely on the backup system to survive.

This is why the most effective strategy is to not jump to low carb keto to avoid feeding the cancer, but rather to use metabolic therapies that fundamentally address why the cells are unable to oxidize sugar in the mitochondria.

Once you fix the mitochondria and allow the cancer cells to metabolize glucose in the mitochondria, the cancer regresses back to normal healthy cells because the mitochondria work again and they don’t require to use the emergency backup system.

Refined sugars and many starches are more likely to cause gut dysbiosis that leads to the production of endotoxin. This endotoxin is one of the factors that destroys mitochondrial function, resulting in cancer metabolism (the Warburg Effect), where glucose is burned through glycolysis.

What Causes Mitochondrial Dysfunction?

There are many factors that contribute to this, but I can strongly assure you that a diet including a moderate amount of healthy ripe fruits is not one of them. The fruits are actually part of the cure for cancer. There are four primary contributors to mitochondrial dysfunction:

  • Excess linoleic acid (LA)
  • Estrogen dominance
  • EMFs
  • Endotoxin

These all play major roles, but excess LA and estrogen dominance are clearly the leading contributors resulting in the vast majority of cancers resulting from mitochondrial dysfunction. This is largely because LA and estrogen negatively impact your body in many similar ways. They both:

  • Increase free radicals that cause oxidative stress and damage your mitochondria’s ability to produce energy.
  • Increase calcium intake inside the cell that causes an increase in nitric oxide and superoxide that increases peroxynitrite that also increases oxidative stress.
  • Cause an increase in intracellular water causing your body to retain water.
  • Slow down your metabolic rate and suppress your thyroid gland.

Nearly everyone in the developing world has 10 times the amount of LA in their tissues than their ancestors of 100 years ago had. This PUFA is very susceptible to oxidative damage and produces free radicals like reactive aldehydes in your body that destroy your mitochondria.

These toxic metabolites of LA create enormous amounts of reductive stress as a result of electrons building up in the ETC and blocking the forward movement of electrons to complex IV and V to create ATP.

And, because LA is embedded in the inner mitochondrial membrane, it gets damaged and leaks protons that normally build up in the inner mitochondrial space. This proton gradient is responsible for driving the nano motor in complex V to create ATP. Both processes combine to shut down and ultimately prematurely destroy the mitochondria.

Finally, when you eat carbs like starches, they can end up feeding bacteria in the intestine, which creates endotoxin that is a potent mitochondrial poison.

Refined Sugars Versus Sugar From Whole Foods

Now, when it comes to sugar feeding cancer, this really only applies to refined sugars, as well as many starches, because they are a common cause of endotoxin production in your gut.

As mentioned, endotoxin destroys mitochondrial function and results in cancer metabolism, whereas natural fructose does not typically result in the production of endotoxin. This is one of the primary differences between refined sugar and fructose from ripe fruit and helps explain why refined sugars fuel cancer while natural sugars don’t.

If you have healthy mitochondria (which most people do NOT have) then refined and sugar from whole foods like ripe fruit would be burned in the mitochondria. The problem is, over time, the starch or refined sugar will increase endotoxin, which will prevent the mitochondria from burning any glucose well, whether from fruit or high fructose corn syrup.

The other point to consider is that there is a wide variability in the human microbiome. Many people have seriously compromised microflora with an excessive preponderance of gram-negative bacteria that contain the lipopolysaccharide (LPS) in their cell membrane that converts to endotoxin once these bacteria die, and their cell membranes are metabolized. This radically increases a person’s ability to have an adverse reaction from undigested starches.

One of the ways a person can improve this scenario is to implement a microbiological principle known as competitive inhibition which involves supplementing with a probiotic like lactobacillus, or fermented foods, that are predominantly gram-positive bacteria and do not contains LPS in their membranes. This will crowd out or displace the gram-negatives over time, and increase an individual’s tolerance to these undigested starches as they aren’t fertilizing the growth of the LPS containing bacteria.

The Best Fuel for Mitochondria and the Role of Carbs in Your Body

In the end, the fundamental health truth is that glucose is the ideal fuel for your mitochondria and the one that will create the most energy with the least amount of “exhaust” in the form of free radicals causing oxidative stress that damages your mitochondria, cell membranes and proteins. It will also create the most carbon dioxide in your body which is highly beneficial for your health.

Many mistakenly believe, like I previously did, that fat is the ideal fuel in your mitochondria, but that would be a serious mistake. Fat is an important and crucial fuel that many cells, like your heart, rely on, but it never was designed to be your primary fuel. It is merely a backup fuel to keep you alive long enough until you can find some healthy carbs.

Carbs are so important that if you don’t eat any, your body will make between 150 to 250 grams a day because your brain requires sugar. Without sugar you will go into a hypoglycemic coma and die. So, to keep yourself alive if you aren’t consuming carbs, your body will release stress hormones like glucagon, adrenaline and cortisol that will shred the protein from your muscles and bones to send to your liver to make glucose.

Solutions

This is really a mind-bending new way of viewing carbs, and it took me nearly a year to wrap my head around it. I have posted a podcast with Dr. Jay Feldman at the top of this page that I believe you will help you understand it better. More than likely, you will need to listen to it a few times. I listened to it five or six times and may review it a few more times, it’s so good. In closing then, the solutions, if you want to lower your risk of cancer, would be to:

  • Lower your LA intake as low as possible by avoiding processed foods, seed oils, chicken, pork, seeds and nuts
  • Making sure you’re eating healthy carbs such as ripe fruit
  • Supplement with a good probiotic or fermented foods to crowd out gram negative bacteria in your gut
  • Avoid most grains, primarily because they are high in LA but may also contain undigestible starch
  • Optimizing your mitochondrial function in general
  • Decreasing lactate production and increasing carbon dioxide, as they have opposing effects.2You can learn more about this in “The Biology of Carbon Dioxide

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

1 PLOS ONE 2014; 9(6): e99816

2 RayPeat.com Mitochondria and Mortality

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Canada has announced a plan to use a cap-and-trade system to impose greenhouse gas emission limits on its oil and gas industry. Under the “draft framework,” Canada will issue emissions allowances to oil and gas producers, which will be capped at levels between 35% and 38% below 2019 levels, beginning in 2030. The government will then continue to lower allowances in stages until the industry reaches net zero by 2050.

Ottawa plans to finish drafting regulations by next year, with a final plan in place by 2026. Environment Minister Steven Guilbeault called the plan “ambitious” but “practical.” “It considers the global demand for oil and gas, and the importance of the sector in Canada’s economy, and sets a limit that is strict, but achievable,” Guilbeault said.

This is all part of Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s plan for Canada to achieve net-zero emissions by 2050, which he announced during his election in 2021.

Critics state that the timeframe is simply not achievable for the world’s fourth-largest oil producer and fifth-largest natural gas producer. Federal Energy Minister Jonathan Wilkinson admitted that the government is uncertain how they will implement these measures without shutting down production entirely. A failed execution “would essentially make us poorer in Canada and make our American friends or folks in Saudi Arabia or elsewhere richer,” he stated.

Globalists everywhere are making lofty pledges on the heels of the COP28 summit.

The only rush comes when attempting to meet these arbitrary targets.

The only reason governments are targeting 2030 and 2050 is because they were directed to do so by Klaus Schwab and the globalists at the World Economic Forum.

Schwab and Guterres. UN-WEF 2030 Partnership

It will be interesting to see the final plans for this idea that sacrifices Canada’s economic health for the climate change psyops.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from Armstrong Economics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

A friend in Boston just sent me a Boston Globe interview with Nobel laureates Drew Weissman and Katalin Kariko in which they reaffirm their faith in the COVID-19 vaccines. Their most notable proclamation can be seen in the following screenshot.

This is a stunning assertion, given that even the CDC has acknowledged (almost two years ago) that the COVID-19 vaccines don’t prevent infection or transmission. Why would the laureates make such a patently false assertion in a newspaper published in one of the world’s most highly educated cities?

The first answer that comes to mind is that they are cynical shills of the Bio-Pharmaceutical Complex that has penetrated the groves of Academe in Boston. I suspect that this is indeed largely the case, though I wonder if their cynicism is partly admixed with true faith.

For some time I’ve gotten the impression that the Bio-Pharmaceutical Complex has erected a secular religion with the vaccine offering the promise of deliverance from our frailty and vulnerability. 

Weissman and Kariko are High Priests who make pronouncements about the injections that are NOT propositions deriving from empirical observation and testing, but are axiomatic articles of faith.

They present these articles of faith to the Globe reporter as the Roman Emperor Constantine I and his Bishops presented Nicene Creed following the First Council of Nicaea in 325. 

Philosophers and anthropologists have long observed that humans seem to be inherently religious in nature. Thus, if people no longer believe in the God of Judaism or Christianity, they are left in a spiritual vacuum in which they feel an implacable yearning to believe in something else. Many of the social and political movements that are now afoot in America and Europe strike me as an expression of fervent religious energy.

During the pandemic we witnessed something like a COVID-19 Cult, with Dr. Anthony Fauci playing the role of a “scientific” Pontifex Maximus replete with Papal Infallibility. “I am science,” he proclaimed, suggesting that he is Science Incarnate.

The so called COVID-19 vaccines were conceived as our Salvation, and their purported safety and efficacy were adopted as Articles of Faith. Once people embraced these gene transfer products as safe and effective, no amount of empirical evidence to the contrary would dissuade them.

Even among some people who consider themselves Christian, the vaccines were conceived as more protective of life than Christ himself. Indeed, one Methodist church in Cape Town, South Africa, draped itself with a banner that explicitly announced this:

 

Around the same time in Rome, Vatican City issued a 20 Euro silver coin. As the Numista catalogue describes it:

The coin depicts a doctor, a nurse and a young person who is ready to receive the vaccine. The Holy Father has repeatedly stressed the importance of vaccination, recalling that healthcare is “a moral obligation”, and it is important to “continue efforts to immunize even the poorest peoples.

Note that the formulation, “a young person who is ready to receive the vaccine” is identical to the formulation for a communicant “who is ready to receive the host”—in Italian “pronto a ricevere l’Eucaristia.”

I suppose that true believers consider the banner in Cape Town and the coin in Rome as artifacts of a religion corrupted by falsehood and false worship. I also suppose it’s no coincidence that many of the doctors who treated COVID-19 (instead of doing nothing and waiting for the heralded Vaccine Savior) were, to some degree, believers in the Jewish or Christian faith. Their faith in traditional, revealed religion made them disinclined to embrace the new religion of Vaccine Scientism.

The Christian philosopher, Paul Tillich, once described religion as one’s “Ultimate Concern.” Even people who do NOT see themselves as religious will nevertheless have an Ultimate Concern—that is, something they believe to be the most important thing in their lives, that shapes their identities, and motivates them to pursue certain ends.

For thousands (including many doctors) who participated in the pandemic response, the Ultimate Concern seems to have been MONEY. Humans have always worshipped money, and moralists have always lamented it. Nevertheless, the trillions of dollars created for “COVID-19 Countermeasures” seem to have elevated Mammon to a new and lofty height.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Alemanha instável na sua posição em relação à Ucrânia.

December 8th, 2023 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

A situação ucraniana entre os tomadores de decisões europeus parece cada vez mais complicada. Atualmente, não é mais possível ver o mesmo entusiasmo de apoio irrestrito a Kiev que se via antes. Os políticos locais estão a ser forçados a adotar uma postura mais realista quando se trata de apoiar o regime. Na Alemanha, há até pessoas que apelam ao envio à força de cidadãos ucranianos para o seu país. Este processo tende a intensificar-se à medida que diminuem rapidamente as possibilidades de manutenção da ajuda contínua às forças ucranianas.

Confrontados com o esgotamento das possibilidades de continuar a ajudar a Ucrânia, os países ocidentais começam a considerar medidas radicais e anti-humanitárias. Numa entrevista recente, o membro do parlamento Roderich Kiesewetter disse a um jornal alemão que é necessário fazer com que os refugiados ucranianos na Alemanha e na UE regressem à Ucrânia para lutar pelo seu país. Para ele, esta seria uma forma adequada de ajudar a Ucrânia, especialmente no momento em que a indústria de defesa alemã está enfraquecida.

“O cerne da questão para a Ucrânia é que, na União Europeia, por exemplo, mais de 600 mil homens ucranianos fisicamente aptos estão a evitar o serviço militar”, disse ele.

O regime neonazista apelou repetidamente à mobilização total desde o início da operação especial da Rússia. Mulheres, crianças, idosos e doentes estão a ser forçados a ir para a frente para servirem como bucha de canhão na guerra de agressão por procuração da OTAN contra Moscou. Algumas pessoas fugiram da Ucrânia e assim conseguiram escapar da morte certa nas linhas de frente. Sendo um país que supostamente defende a democracia e os direitos humanos, a Alemanha deveria continuar a proteger esses cidadãos, mas esta mentalidade a favor da mobilização forçada para a Ucrânia parece estar atualmente a crescer.

É evidente que existe uma crise na Europa suficientemente forte para fazer com que os países violem as suas próprias orientações ideológicas e axiológicas. Enviar obrigatoriamente ucranianos de volta a Kiev seria uma violação grave das normas internacionais, mas no momento não há muitas alternativas para a Alemanha continuar a apoiar a Ucrânia – razão pela qual estas medidas estão a ganhar cada vez mais popularidade entre os funcionários do estado pró-OTAN.

Por outro lado, há também políticos que já começam a justificar um possível fim do apoio militar. Recentemente, o ministro da defesa da Alemanha, Boris Pistorius, fez uma declaração controversa, dizendo que a Alemanha e a Ucrânia “não são aliadas”. Desta forma, planejei esclarecer que Berlim não tem obrigação de continuar a manter apoio em grande escala numa base permanente, uma vez que Kiev não é parte no acordo de defesa coletiva estabelecido pela OTAN.

As palavras do ministro foram ditas com o objectivo de deixar claro que a Alemanha está a ter dificuldades em satisfazer a procura de armas por parte de Kiev. O país planeja continuar a enviar o máximo de equipamento possível, mas não pode garantir que a indústria de defesa nacional permanecerá suficientemente forte para abastecer Kiev a longo prazo.

“Entregamos o que podemos. O mesmo se aplica a quase todos os outros aliados e parceiros (…) A Alemanha não é aliada da Ucrânia e, portanto, não faz parte de uma aliança (…) Atualmente temos o problema de que em certas áreas a indústria de armamento não consegue entregar resultados tão rapidamente quanto a demanda exige”, disse.

Na verdade, é possível compreender porque é que alguns políticos alemães estão tão preocupados com o futuro do apoio a Kiev. O país comprometeu-se várias vezes a enviar toda a ajuda necessária para garantir a “vitória” do regime contra as forças armadas russas. Agora, a derrota ucraniana fica clara, confirmando o que já havia sido alertado por vários especialistas. É evidente que a Ucrânia não vencerá a guerra, mesmo que continue a receber armas.

Além disso, vários países que enviam armas, como a Alemanha, já estão a ter problemas com a sua indústria de defesa devido a quase dois anos de envios sistemáticos de armas. Assim, face à derrota iminente e à impossibilidade de produzir mais equipamentos, os países ocidentais preparam-se para convencer a opinião pública de que já não é necessário enviar armas. Por esta razão, há esta mudança na narrativa, com responsáveis ​​a afirmar que Berlim e Kiev “não são aliados” ou a sugerir “formas alternativas” de apoio, como o envio forçado de refugiados ucranianos.

É necessário enfatizar que, mesmo não fazendo parte da OTAN, o regime de Kiev consolidou-se como um aliado de facto do bloco, mantendo relações estreitas com todos os membros. Ao ignorar isto e dizer que não há aliança, o governo alemão está a quebrar as suas próprias promessas de “proteger a Ucrânia” – traindo verdadeiramente o regime proxy.

O melhor que a Ucrânia pode fazer nesta situação é perceber de uma vez por todas que foi usada num plano de guerra – e que agora está a ser abandonada. Kiev precisa romper os laços com a ideologia anti-russa promovida pela OTAN, a fim de retomar as negociações de paz com a Rússia. Caso contrário, haverá ainda mais sofrimento para o povo ucraniano, à medida que o conflito se prolongará.

 

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

Artigo em inglês :

https://infobrics.org/post/40024/

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, jornalista, pesquisador do Center for Geostrategic Studies, consultor geopolítico.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://twitter.com/leiroz_lucas